Product Manual: Ultrastar DC HC510 (He10) OEM Specification - SATA models

DC HC510, HC510, He10, 10TB, 8TB, OEM spec, product manual, specification, TRM, OEM, SATA, HDD, This document describes the specifications of the Ultrastar DC HC510 (formerly Ultrastar He10), 10TB and 8TB 3.5-inch 7200 RPM SATA interface hard disk drives for data center applications

DC HC510, HC510, He10, 10TB, 8TB, OEM spec, product manual, specification, TRM, OEM, SATA, HDD, "This document describes the specifications of the Ultrastar DC HC510 (formerly Ultrastar He10), 10TB and 8TB 3.5-inch 7200 RPM SATA interface hard disk drives for data center applications"

Western Digital Corporation

Hard disk drive specifications Ultrastar DC HC510 (previously ...

1 Hard Disk Drive Specification Hard disk drive specifications Ultrastar DC HC510 (previously known as Ultrastar He10) 3.5 inch Serial ATA hard disk drive

Product Manual: Ultrastar DC HC510 (He10) OEM...

Publication Disclaimer Information. One MB is equal to one million bytes, one GB is equal to one billion bytes and one TB equals 1,000GB (one trillion bytes) when referring to...

PDF product-manual-ultrastar-dc-hc510-sata-oem-spec
Hard disk drive specifications
Ultrastar® DC HC510

(previously known as Ultrastar He10)

3.5 inch Serial ATA hard disk drive

Models:

HUH721010ALE600/1/4

HUH721008ALE600/1/4

HUH721010ALN600/1/4

HUH721008ALN600/1/4

Revision 2.1

01 May 2018

1 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Publication Disclaimer Information
One MB is equal to one million bytes, one GB is equal to one billion bytes and one TB equals 1,000GB (one trillion bytes) when referring to storage capacity. Accessible capacity will vary from the stated capacity due to formatting and partitioning of the drive, the computer's operating system, and other factors. The following paragraph does not apply to any jurisdiction where such provisions are inconsistent with local law: THIS PUBLICATION IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. This publication could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are periodically made to the information herein; these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication. There may be improvements or changes in any products or programs described in this publication at any time. It is possible that this publication may contain reference to, or information about, Western Digital products (machines and programs), programming, or services that are not announced in your country. Such references or information must not be construed to mean that Western Digital Corporation intends to announce such Western Digital products, programming, or services in your country. Technical information about this product is available by contacting your local Western Digital product representative or on the Internet at: support@wdc.com. Western Digital Corporation may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter in this document. The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these patents. © 2018 Western Digital Corporation or its affiliates. Western Digital, the Western Digital logo and Ultrastar are registered trademarks or trademarks of Western Digital Corporation or its affiliates in the US and/or other countries. All other marks are the property of their respective owners. References in this publication to Western Digital-branded products, programs, or services do not imply that they will be made available in all countries. Product specifications provided are sample specifications and do not constitute a warranty. Actual specifications for unique part numbers may vary. Please visit the Support section of our website, support@wdc.com, for additional information on product specifications. Pictures shown may vary from actual products.
2 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Table of contents
General ................................................................................................................................................................ 15 Introduction..................................................................................................................................... 15 Glossary ........................................................................................................................................... 15 General caution ............................................................................................................................... 16 References........................................................................................................................................ 16
General features.................................................................................................................................................. 17 Part 1. Functional specification ....................................................................................................................... 18
Fixed disk subsystem description........................................................................................................................ 19 Control Electronics ......................................................................................................................... 19 Head disk assembly ........................................................................................................................ 19 Actuator ........................................................................................................................................... 19
Drive characteristics ............................................................................................................................................ 20 Default logical drive parameters ................................................................................................... 20 Data sheet........................................................................................................................................ 21 World Wide Name Assignment ...................................................................................................... 21 Drive organization .......................................................................................................................... 22 Drive Format............................................................................................................................ 22 Cylinder allocation................................................................................................................... 22 Performance characteristics........................................................................................................... 22 Command overhead ................................................................................................................. 22 Mechanical positioning............................................................................................................ 23 Drive ready time ...................................................................................................................... 23 Operating modes...................................................................................................................... 24
Defect flagging strategy....................................................................................................................................... 25 Shipped format................................................................................................................................ 25
Specification ........................................................................................................................................................ 26 Electrical interface.......................................................................................................................... 26 Connector location ................................................................................................................... 26 Signal definition....................................................................................................................... 28 Out of band signaling .............................................................................................................. 29 Environment.................................................................................................................................... 30 Temperature and humidity ..................................................................................................... 30 Corrosion test ........................................................................................................................... 31 Atmospheric condition............................................................................................................. 31 DC power requirements.................................................................................................................. 32 Input voltage ............................................................................................................................ 32 Power supply current (typical1) .............................................................................................. 33 Power supply generated ripple at drive power connector..................................................... 34 Power Consumption Efficiency ............................................................................................... 34 Reliability ........................................................................................................................................ 35 Data integrity........................................................................................................................... 35 Cable noise interference .......................................................................................................... 35 Load/Unload ............................................................................................................................. 35 Start/stop cycles ....................................................................................................................... 35 Preventive maintenance.......................................................................................................... 35 Data reliability......................................................................................................................... 35 Required Power-Off Sequence ................................................................................................ 35 Mechanical specifications ............................................................................................................... 36 Physical dimensions ................................................................................................................ 36 Connector locations ................................................................................................................. 38 Drive mounting ........................................................................................................................ 39
3 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Heads unload and actuator lock ............................................................................................. 39 Vibration and shock ........................................................................................................................ 40
Operating vibration ................................................................................................................. 40 Nonoperating vibration ........................................................................................................... 41 Operating shock ....................................................................................................................... 41 Nonoperating shock ................................................................................................................. 41 Nonoperating Rotational shock .............................................................................................. 42 Acoustics .......................................................................................................................................... 43 Identification labels ........................................................................................................................ 43 Safety ............................................................................................................................................... 44 UL and CSA standard conformity .......................................................................................... 44 German Safety Mark ............................................................................................................... 44 Flammability............................................................................................................................ 44 Safe handling ........................................................................................................................... 44 Substance restriction requirements ....................................................................................... 44 Secondary circuit protection ................................................................................................... 44 Electromagnetic compatibility ....................................................................................................... 45 CE Mark ................................................................................................................................... 45 RCM Mark................................................................................................................................ 45 BSMI Mark............................................................................................................................... 45 KC Mark ................................................................................................................................... 45 Part 2. Interface Specification.......................................................................................................................... 46 General ................................................................................................................................................................ 47 Introduction..................................................................................................................................... 47 Terminology ..................................................................................................................................... 47 Deviations From Standard ............................................................................................................. 47 Registers ............................................................................................................................................................. 48 Alternate Status Register............................................................................................................... 48 Command register........................................................................................................................... 48 Cylinder High Register................................................................................................................... 48 Cylinder Low Register .................................................................................................................... 49 Device Control Register .................................................................................................................. 49 Device/Head Register...................................................................................................................... 49 Error Register.................................................................................................................................. 50 Features Register............................................................................................................................ 50 Sector Count Register ..................................................................................................................... 50 Sector Number Register ................................................................................................................. 50 Status Register................................................................................................................................ 51 General Operation Descriptions .......................................................................................................................... 52 Reset Response................................................................................................................................ 52 Register Initialization ............................................................................................................. 53 Diagnostic and Reset considerations ............................................................................................. 53 Sector Addressing Mode ................................................................................................................. 54 Logical CHS Addressing Mode................................................................................................ 54 LBA Addressing Mode ............................................................................................................. 54 Power Management Feature .......................................................................................................... 55 Power Mode .............................................................................................................................. 55 Power Management Commands ............................................................................................. 56 Standby timer .......................................................................................................................... 56 Interface Capability for Power Modes.................................................................................... 56 SMART Function ............................................................................................................................ 57 Attributes ................................................................................................................................. 57 Attribute values ....................................................................................................................... 57 Attribute thresholds ................................................................................................................ 57
4 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Threshold exceeded condition ................................................................................................. 57 SMART commands .................................................................................................................. 57 Off-line Read Scanning ........................................................................................................... 57 Error Log .................................................................................................................................. 58 Self-test..................................................................................................................................... 58 Security Mode Feature Set............................................................................................................. 59 Security mode........................................................................................................................... 59 Security Level .......................................................................................................................... 59 Password .................................................................................................................................. 59 Operation example................................................................................................................... 60 Command Table ....................................................................................................................... 63 Host Protected Area Feature.......................................................................................................... 66 Example for operation (In LBA mode) ................................................................................... 66 Security extensions.................................................................................................................. 67 Write Cache Function ..................................................................................................................... 68 Reassign Function........................................................................................................................... 68 Auto Reassign Function .......................................................................................................... 68 Power-up in Standby feature set ................................................................................................... 69 Advanced Power Management feature set (APM)........................................................................ 69 48-bit Address Feature Set............................................................................................................. 69 Streaming feature Set .................................................................................................................... 70 Streaming commands .............................................................................................................. 70 SATA BIST (Built-in Self Test)....................................................................................................... 72 SATA Interface Power Management ............................................................................................. 73 Low PHY power conditions overview ..................................................................................... 73 Active PHY power condition ................................................................................................... 73 Partial PHY power condition .................................................................................................. 73 Slumber PHY power condition ............................................................................................... 73 Software Setting Preservation ....................................................................................................... 74 COMRESET Preservation Requirements.............................................................................. 74 Serial ATA Optional Features ........................................................................................................ 75 Asynchronous Signal Recovery............................................................................................... 75 Device Power Connector Pin 11 Definition ............................................................................ 75 Phy Event Counters ................................................................................................................ 75 NCQ NON-DATA (63h)............................................................................................................ 80 Rebuild Assist .......................................................................................................................... 84 Power Disable .......................................................................................................................... 85 SCT Command Transport feature Set ........................................................................................... 86 Overview................................................................................................................................... 86 SCT Command Protocol .......................................................................................................... 88 SCT Command Set .................................................................................................................. 96 Extended Power Conditions (EPC) feature................................................................................. 104 Power conditions .................................................................................................................... 104 Power condition timers.......................................................................................................... 105 Interaction with resets, commands and other features ...................................................... 105 Sanitize Device feature set........................................................................................................... 106 Overview................................................................................................................................. 106 Sanitize Device Feature ........................................................................................................ 107 Sanitize Device state machine .............................................................................................. 108 Trusted Computing Group feature set .........................................................................................110 Referenced Specifications and Standards.............................................................................110 Implementation Exceptions ................................................................................................... 111 Implementation Features and Details Outside of TCG Specifications .............................. 111 Encryption Algorithms ...........................................................................................................112
5 Hard Disk Drive Specification

TCG Enterprise SSC Tables ..................................................................................................113 Firmware Download and Signing..........................................................................................116 Ports ......................................................................................................................................... 116 MSID ........................................................................................................................................ 119 Logging ....................................................................................................................................119
Number of Sessions.............................................................................................................119 Number of Bands ................................................................................................................119 Number of COMIDs ............................................................................................................119 PSID .....................................................................................................................................119 Locked and Unlocked Behavior......................................................................................... 120 Error Codes......................................................................................................................... 125 Life Cycle model ................................................................................................................. 125 Customer Specific Requirements ...................................................................................... 125 Command Protocol............................................................................................................................................ 126 PIO Data In commands ................................................................................................................ 126 PIO Data Out commands ............................................................................................................. 126 Non-Data commands .................................................................................................................... 127 DMA Data In commands and DMA Data Out commands ......................................................... 128 First-party DMA commands......................................................................................................... 128 Command Descriptions ..................................................................................................................................... 129 Check Power Mode (E5h/98h) ...................................................................................................... 134 Configure Stream (51h) ................................................................................................................ 135 Device Configuration Overlay (B1h) ........................................................................................... 137 Device Configuration Restore (Subcommand C0h) ............................................................. 138 Device Configuration Freeze Lock (Subcommand C1h) ..................................................... 138 Device Configuration Identify (Subcommand C2h) ............................................................ 138 Device Configuration Set (Subcommand C3h) .................................................................... 138 Download Microcode (92h) ........................................................................................................... 141 Download Microcode DMA (93h).................................................................................................. 143 Execute Device Diagnostic (90h).................................................................................................. 145 Flush Cache (E7h)......................................................................................................................... 146 Flush Cache Ext (EAh) ................................................................................................................. 147 Format Track (50h) ....................................................................................................................... 148 Format Unit (F7h) ..................................................................................................................... 149 Identify Device (ECh)................................................................................................................ 150 Idle (E3h/97h) ............................................................................................................................ 161 Idle Immediate (E1h/95h) ......................................................................................................... 162 Initialize Device Parameters (91h) .......................................................................................... 163 NCQ NON-DATA (63h) ............................................................................................................. 164 Abort NCQ Queue Subcommand (0h)............................................................................... 165 Deadline handling Subcommand (1h) .............................................................................. 167 Set Features Subcommand (5h) ........................................................................................ 169 RECEIVE FPDMA QUEUED (65h) ......................................................................................... 171 READ LOG DMA EXT (1h) ............................................................................................... 172 SEND FPDMA QUEUED (64h) ............................................................................................... 174 WRITE LOG DMA EXT (2h) ............................................................................................. 175 Read Buffer (E4h)...................................................................................................................... 177 Read Buffer DMA (E9h) ............................................................................................................ 178 Read DMA(C8h/C9h)................................................................................................................. 179 Read DMA Ext (25h) ................................................................................................................. 181 Read FPDMA Queued (60h) ..................................................................................................... 183 Read Log Ext (2Fh) ................................................................................................................... 185 General Purpose Log Directory......................................................................................... 187 Extended Comprehensive SMART Error log ................................................................... 188
6 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Device Statistics log ........................................................................................................... 191 Extended Self-test log sector ............................................................................................. 197 Power Conditions log ......................................................................................................... 198 Pending Defects log............................................................................................................ 201 Queued Error Log .............................................................................................................. 202 Read Stream Error log....................................................................................................... 203 Write Stream Error log ...................................................................................................... 204 Identify Device Data log .................................................................................................... 205 Read Log DMA Ext(47h) ........................................................................................................... 217 Read Multiple (C4h) .................................................................................................................. 218 Read Multiple Ext (29h)............................................................................................................ 219 Read Native Max Address (F8h) .............................................................................................. 221 Read Native Max Address Ext (27h)........................................................................................ 222 Read Sector(s) (20h/21h) ........................................................................................................... 223 Read Sector(s) Ext (24h) ........................................................................................................... 224 Read Stream DMA Ext(2Ah) .................................................................................................... 225 Read Stream Ext (2Bh) ............................................................................................................. 228 Read Verify Sector(s) (40h/41h) ................................................................................................ 231 Read Verify Sector(s) Ext (42h) ................................................................................................ 232 Recalibrate (1xh) ....................................................................................................................... 233 Request Sense Data Ext (0Bh) ................................................................................................. 234 Sanitize Device Feature Set (B4h) ........................................................................................... 236 Crypto Scramble Ext Command (feature: 0011h)............................................................ 236 Overwrite Ext Command (feature: 0014h)....................................................................... 238 Sanitize Freeze Lock Ext Command (feature: 0020h)..................................................... 240 Sanitize Status Ext Command (feature: 0000h) .............................................................. 242 Security Disable Password (F6h) ............................................................................................. 244 Security Erase Prepare (F3h) ................................................................................................... 245 Security Erase Unit (F4h) ........................................................................................................ 246 Security Freeze Lock (F5h)....................................................................................................... 248 Security Set Password (F1h) .................................................................................................... 249 Security Unlock (F2h) ............................................................................................................... 251 Seek (7xh)................................................................................................................................... 252 Sense Condition (F0h : Vendor specific) .................................................................................. 253 Set Features (EFh) .................................................................................................................... 254 Set Transfer Mode .............................................................................................................. 255 Write Cache ........................................................................................................................ 255 Serial ATA Feature............................................................................................................. 255 Advanced Power Management.......................................................................................... 256 Set Maximum Host Interface Sector Time....................................................................... 256 Extended Power Conditions (EPC) feature ...................................................................... 257 Set Max Address (F9h).............................................................................................................. 264 Set Max Set Password (Feature = 01h) ............................................................................ 266 Set Max Lock (Feature = 02h)........................................................................................... 267 Set Max Unlock (Feature = 03h)....................................................................................... 268 Set Max Freeze Lock (Feature = 04h) .............................................................................. 269 Set Max Address Ext (37h) ....................................................................................................... 270 Set Multiple (C6h) ..................................................................................................................... 272 Sleep (E6h/99h).......................................................................................................................... 273 SMART Function Set (B0h) ...................................................................................................... 274 SMART Subcommand........................................................................................................ 275 Device Attributes Data Structure ..................................................................................... 279 Device Attribute Thresholds Data Structure ................................................................... 284 SMART Log Directory ....................................................................................................... 285
7 Hard Disk Drive Specification

SMART summary error log sector .................................................................................... 285 Self-test log data structure................................................................................................ 287 Selective self-test log data structure ................................................................................ 288 Error Reporting .................................................................................................................. 289 Standby (E2h/96h)..................................................................................................................... 290 Standby Immediate (E0h/94h) ................................................................................................. 291 Trusted Receive (5Ch) ............................................................................................................... 292 Trusted Receive DMA (5Dh) ..................................................................................................... 293 Trusted Send (5Eh) ................................................................................................................... 294 Trusted Send DMA (5Fh) .......................................................................................................... 295 Write Buffer (E8h) ..................................................................................................................... 296 Write Buffer DMA (EBh)........................................................................................................... 297 Write DMA (CAh/CBh).............................................................................................................. 298 Write DMA FUA Ext (3Dh)....................................................................................................... 299 Write DMA Ext (35h) ................................................................................................................ 301 Write FPDMA Queued (61h)..................................................................................................... 303 Write Log Ext (3Fh)................................................................................................................... 305 Write Log DMA Ext (57h) ......................................................................................................... 306 Write Multiple (C5h) ................................................................................................................. 307 Write Multiple Ext (39h)........................................................................................................... 308 Write Multiple FUA Ext (CEh)................................................................................................. 309 Write Sector(s) (30h/31h) ...........................................................................................................311 Write Sector(s) Ext (34h) .......................................................................................................... 312 Write Stream DMA Ext (3Ah) .................................................................................................. 313 Write Stream Ext (3Bh) ............................................................................................................ 316 Write Uncorrectable Ext (45h) ................................................................................................. 319
8 Hard Disk Drive Specification

List of tables
Table 1 Type and Model# ........................................................................................................................ 15 Table 2 Formatted capacity .................................................................................................................... 20 Table 3 Mechanical positioning performance ........................................................................................ 21 Table 4 World Wide Name Assignment ................................................................................................. 21 Table 5 Command overhead ................................................................................................................... 22 Table 6 Average seek time ...................................................................................................................... 23 Table 7 Single Track Seek Time ............................................................................................................. 23 Table 8 Latency Time .............................................................................................................................. 23 Table 9 Drive ready time ........................................................................................................................ 23 Table 10 Mode transition times.............................................................................................................. 24 Table 11 Interface connector pins and I/O signals ................................................................................ 28 Table 12 Parameter descriptions............................................................................................................ 29 Table 13 Temperature and humidity ..................................................................................................... 30 Table 14 Input voltage ............................................................................................................................ 32 Table 15 Power consumption .................................................................................................................. 33 Table 16 Power supply generated ripple at drive power connector ..................................................... 34 Table 17 Power consumption efficiency ................................................................................................. 34 Table 18 Physical Dimensions ................................................................................................................ 37 Table 19 Random vibration PSD profile break points (operating) ...................................................... 40 Table 20 Random vibration (Rotational) PSD profile break points ..................................................... 40 Table 21 Random vibration PSD profile break points (nonoperating) ................................................ 41 Table 22 Sinusoidal shock wave ............................................................................................................. 41 Table 23 Rotational Shock ...................................................................................................................... 42 Table 24 Sound power levels .................................................................................................................. 43 Table 25 Alternate Status Register........................................................................................................ 48 Table 26 Device Control Register ........................................................................................................... 49 Table 27 Device/Head Register............................................................................................................... 49 Table 28 Error Register........................................................................................................................... 50 Table 29 Status Register......................................................................................................................... 51 Table 30 Reset Response......................................................................................................................... 52 Table 31 Default Register Values ........................................................................................................... 53 Table 32 Diagnostic Codes ...................................................................................................................... 53 Table 33 Power conditions ...................................................................................................................... 56 Table 34 Command table for device lock operation -1 .......................................................................... 63 Table 35 Command table for device lock operation -2 .......................................................................... 64 Table 36 Command table for device lock operation -3 .......................................................................... 65 Table 37 Phy Event Counter Identifiers................................................................................................ 76 Table 38 READ LOG EXT Log Page 11h data structure definition .................................................... 79 Table 39 NCQ NON-DATA - Command definition................................................................................ 80 Table 40 Subcommand Field .................................................................................................................. 80 Table 41 NCQ NON-DATA Log (12h) data structure definition .......................................................... 82 Table 42 Rebuild Assist log (15h) data structure definition................................................................. 84 Table 43 SCT Log Page and direction .................................................................................................... 86 Table 44 Identify Device Information Word 206 ................................................................................... 86 Table 45 Output Registers of SCT Command Using SMART.............................................................. 88 Table 46 Input Registers of SCT Command Using SMART ................................................................ 88 Table 47 Input Registers of SCT Command Using Write Log Ext ...................................................... 89 Table 48 Output Registers of SCT Command Using Write Log Ext.................................................... 89 Table 49 Key Sector Format ................................................................................................................... 90 Table 50 SCT Action Code List ............................................................................................................... 90 Table 51 Extended Status Code ............................................................................................................. 91
9 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Table 52 Input Registers of SCT Data Transfer Using SMART .......................................................... 92 Table 53 Input Registers of SCT Data Transfer using Read/Write Log Ext ....................................... 92 Table 54 Input Registers of SCT Status Request Using SMART ........................................................ 93 Table 55 Input Registers of SCT Status Request Using Read Log Ext............................................... 93 Table 56 Data Format of SCT Status Response -1 ............................................................................... 94 Table 57 Data Format of SCT Status Response -2 ............................................................................... 95 Table 58 SCT Write Same (Inputs) ........................................................................................................ 96 Table 59 Output Registers of SCT Write Same (Success) .................................................................... 96 Table 60 Output Registers of SCT Write Same (Error) ........................................................................ 97 Table 61 Error Recovery Control command (Inputs)............................................................................ 98 Table 62 Error Recovery Control command (On puts) ......................................................................... 98 Table 63 Feature Control command (Inputs) ........................................................................................ 99 Table 64 Feature Control command (Outputs) ..................................................................................... 99 Table 65 Feature Code List................................................................................................................... 100 Table 66 SCT Data Table command (Inputs) ...................................................................................... 101 Table 67 SCT Data Table command (Outputs) ................................................................................... 101 Table 68 Table ID .................................................................................................................................. 101 Table 69 Data Format of HDA Absolute Temperature History Table -1 ........................................... 102 Table 70 Data Format of HDA Absolute Temperature History Table -2 ........................................... 103 Table 71 Extended Power Conditions Subcommands......................................................................... 104 Table 72 Power Condition IDs .............................................................................................................. 104 Table 73 Vendor Specific Data for Level 0 Discovery ..........................................................................112 Table 74 Western Digital Default Values for `Admin SP' C_PIN & `Locking SP' C_PIN ..................113 Table 75 Western Digital Implementation of K_AES_256 Table........................................................114 Table 76 Western Digital Implementation of `Locking SP' Access Control Table..............................114 Table 77 Western Digital Implementation of `Locking Info' Table .....................................................115 Table 78 Western Digital Implementation of `Locking SP' Locking Table .........................................115 Table 79 Ports Functionality .................................................................................................................116 Table 80 Ports Table...............................................................................................................................116 Table 81 Modified `Admin SP' ACE Table.............................................................................................117 Table 82 Modified `Admin SP' Access Control Table (part 1 of 2) .......................................................117 Table 83 Modified `Admin SP' Access Control Table (part 2 of 2) .......................................................118 Table 84 Command table for TCG Enterprise device lock operation -1 ............................................ 120 Table 85 Command table for TCG Enterprise device lock operation -2 ............................................ 121 Table 86 Command table for TCG Enterprise device lock operation -3 ............................................ 122 Table 87 TCG Enterprise SSC Commands Behavior -1 ..................................................................... 123 Table 88 TCG Enterprise SSC Commands Behavior -2 ..................................................................... 123 Table 89 TCG Enterprise SSC Commands Behavior -3 ..................................................................... 123 Table 90 TCG Enterprise SSC Commands Behavior -4 ..................................................................... 124 Table 91 TCG Enterprise SSC Commands Behavior -5 ..................................................................... 124 Table 92 TCG Enterprise SSC Commands Behavior -6 ..................................................................... 124 Table 93 Command Set ......................................................................................................................... 129 Table 94 Command Set ­Continued­ .................................................................................................. 130 Table 95 Command Set ­Continued­ .................................................................................................. 131 Table 96 Command Set (Subcommand) ............................................................................................... 132 Table 97 Check Power Mode Command (E5h/98h) ............................................................................. 134 Table 98 Configure Stream Command (51h) ....................................................................................... 135 Table 99 Device Configuration Overlay Command (B1h) .................................................................. 137 Table 100 Device Configuration Overlay Features register values................................................... 137 Table 101 Device Configuration Overlay Data structure ................................................................... 139 Table 102 DCO error information definition ....................................................................................... 140 Table 103 Download Microcode Command (92h) ................................................................................ 141 Table 104 Download Microcode DMA Command (93h) ...................................................................... 143 Table 105 Execute Device Diagnostic Command (90h) ...................................................................... 145
10 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Table 106 Table 107 Table 108 Table 109 Table 110 Table 111 Table 112 Table 113 Table 114 Table 115 Table 116 Table 117 Table 118 Table 119 Table 120 Table 121 Table 122 Table 123 Table 124 Table 125 Table 126 Table 127 Table 128 Table 129 Table 130 Table 131 Table 132 Table 133 Table 134 Table 135 Table 136 Table 137 Table 138 Table 139 Table 140 Table 141 Table 142 Table 143 Table 144 Table 145 Table 146 Table 147 Table 148 Table 149 Table 150 Table 151 Table 152 Table 153 Table 154 Table 155 Table 156 Table 157 Table 158 Table 159

Flush Cache Command (E7h) ............................................................................................. 146 Flush Cache Ext Command (EAh)...................................................................................... 147 Format Track Command (50h)............................................................................................ 148 Format Unit Command (F7h) ............................................................................................. 149 Identify Device Command (ECh) ........................................................................................ 150 Identify device information.................................................................................................. 151 Identify device information -Continued- ............................................................................ 152 Identify device information -Continued- ............................................................................ 153 Identify device information -Continued- ............................................................................ 154 Identify device information -Continued- ............................................................................ 155 Identify device information -Continued- ............................................................................ 156 Identify device information -Continued- ............................................................................ 157 Identify device information -Continued- ............................................................................ 158 Identify device information -Continued- ............................................................................ 159 Identify device information -Continued- ............................................................................ 160 Idle Command (E3h/97h) .................................................................................................... 161 Idle Immediate Command (E1h/95h) ................................................................................. 162 Initialize Device Parameters Command (91h)................................................................... 163 NCQ NON-DATA command (63h)....................................................................................... 164 Abort NCQ Queue Subcommand (0h) ................................................................................ 165 Abort Type Field .................................................................................................................. 166 Deadline handling Subcommand (1h) ................................................................................ 167 SET FEATURES Subcommand (5h) .................................................................................. 169 RECEIVE FPDMA QUEUED command (65h) .................................................................. 171 RECEIVE FPDMA QUEUED Subcommand Field............................................................ 171 READ LOG DMA EXT Subcommand (1h) ......................................................................... 172 SEND FPDMA QUEUED command (64h)......................................................................... 174 SEND FPDMA QUEUED Subcommand Field .................................................................. 174 WRITE LOG DMA EXT Subcommand (2h) ....................................................................... 175 Read Buffer Command (E4h) .............................................................................................. 177 Read Buffer DMA Command (E9h) .................................................................................... 178 Read DMA Command (C8h/C9h) ........................................................................................ 179 Read DMA Ext Command (25h) ......................................................................................... 181 Read FPDMA Queued Command (60h) ............................................................................. 183 Read Log Ext Command (2Fh)............................................................................................ 185 Log Address Definition ........................................................................................................ 186 Log Address Definition for Serial ATA ............................................................................... 186 General Purpose Log Directory........................................................................................... 187 General Purpose Log Directory for Serial ATA.................................................................. 187 Extended Comprehensive SMART Error Log.................................................................... 188 Extended Error log data structure ..................................................................................... 188 Command data structure .................................................................................................... 189 Error data structure ............................................................................................................ 189 Defined Device Statistics log pages .................................................................................... 191 List of supported Device Statistics log pages..................................................................... 191 General Statistics................................................................................................................. 192 Rotating Media Statistics .................................................................................................... 193 General Error Statistics ...................................................................................................... 194 Temperature Statistics (part 1 of 2) ................................................................................... 194 Temperature Statistics (part 2 of 2) ................................................................................... 195 Transport Statistics ............................................................................................................. 196 Extended Self-test log data structure................................................................................. 197 Extended Self-test log descriptor entry .............................................................................. 197 Idle power conditions (log page 00h) .................................................................................. 198

11 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Table 160 Table 161 Table 162 Table 163 Table 164 Table 165 Table 166 Table 167 Table 168 Table 169 Table 170 Table 171 Table 172 Table 173 Table 174 Table 175 Table 176 Table 177 Table 178 Table 179 Table 180 Table 181 Table 182 Table 183 Table 184 Table 185 Table 186 Table 187 Table 188 Table 189 Table 190 Table 191 Table 192 Table 193 Table 194 Table 195 Table 196 Table 197 Table 198 Table 199 Table 200 Table 201 Table 202 Table 203 Table 204 Table 205 Table 206 Table 207 Table 208 Table 209 Table 210 Table 211 Table 212 Table 213

Standby power conditions (log page 01h) ........................................................................... 198 Power condition log description .......................................................................................... 199 Power condition log description - Continued - ................................................................... 200 Pending Defects log (page 0) ............................................................................................... 201 Pending Defects log (page 1..n) ........................................................................................... 201 Pending Defects descriptor format ..................................................................................... 201 Queued Error Log data structure definition ...................................................................... 202 Read Stream Error Log ....................................................................................................... 203 Stream Error Log entry ....................................................................................................... 203 Write Stream Error Log....................................................................................................... 204 Identify Device Data Log..................................................................................................... 205 List of supported IDENTIFY DEVICE data pages ........................................................... 205 Capacity log page ................................................................................................................. 206 Supported Capabilities log page ......................................................................................... 207 Supported Capabilities log page - Continued - .................................................................. 208 Supported Capabilities log page - Continued - .................................................................. 209 Current Settings log page.................................................................................................... 210 Current Settings log page - Continued - .............................................................................211 Strings log page.....................................................................................................................211 Security log page .................................................................................................................. 212 Serial ATA log page .............................................................................................................. 214 Serial ATA log page - Continued - ....................................................................................... 215 Serial ATA log page - Continued - ....................................................................................... 216 Read Log DMA Ext Command (47h) .................................................................................. 217 Read Multiple Commands (C4h)......................................................................................... 218 Read Multiple Ext Command (29h) .................................................................................... 219 Read Native Max ADDRESS (F8h) .................................................................................... 221 Read Native Max Address Ext (27h) .................................................................................. 222 Read Sector(s) Command (20h/21h) ................................................................................... 223 Read Sector(s) Ext Command (24h).................................................................................... 224 Read Stream DMA Ext Command (2Ah)............................................................................ 225 Read Stream Ext Command (2Bh) ..................................................................................... 228 Read Verify Sector(s) Command (40h/41h) ........................................................................ 231 Read Verify Sector(s) Ext Command (42h)......................................................................... 232 Recalibrate Command (1xh)................................................................................................ 233 Request Sense Data Ext command (0Bh) .......................................................................... 234 Sanitize Device Feature Set (B4h)...................................................................................... 235 Crypto Scramble Ext Command (B4h/0011h).................................................................... 236 Overwrite Ext Command (B4h/0014h) ............................................................................... 238 Sanitize Freeze Lock Ext Command (B4h/0020h)............................................................. 240 Sanitize Status Ext Command (B4h/0000h) ...................................................................... 242 Security Disable Password Command (F6h) ..................................................................... 244 Password Information for Security Disable Password command .................................... 244 Security Erase Prepare Command (F3h) ........................................................................... 245 Security Erase Unit Command (F4h) ................................................................................. 246 Erase Unit Information ....................................................................................................... 246 Security Freeze Lock Command (F5h) ............................................................................... 248 Security Set Password Command (F1h)............................................................................. 249 Security Set Password Information.................................................................................... 249 Security Unlock Command (F2h) ....................................................................................... 251 Security Unlock Information............................................................................................... 251 Seek Command (7xh) ........................................................................................................... 252 Sense Condition command(F0h) ......................................................................................... 253 Set Features Command (EFh) ............................................................................................ 254

12 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Table 214 Table 215 Table 216 Table 217 Table 218 Table 219 Table 220 Table 221 Table 222 Table 223 Table 224 Table 225 Table 226 Table 227 Table 228 Table 229 Table 230 Table 231 Table 232 Table 233 Table 234 Table 235 Table 236 Table 237 Table 238 Table 239 Table 240 Table 241 Table 242 Table 243 Table 244 Table 245 Table 246 Table 247 Table 248 Table 249 Table 250 Table 251 Table 252 Table 253 Table 254 Table 255 Table 256 Table 257 Table 258 Table 259 Table 260 Table 261 Table 262 Table 263 Table 264 Table 265

Restore Power Condition Settings subcommand ............................................................... 257 Go To Power Condition subcommand ................................................................................. 258 Set Power Condition Timer subcommand .......................................................................... 259 Set Power Condition State subcommand ........................................................................... 261 Enable the EPC feature subcommand ............................................................................... 262 Disable the EPC feature subcommand............................................................................... 263 Set Max ADDRESS (F9h).................................................................................................... 264 Set Max set Password.......................................................................................................... 266 Set Max Set Password data contents ................................................................................. 266 Set Max Lock ........................................................................................................................ 267 Set Max Unlock (F9h) .......................................................................................................... 268 Set Max Freeze Lock (F9h) ................................................................................................. 269 Set Max Address Ext Command (37h) ............................................................................... 270 Set Multiple Commands (C6h)............................................................................................ 272 Sleep Command (E6h/99h) .................................................................................................. 273 SMART Function Set Command (B0h) .............................................................................. 274 Log sector addresses ............................................................................................................ 277 Device Attribute Data Structure ........................................................................................ 279 Individual Attribute Data Structure .................................................................................. 280 Device Attribute Thresholds Data Structure..................................................................... 284 Individual Threshold Data Structure................................................................................. 284 SMART Log Directory ......................................................................................................... 285 SMART summary error log sector ...................................................................................... 285 Error log data structure ...................................................................................................... 286 Command data structure .................................................................................................... 286 Error data structure ............................................................................................................ 286 Self-test log data structure.................................................................................................. 287 Selective self-test log data structure .................................................................................. 288 Selective self-test feature flags ........................................................................................... 288 SMART Error Codes ............................................................................................................ 289 Standby Command (E2h/96h) ............................................................................................. 290 Standby Immediate Command (E0h/94h).......................................................................... 291 Trusted Receive Command (5Ch) ....................................................................................... 292 Trusted Receive DMA Command (5Dh) ............................................................................. 293 Trusted Send Command (5Eh)............................................................................................ 294 Trusted Send DMA Command (5Fh) .................................................................................. 295 Write Buffer Command (E8h) ............................................................................................. 296 Write Buffer DMA Command (EBh) .................................................................................. 297 Write DMA Command (CAh/CBh)...................................................................................... 298 Write DMA FUA Ext Command (3Dh) .............................................................................. 299 Write DMA Ext Command (35h) ........................................................................................ 301 Write FPDMA Queued Command (61h) ............................................................................ 303 Write Log Ext Command (3Fh)........................................................................................... 305 Write Log DMA Ext Command (57h).................................................................................. 306 Write Multiple Command (C5h) ......................................................................................... 307 Write Multiple Ext Command (39h) ................................................................................... 308 Write Multiple FUA Ext Command (CEh) ......................................................................... 309 Write Sector(s) Command (30h/31h)....................................................................................311 Write Sector(s) Ext Command (34h)................................................................................... 312 Write Stream DMA Ext Command (3Ah)........................................................................... 313 Write Stream Ext Command (3Bh) .................................................................................... 316 Write Uncorrectable Ext Command (45h).......................................................................... 319

13 Hard Disk Drive Specification

List of figures
Figure 1 PList physical format............................................................................................................... 25 Figure 2 Connector location.................................................................................................................... 26 Figure 3 The timing of COMRESET, COMINIT and COMWAKE ...................................................... 29 Figure 4 Limits of temperature and altitude ........................................................................................ 30 Figure 5 Limits of temperature and humidity ...................................................................................... 31 Figure 6 Top and side views and mechanical dimensions .................................................................... 36 Figure 7 Bottom and side views with mounting hole locations ........................................................... 37 Figure 8 Connector locations .................................................................................................................. 38 Figure 9 Initial Setting ........................................................................................................................... 60 Figure 10 Usual Operation ..................................................................................................................... 61 Figure 11 Password Lost......................................................................................................................... 62 Figure 12 Sanitize Device state machines........................................................................................... 108
14 Hard Disk Drive Specification

General

Introduction

This document describes the specifications of the Ultrastar DC HC510 a Western Digital 3.5-inch 7200-rpm serial ATA interface hard disk drive with the following model numbers:

Capacity

Type

Interface

Format

Model#

10TB 8TB

US7SAL100 Serial ATA
US7SAL080

512 Emulation 4k Native
512 Emulation 4k Native

HUH721010ALE600 HUH721010ALE601 HUH721010ALE604
HUH721010ALN600 HUH721010ALN601 HUH721010ALN604
HUH721008ALE600 HUH721008ALE601 HUH721008ALE604
HUH721008ALN600 HUH721008ALN601 HUH721008ALN604

*1 BDE+TCG (Trusted Computing Group) w/ Instant Secure Erase Table 1 Type and Model#

Description
Instant Secure Erase, BDE off SED*1
Secure Erase (Overwrite only) Instant Secure Erase,
BDE off SED*1 Secure Erase (Overwrite only) Instant Secure Erase, BDE off SED*1 Secure Erase (Overwrite only) Instant Secure Erase, BDE off SED*1 Secure Erase (Overwrite only)

Glossary

ESD Kbpi Ktpi Gbps Mbps MB/s MiB/s TB GB MB KB S.M.A.R.T. DFT ADM

Electrostatic Discharge 1,000 bits per inch 1,000 tracks per inch 1,000,000,000 bits per second 1,000,000 bits per second 1,000,000 bytes per second 1,048,576 bytes per second 1,000,000,000,000 bytes (for Drive Capacity) 1,000,000,000 bytes(for Drive Capacity) 1,048,576 bytes (for Memory Size) 1,024 bytes (for Memory Size) Self-Monitoring Analysis and Reporting Technology Drive Fitness Test Automatic Drive Maintenance

15 Hard Disk Drive Specification

General caution
Do not apply force to the top cover. Handle the drive by its edges or frame only. Do not touch the interface connector pins or the surface of the print circuit board. The drive can be damaged by shock or ESD (Electrostatic Discharge). Any damage sustained by the drive after removal from the shipping package and opening the ESD protective bag are the responsibility of the user.
References
 Serial ATA II: Extensions to Serial ATA 1.0  Serial ATA International Organization: Serial ATA Revision 3.2  Serial ATA International Organization: Serial ATA Revision 3.2 TPR056r13 Enable new Power Disable feature
on standard SATA connector P3  Serial ATA International Organization: Serial ATA Revision 3.2 ECN079v2 TPR056 Corrections for Power
Disable
16 Hard Disk Drive Specification

General features

 Data capacities of 10TB/8TB

 Spindle speeds of 7200 RPM

 Fluid Dynamic Bearing motor

 Dual Stage Actuator

 Closed-loop actuator servo

 Load/Unload mechanism, non head disk contact start/stop

 Automatic Actuator lock

 Write Cache

 Power saving modes/Low RPM idle mode (APM)

 S.M.A.R.T. (Self Monitoring and Analysis Reporting Technology)

 Adaptive zone formatting

 RVS(Rotational Vibration Safeguard)

 Sector Buffer size of 256MB

 Seek time of 8.0ms in read operation (without Command Overhead)

 Segmented buffer implementation

 Automatic Error Recovery procedures for read and write commands

 Automatic defect reallocation

 Sector format of 512 bytes/sector,4096 bytes/sector

 Native command queuing support

 Self Diagnostics at Power on and resident diagnostics

 Serial ATA Data Transfer

6/3/1.5Gbps

 CHS and LBA mode

 Support security feature

 Supported PSID

 48 bit addressing feature

 SATA 3.2 compliant with optional SATA 3.3 Power Disable Feature Support

 Support Full Disk Encryption (specific model only)

 Max. LBA count definition standard: 8TB model: IDEMA LBA1-03 and 10TB model: SFF-8447

17 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Part 1. Functional specification
18 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Fixed disk subsystem description
Control Electronics
The drive is electronically controlled by a microprocessor, several logic modules, digital/analog modules, and various drivers and receivers. The control electronics performs the following major functions:
 Controls and interprets all interface signals between the host controller and the drive.  Controls read write accessing of the disk media, including defect management and error recovery.  Controls starting, stopping, and monitoring of the spindle.  Conducts a power-up sequence and calibrates the servo.  Analyzes servo signals to provide closed loop control. These include position error signal and estimated
velocity.  Monitors the actuator position and determines the target track for a seek operation.  Controls the voice coil motor driver to align the actuator in a desired position.  Constantly monitors error conditions of the servo and takes corresponding action if an error occurs.  Monitors various timers such as head settle and servo failure.  Performs self-checkout (diagnostics).
Head disk assembly
The head disk assembly (HDA) is assembled in a clean room environment and contains the disks and actuator assembly. Helium is constantly circulated and filtered when the drive is operational. No venting of the HDA is accomplished, as HDA is hermetically sealed. The spindle is driven directly by an in-hub, brushless, sensorless DC drive motor. Dynamic braking is used to quickly stop the spindle.
Actuator
The read/write heads are mounted in the actuator. The actuator is a swing-arm assembly driven by a voice coil motor. A closed-loop positioning servo controls the movement of the actuator. An embedded servo pattern supplies feedback to the positioning servo to keep the read/write heads centered over the desired track. The actuator assembly is balanced to allow vertical or horizontal mounting without adjustment. When the drive is powered off, the actuator automatically moves the head to the actuator ramp outside of the disk where it parks.
19 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Drive characteristics

This section describes the characteristics of the drive.

Default logical drive parameters

The default of the logical drive parameters in Identify Device data is as shown below.

Description Physical Layout Label capacity Bytes per Sector Number of Heads Logical Layout2 Bytes per Sector Number of Sectors/ Track Number of Cylinders1 Number of Sectors3 Total Logical Data Bytes

10TB model
10TB 4,096
14
512 63 16,383 19,532,873,728 10,000,831,348,736

8TB model
8TB 4,096 12 or 14
512 63 16,383 15,628,053,168 8,001,563,222,016

Description Physical Layout Label capacity Bytes per Sector Number of Heads Logical Layout2 Bytes per Sector Number of Sectors/ Track Number of Cylinders1 Number of Sectors3 Total Logical Data Bytes
Table 2 Formatted capacity

10TB model
10TB 4,096
14
4,096 63
16,383 2,441,609,216 10,000,831,348,736

8TB model
8TB 4,096 12 or 14
4,096 63
16,383 1,953,506,646 8,001,563,222,016

Notes:
1 Number of cylinders: For drives with capacities greater an 8.45 GB the IDENTIFY DEVICE information word 01 limits the number of cylinders to 16,383 per the ATA specification.
2 Logical layout: Logical layout is an imaginary drive parameter (that is, the number of heads) which is used to access the drive from the system interface. The Logical layout to Physical layout (that is, the actual Head and Sectors) translation is done automatically in the drive. The default setting can be obtained by issuing an IDENTIFY DEVICE command
3 Max. LBA count definition standard: 8TB model: IDEMA LBA1-03 and 10TB model: SFF-8447

20 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Data sheet
Description
Max Data transfer rate (Mbps) Interface transfer rate (MB/s) Typ Sustained transfer rate (MB/s) Typ Sustained transfer rate (MiB/s) Data buffer size (MB) Rotational speed (RPM) Configurable number of buffer segment Number Recording density- max (Kbpi) Track density (Ktpi) Areal density - max (Gbits/in2)
Table 3 Mechanical positioning performance

10TB Model 2,222
600 249 237 256 7,200 2,048 max 1,929 423 816

8TB Model 2,074
600 225 215 256 7,200 2,048 max 1,801 423 762

World Wide Name Assignment

Description Organization

Manufacturing Site

Product OUI
SHBU Block Assignment
Port/Node ID

Thailand: China:

Table 4 World Wide Name Assignment

10TB model Western Digital Japan
Thailand China
Ultrastar He10-10 000CCAh
251h / 256h / 266h / 267h / 268h / 26Ah / 26Bh / 26Ch / 26Dh 3C4h / 3C6h / 3D1h / 3D2h / 3D3h
11b

8TB model Western Digital Japan
Thailand China
Ultrastar He10-8 000CCAh
Thailand: 252h / 257h

China:

3C5h / 3C7h

11b

21 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Drive organization
Drive Format
Upon shipment from Western Digital manufacturing the drive satisfies the sector continuity in the physical format by means of the defect flagging strategy described in Section 5 in order to provide the maximum performance to users.
Cylinder allocation
Physical cylinder is calculated from the starting data track of 0. It is not relevant to logical CHS. Depending on the capacity some of the inner zone cylinders are not allocated. Data cylinder This cylinder contains the user data which can be sent and retrieved via read/write commands and a spare area for reassigned data. Spare cylinder The spare cylinder is used by Western Digital manufacturing and includes data sent from a defect location.

Performance characteristics

Drive performance is characterized by the following parameters:
 Command overhead  Mechanical positioning
- Seek time - Latency  Data transfer speed  Buffering operation (Look ahead/Write cache)
All the above parameters contribute to drive performance. There are other parameters that contribute to the performance of the actual system. This specification defines the characteristics of the drive, not the characteristics of the system throughput which depends on the system and the application.

Command overhead

Command overhead is defined as the time required  from the time H->D Reg FIS w/ command bit is sent by host  to the time  PIO Set Up FIS is sent by device(PIO Read/Write)  DATA FIS is sent by device(DMA Read)  DMA Activate FIS is sent by device(DMA Write)  DMA Set Up FIS is sent by device(NCQ Read/Write)  Seek Start (Read cache not hit or Seek)
The table below gives average command overhead.

Command type (Drive is in quiescent state) Read (Cache not hit) Read (Cache hit) Write Seek

Typical time (ms) 0.2 0.2 0.5 0.2

Typical time for NCQ command (ms) 0.2 0.2 0.5
not applicable

Table 5 Command overhead

22 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Mechanical positioning

Average seek time (without command overhead, including settling)

Command Type Read Write
Table 6 Average seek time

Typical (ms) 8.0 8.6

Max (ms) 10.0 11.0

The terms "Typical" and "Max" are used throughout this specification with the following meanings:

Typical.

The average of the drive population tested at nominal environmental and voltage conditions.

Max.

The maximum value measured on any one drive over the full range of the environmental and voltage conditions. (See Section 6.2, "Environment" and Section 6.3, "DC Power Requirements")

Single track seek time (without command overhead, including settling)

Common to all models and all seek modes

Function Read Write

Typical (ms) 0.22 0.30

Table 7 Single Track Seek Time

Max (ms) 0.25 0.35

Average latency

Rotational speed 7200 RPM
Table 8 Latency Time

Time for a revolution (ms) 8.3

Average latency (ms) 4.16

Drive ready time

Power on to ready 7 Disk model
Table 9 Drive ready time

Typical (sec) 20

Maximum (sec) 30

Ready Power on

The condition in which the drive is able to perform a media access command (such as read, write) immediately
This includes the time required for the internal self diagnostics.

23 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Operating modes

Operating mode descriptions

Operating mode Description

Spin-up

Start up time period from spindle stop or power down

Seek

Seek operation mode

Write

Write operation mode

Read

Read operation mode

Idle_0

Drive ready, but not performing I/O

Idle_A

Spindle motor is working normally. Servo system is sleeping or waking up. Commands can be received and processed immediately

Idle_B

Spindle rotation at 7200 RPM with heads unloaded

Idle_C/Standby_Y Spindle rotation at Low RPM with heads unloaded

Standby_Z

Actuator is unloaded and spindle motor is stopped. Commands can be received immediately

Sleep

Actuator is unloaded and spindle motor is stopped. Only soft reset or hard reset can change the mode to standby_z

Note: Upon power down or spindle stop a head locking mechanism will secure the heads in the OD parking position.

Mode transition times

Mode transition times are shown below.

From
Standby_Z Idle_A Idle_B Idle_A Idle_C

To
Idle_A Standby_Z Idle_A Idle_B Idle_A

RPM
0 -> 7200 7200 -> 0
7,200 7,200 6300 -> 7200

Typical Transition time (sec) 15
Immediately 1 0.7 4

Table 10 Mode transition times

Max Transition time (sec) 30
Immediately 30 30 30

24 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Defect flagging strategy
Media defects are remapped to the next available sector during the Format Process in manufacturing. The mapping from LBA to the physical locations is calculated by an internally maintained table.
Shipped format
 Data areas are optimally used.  No extra sector is wasted as a spare throughout user data areas.  All pushes generated by defects are absorbed by the spare tracks of the inner zone.
N N+1 defect N+2 defect N+3

skip

skip

Figure 1 PList physical format
Defects are skipped without any constraint, such as track or cylinder boundary. The calculation from LBA to physical is done automatically by internal table.

25 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Specification
Electrical interface Connector location
Refer to the following illustration to see the location of the connectors. Current

New Sio PCBA for test at BPI

Figure 2 Connector location

26 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Signal connector
A Serial ATA device may be either directly connected to a host or connected to a host through a cable. For direct connection, the device plug connector is inserted directly into a backplane connector. The device plug connector and the backplane connector incorporate features that enable the direct connection to be hot pluggable and blind mateable. For connection via cable, the device signal plug connector mates with the signal cable receptacle connector on one end of the cable. The signal cable receptacle connector on the other end of the cable is inserted into a host signal plug connector. The signal cable wire consists of two twinax sections in a common outer sheath. Besides the signal cable, there is also a separate power cable for the cabled connection. A Serial ATA power cable includes a power cable receptacle connector on one end and may be directly connected to the host power supply on the other end or may include a power cable receptacle on the other end. The power cable receptacle connector on one end of the power cable mates with the device power plug connector. The other end of the power cable is attached to the host as necessary.
27 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Signal definition

SATA has receivers and drivers to be connected to Tx+/- and Rx +/- Serial data signal. Defines the signal names of I/O connector pin and signal name.

No.

Plug Connector pin definition

Signal

I/O

S1 GND

2nd mate

Gnd

S2 A+

Differential signal A from Phy

RX+

Input

S3 A-

RX-

Input

Signal S4 Gnd

2nd mate

Gnd

S5 B-

Differential signal B from Phy

TX-

Output

S6 B+

TX+

Output

S7 Gnd

2nd mate

Gnd

Key and spacing separate signal and power segments

P1 Reserved*

NOT USED (P1 and P2 tied internally)

Reserve

P2 Reserved*

Not USED (P1 and P2 tied internally)

Reserve

P3

Reserved* or PWDIS* (option)

Not USED (P1, P2 and P3 tied internally) or Enter/Exit Power Disable (option)

Reserve or PWDIS

P4 Gnd

1st mate

Gnd

P5 Gnd

2nd mate

Gnd

P6 Gnd

2nd mate

Gnd

P7 V5

5V power,pre-charge,2nd Mate

5V

Power P8 V5

5V power

5V

P9 V5

5V power

5V

P10 Gnd

2nd mate

Gnd

P11 Reserved

Support staggered spin-up and LED activity VDIn max=2.1V

Reserve

P12 Gnd

1st mate

Gnd

P13 V12

12V power,pre-chage,2nd mate

V12

P14 V12

12V power

V12

P15 V12

12V power

V12

* SATA Specification Revision 3.1 and prior revisions assigned 3.3V to pins P1, P2 and P3. In addition, device plug pins P1, P2, and P3 were required to be bused together. In the standard configuration of this product, P3 is connected with P1 and P2 and this product behaves as SATA 3.1 or prior version product in a system designed to SATA 3.2 system that does not support the 3.3 feature. For product with the optional SATA 3.3 Power Disable Feature supported, P3 is now assigned as the POWER DISABLE CONTROL PIN. If P3 is driven HIGH (2.1V-3.6V max), power to the drive circuitry will be disabled. Drives with this optional feature WILL NOT POWER UP in systems designed to SATA Spec Revision 3.1 or earlier because P3 driven HIGH will prevent the drive from powering up.

Table 11 Interface connector pins and I/O signals

TX+ / TX-
These signals are the outbound high-speed differential signals that are connected to the serial ATA cable
RX+ / RX-
These signals are the inbound high-speed differential signals that are connected to the serial ATA cable.

28 Hard Disk Drive Specification

5V PRECHARGE
+5 Vdc that is available on the extended pins. It is used for PRECHARGE when connected to backplane incorporated feature.
12V PRECHARGE
+12 Vdc that is available on the extended pins. It is used for PRECHARGE when connected to backplane incorporated feature.
Out of band signaling

COMRESET/COMINIT

t1

t2

COMWAKE

t3

t4

Figure 3 The timing of COMRESET, COMINIT and COMWAKE

PARAMETER DESCRIPTION

t1

ALIGN primitives

t2

Spacing

t3

ALIGN primitives

t4

Spacing

Table 12 Parameter descriptions

Nominal (ns) 106.7 320 106.7 106.7

29 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Environment

Temperature and humidity

Operating conditions Temperature Relative humidity Maximum wet bulb temperature Maximum temperature gradient Altitude Non-Op conditions Temperature Relative humidity Maximum wet bulb temperature Maximum temperature gradient Altitude
Table 13 Temperature and humidity

5 to 60°C 8 to 90% non-condensing 29.4°C non-condensing 20°C/Hour ­300 to 3,048 m
-40 to 70°C (Storage 0 to 70°C) 5 to 95% non-condensing 35°C non-condensing 30°C/Hour ­300 to 12,000 m (Inside dashed-dotted line of Figure 4)

Notes: 1. The system is responsible for providing sufficient ventilation to maintain a surface temperature below 65°C at
the center of the top cover of the drive.
2. Non condensing conditions should be maintained at any time.
3. Maximum storage period within shipping package is one year.

Altitude (m)

13000 12000

-40degC/12000m

11000

10000

9000

8000

7000

6000

5000

4000

3000

2000

1000

0

-1000

-40degC/-300m

-2000 -50 -40 -30

Altitude specification

40degC/12000m

Non-Operating

5degC/3048m

70degC/3048m 60degC/3048m

-20 -10

Operating

60degC/-300m

5degC/-300m

70degC/-300m

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Temperature (degC)

Figure 4 Limits of temperature and altitude

30 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Figure 5 Limits of temperature and humidity
Corrosion test
The drive shows no sign of corrosion inside and outside of the hard disk assembly and is functional after being subjected to seven days at 50°C with 90% relative humidity.
Atmospheric condition
Environments that contain elevated levels of corrosives (e.g. hydrogen sulfide, sulfur oxides, or hydrochloric acid) should be avoided. Care must be taken to avoid using any compound/material in a way that creates an elevated level of corrosive materials in the atmosphere surrounding the disk drive. Care must also be taken to avoid use of any organometallic (e.g. organosilicon or organotin) compound/material in a way that creates elevated vapor levels of these compounds/materials in the atmosphere surrounding the disk drive.
31 Hard Disk Drive Specification

DC power requirements
Damage to the drive electronics may result if the power supply cable is connected or disconnected to the legacy Power connector while power is being applied to the drive (no hot plug/unplug is allowed). If SATA power supply cable is connected or disconnected to the SATA power connector, hot plug/unplug is allowed.

Input voltage

Input voltage
+5 Volts Supply +12 Volts Supply Table 14 Input voltage

During run and spin up
5V ± 5% 12V ± 5%

Absolute max spike voltage
­0.3 to 5.5V ­0.3 to 15.0V

Supply rise time
0 to 200ms 0 to 400ms

Caution: To avoid damage to the drive electronics, power supply voltage spikes must not exceed specifications.

32 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Power supply current (typical1)

Serial ATA @6Gb/sec 10TB Model

Start up Peak DC

[1]

Start up Peak AC

Idle_0 Ave.

Idle Ripple

[2]

IO/Sec

Current
+5V Amp
0.53 0.62 0.26 0.23

Current +12V Amp 1.54 1.93 0.32 0.24

Random RW 8KB Qd=1 Ave.

0.59

1.80

40

0.30

0.44

Random RW 4KB Qd=4 Peak

Random RW 4KB Qd=4 Ave.

130

Random RW 4KB Qd=1 Peak

Random RW 4KB Qd=1 Ave.

112

Sequential Read Peak

Sequential Read Ave.

[3]

Sequential Write Peak

Sequential Write Ave.

[3]

BMS Peak BMS Ave.

0.60

1.78

0.30

0.55

0.57

1.79

0.29

0.54

0.71

0.62

0.34

0.53

0.47

0.36

0.68

0.56

0.33

Power Save Mode
(PHY state: Active)
Idle_A Idle_B Idle_C Standby_Y Standby_Z Sleep

Current
+5V Amp
0.23 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.14

+12V Amp 0.32 0.23 0.18 0.18 0.003 0.003

Power
Watts
5.0 3.5 2.9 2.9 0.8 0.8

Power Watts
5.2
6.8
8.1
7.9
7.1 6.7
6.8
Watts Saved
[4]
0.2 1.7 2.3 2.3 4.4 4.4

Recovery [1]

12V DC peak

12V AC peak

1.00

1.79

1.00

1.79

1.55

1.82

1.55

1.82

PHY power condition
Partial Slumber

Port A Watts Saved
0.15 0.21

Notes Reference data, sample number = 10HDDs, DE temp. = 40degC (25degC for Spin up), WCE=0
[1] 200mS windowed average [2] Pk to Pk BWL @20MHz [3] Max transfer rate [4] Watts saved compared to Idle_0
Table 15 Power consumption

33 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Power supply generated ripple at drive power connector

+5V DC +12V DC

Maximum (mV pp) 200 250

Table 16 Power supply generated ripple at drive power connector

MHz 0-10 0-10

During drive start up and seeking 12-volt ripple is generated by the drive (referred to as dynamic loading). If the power of several drives is daisy chained together, the power supply ripple plus the dynamic loading of the other drives must remain within the above regulation tolerance. A common supply with separate power leads to each drive is a more desirable method of power distribution.
To prevent external electrical noise from interfering with the performance of the drive, the drive must be held by four screws in a user system frame which has no electrical level difference at the four screws position and has less than ±300 millivolts peak to peak level difference to the ground of the drive power connector.

Power Consumption Efficiency

Power Consumption Efficiency at Idle

W/TB W/GB

0.50 0.00050

Table 17 Power consumption efficiency

34 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Reliability
Data integrity
When the write cache option is disabled no customer data is lost during Power loss. If the write cache option is active, the data in write cache during a power loss may be lost. To prevent the loss of customer data, it is recommended that write cache is set "off" before issuing the last write access before power off.
Cable noise interference
To avoid any degradation of performance throughput or error rate when the interface cable is routed on top or comes in contact with the HDA assembly, the drive must be grounded electrically to the system frame by four screws. The common mode noise or voltage level difference between the system frame and power cable ground or AT interface cable ground should be in the allowable level specified in the power requirement section.
Load/Unload
The product supports a minimum of 600,000 normal load/unloads in a 40° C environment. Load/unload is invoked by transition of the HDD's power mode. (Chapter 4.5.4 Operating modes)
Idle <-> unload idle Idle <-> Low rpm idle
Start/stop cycles
The drive withstands a minimum of 50,000 start/stop cycles in a 40° C environment and a minimum of 10,000 start/stop cycles in extreme temperature or humidity within the operating range.
Preventive maintenance
None
Data reliability
Probability of not recovering data is 1 in 1015 bits read. LDPC on the fly/ offline data correction
 4,608 bit LDPC  This implementation recovers maximum 2,500 bits single burst error by on the fly correction and maximum
3,500 bits single burst error by offline correction
Required Power-Off Sequence
The required BIOS sequence for removing power from the drive is as follows: Step 1: Issue one of the following commands. Standby Standby immediate Sleep Note: Do not use the Flush Cache command for the power off sequence because this command does not invoke Unload Step 2: Wait until the Command Complete status is returned. However, the BIOS time out value needs to be 60 seconds considering error recovery time. Step 3: Terminate power to HDD.
35 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Mechanical specifications Physical dimensions
Figure 6 Top and side views and mechanical dimensions All dimensions are in millimeters.
36 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Figure 7 Bottom and side views with mounting hole locations

All dimensions in the above figure are in millimeters.

The following table shows the physical dimensions of the drive.

Height (mm) 26.1 MAX

Width (mm) 101.6 ± 0.25

Length (mm) 147 MAX

Table 18 Physical Dimensions

Weight (grams) 660 MAX

37 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Connector locations
Current
New Sio PCBA for test at BPI

Figure 8 Connector locations

38 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Drive mounting
The drive will operate in all axes (6 directions). Performance and error rate will stay within specification limits if the drive is operated in the other orientations from which it was formatted. For reliable operation, the drive must be mounted in the system securely enough to prevent excessive motion or vibration of the drive during seek operation or spindle rotation, using appropriate screws or equivalent mounting hardware. The recommended mounting screw torque is 0.6 - 1.0 Nm (6-10 Kgf.cm). The recommended mounting screw depth is 3.8 mm maximum for bottom and 6.1 mm maximum for horizontal mounting. Drive level vibration test and shock test are to be conducted with the drive mounted to the table using the bottom four screws.
Heads unload and actuator lock
Heads are moved out from disks (unload) to protect the disk data during shipping, moving, or storage. Upon power down, the heads are automatically unloaded from disk area and the locking mechanism of the head actuator will secure the heads in unload position.
39 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Vibration and shock
All vibration and shock measurements recorded in this section are made with a drive that has no mounting attachments for the systems. The input power for the measurements is applied to the normal drive mounting points.

Operating vibration

Random vibration (Linear)

The test is 30 minutes of random vibration using the power spectral density (PSD) levels shown below in each of three mutually perpendicular axes. The disk drive will operate without non-recoverable errors when subjected to the below random vibration levels.

Frequency

5 Hz

17 Hz

45 Hz

48 Hz

62 Hz

65 Hz

150 Hz

200 Hz

500 Hz

RMS (m/sec2)

[(m/sec2)2/Hz]

1.9 x 10E­3

1.1 x 10E­1

1.1 x 10E­1

7.7 x 10E­1

7.7 x 10E­1

9.6 x 10E­2

9.6 x 10E­2

4.8 x 10E­2

4.8 x 10E-2

6.57

Table 19 Random vibration PSD profile break points (operating)

The overall RMS (root mean square) level is 6.57 m/sec2 (0.67 G).

Swept sine vibration (Linear)

The drive will meet the criteria shown below while operating in the specified conditions:
 No errors occur with 4.9 m/sec2 (0.5 G) 0 to peak, 5 to 300 to 5 Hz sine wave, 0.5 oct/min sweep rate with 3minute dwells at two major resonances
 No data loss occurs with 9.8 m/sec2 (1 G) 0 to peak, 5 to 300 to 5 Hz sine wave, 0.5 oct/min sweep rate with 3minute dwells at two major resonances

Random vibration (Rotational)

The drive will meet the criteria shown below while operating in the specified conditions:

 Less than 20% Performance degradation  The overall RMS (Root Mean Square) level of vibration is 12.5Rad/sec^2. PSD profile is shown below.

Frequency

20 Hz

100 Hz

200 Hz 800 Hz 1000 Hz

1500 Hz

1700 Hz

2000 Hz

RMS (Rad/s2)

[(Rad/s2) 2/Hz]

1.90E -02

1.90E -02

1.87E 1.87E

-01

-01

5.33E -02

7.70E -03

4.00E -03

4.00E -03

12.5

Table 20 Random vibration (Rotational) PSD profile break points

40 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Nonoperating vibration

The drive does not sustain permanent damage or loss of previously recorded data after being subjected to the environment described below

Random vibration

The test consists of a random vibration applied for each of three mutually perpendicular axes with the time duration of 10 minutes per axis. The PSD levels for the test simulate the shipping and relocation environment shown below. The overall RMS (Root Mean Square) level of vibration is 10.2 m/sec2 (1.04 G).

Frequency

2 Hz

4 Hz

8 Hz

40 Hz

55 Hz

70 Hz

200 Hz

[(m/sec2)2/Hz]

0.096

2.89

2.89

0.289

0.962

0.962

0.096

Table 21 Random vibration PSD profile break points (nonoperating)

Swept sine vibration
 19.6 m/sec2 (2 G) (Zero to peak), 5 to 500 to 5 Hz sine wave  0.5 oct/min sweep rate  3 minutes dwell at two major resonances
Operating shock
The drive meets the following criteria while operating in the conditions described below. The shock test consists of 10 shock inputs in each axis and direction for total of 60. There must be a delay between shock pulses long enough to allow the drive to complete all necessary error recovery procedures.
 No error occurs with a 98.1 m/sec2 (10 G) half-sine shock pulse of 11 ms duration  No data loss occurs with a 294 m/sec2 (30 G) half-sine shock pulse of 4 ms duration.  No data loss occurs with a 686 m/sec2 (70 G) half-sine shock pulse of 2 ms duration.

Nonoperating shock

The drive will operate without non-recoverable errors after being subjected to shock pulses with the following characteristics.

Trapezoidal shock wave

 Approximate square (trapezoidal) pulse shape  Approximate rise and fall time of pulse is1 ms  Average acceleration level is 490 m/sec2 (50 G). (Average response curve value during the time following the 1
ms rise time and before the 1 ms fall with a time "duration of 11 ms")  Minimum velocity change is 4.23 m/sec
Sinusoidal shock wave

The shape is approximately half-sine pulse. The figure below shows the maximum acceleration level and duration.

Acceleration level (m/sec2) 2940(300G) 1470(150G)

Duration (ms) 2 11

Table 22 Sinusoidal shock wave

41 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Nonoperating Rotational shock

All shock inputs shall be applied around the actuator pivot axis.

Duration 1 ms 2 ms

Rad/sec2 30,000 20,000

Table 23 Rotational Shock

42 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Acoustics

The upper limit criteria of the octave sound power levels are given in Bels relative to one picowatt and are shown in the following table. The sound power emission levels are measured in accordance with ISO 7779.

Mode Idle
Operating

7200rpm (Typical / Max) 2.0 / 2.5 3.6 / 4.0

Table 24 Sound power levels

Mode definition: Idle mode.
Operating mode.

The drive is powered on, disks spinning, track following, unit ready to receive and respond to interface commands. Continuous random cylinder selection and seek operation of the actuator with a dwell time at each cylinder. The seek rate for the drive is to be calculated as shown below:

 Dwell time = 0.5 x 60/RPM  Seek rate = 0.4 / (Average seek time + Dwell time)

Identification labels
The following labels are affixed to every drive shipped from the drive manufacturing location in accordance with the appropriate hard disk drive assembly drawing:
 A label containing either the Western Digital logo or the HGST logo, and the part number (P/N).  A label containing the drive model number, the manufacturing date code, the formatted capacity, the country of
manufacture, UL/CSA/TUV/CE/RCM mark logos and WEEE/China RoHS logos  A label containing either the Western Digital logo or the HGST logo, the part number (P/N), the drive model
number, the manufacturing date code, the formatted capacity, the country of manufacture, UL/CSA/TUV/CE/RCM mark logos and WEEE/China RoHS logos  A bar code label containing the drive serial number  A label containing the jumper pin description  A user designed label per agreement
The above labels may be integrated with other labels.

43 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Safety UL and CSA standard conformity
The product is qualified per UL60950-1Second Edition and CAN/CSA-C22.2 No.60950-1-07 Second Edition, for use in Information Technology Equipment including Electric Business Equipment. The UL recognition or the CSA certification is maintained for the product life. The UL and C-UL recognition mark or the CSA monogram for CSA certification appear on the drive.
German Safety Mark
The product is approved by TUV on Test requirement: EN60950-12006+A11 but the GS mark is not applicable to internal devices such as this product.
Flammability
The printed circuit boards used in this product are made of material with the UL recognized flammability rating of V1 or better. The flammability rating is marked or etched on the board. All other parts not considered electrical components are made of material with the UL recognized flammability rating of V-2 minimum basically.
Safe handling
The product is conditioned for safe handling in regards to sharp edges and corners.
Substance restriction requirements
The product complies with the Directive 2002/95/EC of the European Parliament on the restrictions of the use of the certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment (RoHS) and with Halogen free requirements based on the electronics industry standard, IEC 61249-2-21 (http://www.iec.ch/). FIPS models do not comply with IEC 61249-2-21.
Secondary circuit protection
Spindle/VCM driver module includes 12 V over current protection circuit.
44 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Electromagnetic compatibility
When installed in a suitable enclosure and exercised with a random accessing routine at maximum data rate, the drive meets the following worldwide EMC requirements:
 United States Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Rules and Regulations (Class B), Part 15. (A 6 dB buffer shall be maintained on the emission requirements).  European Economic Community (EEC) directive number 76/889 related to the control of radio frequency interference and the Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker (VDE) requirements of Germany (GOP). Spectrum Management Agency (SMA) EMC requirements of Australia. This statement should be reviewed by whomever is managing agency approval submissions: The SMA has approved RCM Marking for Western Digital.
CE Mark
The product is declared to be in conformity with requirements of the following EC directives under the responsibility of Western Digital: Council Directive 2004/108/EC on the approximation of laws of the Member States relating to electromagnetic compatibility.
RCM Mark
The product complies with the following Australian EMC standard: Limits and methods of measurement of radio disturbance characteristics of information technology, AS/NZS 3548 : 1995 Class B.
BSMI Mark
The product complies with the Taiwan EMC standard "Limits and methods of measurement of radio disturbance characteristics of information technology equipment, CNS 13438 Class B."
KC Mark
The product complies with the Korea EMC standard. The regulation for certification of information and communication equipment is based on "Telecommunications Basic Act" and "Radio Waves Act" Korea EMC requirement are based technically on CISPR22 measurement standards and limits. KC standards are likewise based on IEC standards.
45 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Part 2. Interface Specification
46 Hard Disk Drive Specification

General

Introduction
This specification describes the host interface of HUH7210xxALx60n
The interface conforms to the following working documents of Information technology with certain limitations described in the chapter 7.3 "Deviations from Standard" on page 47
- Serial ATA International Organization: Serial ATA Revision 3.2

Device Host

Terminology
Device indicates HUH7210xxALx60n Host indicates the system that the device is attached to.

Deviations From Standard

The device conforms to the referenced specifications, with deviations described below.

Check Power Mode

If the Extended Power Conditions feature set is disabled and the device is in Idle mode, Check Power Mode command returns FFh by Sector Count Register, instead of returning 80h. Refer to 11.1 "Check Power Mode" for detail.

COMRESET

COMRESET response is not the same as that of Power On Reset. Refer to section 9.1 "Reset Response" for detail.

Download

Both Download Microcode and Download Microcode DMA are aborted when the device is in security locked mode.

COMRESET response time Streaming Commands
SCT Error Recovery Control

During 500ms from Power On Reset, COMINIT is not returned within 10ms as a response to COMRESET.
When the device is in standby mode, Streaming Commands can't be completed while waiting for the spindle to reach operating speed even if execution time exceeds specified CCTL (Command Completion Time Limit). The minimum CCTL is 50ms.CCTL is set to 50ms when the specified value is shorter than 50ms.
When the device is in standby mode, any command where error recovery time limit is specified can't be completed while waiting for the spindle to reach operating speed even if execution time exceeds specified recovery time limit. The minimum time limit is 6.5 second. When the specified time limit is shorter than 6.5 second, the issued command is aborted.

47 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Registers
In Serial ATA, the host adapter contains a set of registers that shadow the contents of the traditional device registers, referred to as the Shadow Register Block. Shadow Register Block registers are interface registers used for delivering commands to the device or posting status from the device. About details, please refer to the Serial ATA Specification.
In the following cases, the host adapter sets the BSY bit in its shadow Status Register and transmits a FIS to the device containing the new contents.
 Command register is written in the Shadow Register Block  Device Control register is written in the Shadow Register Block with a change of state of the SRST bit  COMRESET is requested

Alternate Status Register

Alternate Status Register

7 BSY

6 RDY

5

4

3

2

1

0

DF

DSC /SERV

DRQ

COR

IDX

ERR

Table 25 Alternate Status Register

This register contains the same information as the Status Register. The only difference is that reading this register does not imply interrupt acknowledge or clear a pending interrupt. See 8.11 "Status Register" on the page 51 for the definition of the bits in this register.

Command register
This register contains the command code being sent to the device. Command execution begins immediately after this register is written. The command set is shown in Table 93 Command Set on page 129. All other registers required for the command must be set up before writing the Command Register.

Cylinder High Register
This register contains the high order bits of the starting cylinder address for any disk access. At the end of the command, this register is updated to reflect the current cylinder number.
In LBA Mode this register contains Bits 16-23. At the end of the command, this register is updated to reflect the current LBA Bits 16-23.
The cylinder number may be from zero to the number of cylinders minus one.
When 48-bit addressing commands are used, the "most recently written" content contains LBA Bits 16-23, and the "previous content" contains Bits 40-47. The 48-bit Address feature set is described in 9.12.

48 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Cylinder Low Register
This register contains the low order bits of the starting cylinder address for any disk access. At the end of the command, this register is updated to reflect the current cylinder number.
In LBA Mode this register contains Bits 8-15. At the end of the command, this register is updated to reflect the current LBA Bits 8-15.
The cylinder number may be from zero to the number of cylinders minus one.
When 48-bit addressing commands are used, the "most recently written" content contains LBA Bits 8-15, and the "previous content" contains Bits 32-39.

Device Control Register

7

6

HOB

-

Device Control Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

-

-

1

SRST -IEN

0

Table 26 Device Control Register

Bit Definitions HOB SRST (RST)
-IEN

HOB (high order byte) is defined by the 48-bit Address feature set. A write to any Command Register shall clear the HOB bit to zero.
Software Reset. The device is held reset when RST=1. Setting RST=0 re-enables the device. The host must set RST=1 and wait for at least 5 microseconds before setting RST=0, to ensure that the device recognizes the reset.
Interrupt Enable. When ­IEN=0, and the device is selected, device interrupts to the host will be enabled. When ­IEN=1, or the device is not selected, device interrupts to the host will be disabled.

Device/Head Register

Device/Head Register

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

1

L

1

DRV HS3 HS2 HS1 HS0

Table 27 Device/Head Register

This register contains the device and head numbers.

Bit Definitions L

Binary encoded address mode select. When L=0, addressing is by CHS mode. When L=1, addressing is by LBA mode.

DRV

Device. This product ignores this bit.

HS3,HS2,HS1,HS0

Head Select. These four bits indicate binary encoded address of the head. HS0 is the least significant bit. At command completion, these bits are updated to reflect the currently selected head. The head number may be from zero to the number of heads minus one. In LBA mode, HS3 through HS0 contain bits 24-27 of the LBA. At command completion, these bits are updated to reflect the current LBA bits 24-27.

49 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Error Register

7

6

5

ICRCE UNC

0

Table 28 Error Register

Error Register

4

3

IDNF

0

2

1

0

ABRT TK0NF AMNF

This register contains status from the last command executed by the device, or a diagnostic code.
At the completion of any command except Execute Device Diagnostic, the contents of this register are valid always even if ERR=0 in the Status Register.
Following a power on, a reset, or completion of an Execute Device Diagnostic command, this register contains a diagnostic code. See 9.2 Diagnostic and Reset considerations on page 53 for the definition.

Bit Definitions ICRCE (CRC)
UNC IDNF (IDN) ABRT (ABT)
TK0NF (T0N) AMNF (AMN)

Interface CRC Error. ICRCE=1 indicates a CRC error occurred during FIS transmission or FIS reception. Uncorrectable Data Error. UNC=1 indicates an uncorrectable data error has been encountered. ID Not Found. IDN=1 indicates the requested sector's ID field could not be found. Aborted Command. ABT=1 indicates the requested command has been aborted due to a device status error or an invalid parameter in an output register. Track 0 Not Found. T0N=1 indicates track 0 was not found during a Recalibrate command.
Address Mark Not Found. This product does not report this error. This bit is always zero.

Features Register
This register is command specific. This is used with the Set Features command, SMART Function Set command and Format Unit command.
Sector Count Register
This register contains the number of sectors of data requested to be transferred on a read or write operation between the host and the device. If the value in the register is set to 0, a count of 256 sectors (in 28-bit addressing) or 65,536 sectors (in 48-bit addressing) is specified. If the register is zero at command completion, the command was successful. If not successfully completed, the register contains the number of sectors which need to be transferred in order to complete the request. The contents of the register are defined otherwise on some commands. These definitions are given in the command descriptions.
Sector Number Register
This register contains the starting sector number for any disk data access for the subsequent command. The sector number is from one to the maximum number of sectors per track. In LBA mode, this register contains Bits 0-7. At the end of the command, this register is updated to reflect the current LBA Bits 0-7. When 48-bit commands are used, the "most recently written" content contains LBA Bits 0-7, and the "previous content" contains Bits 24-31.

50 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Status Register

Status Register

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

BSY DRDY

DF

DSC /SERV

DRQ

CORR

IDX

Table 29 Status Register

0 ERR

This register contains the device status. The contents of this register are updated whenever an error occurs and at the completion of each command.
If the host reads this register when an interrupt is pending, it is considered to be the interrupt acknowledge. Any pending interrupt is cleared whenever this register is read.
If BSY=1, no other bits in the register are valid.

Bit Definitions BSY DRDY (RDY)
DF DSC
SERV (SRV) DRQ CORR (COR) IDX ERR

Busy. BSY=1 whenever the device is accessing the registers. The host should not read or write any registers when BSY=1. If the host reads any register when BSY=1, the contents of the Status Register will be returned.
Device Ready. RDY=1 indicates that the device is capable of responding to a command. RDY will be set to 0 during power on until the device is ready to accept a command. If the device detects an error while processing a command, RDY is set to 0 until the Status Register is read by the host, at which time RDY is set back to 1.
Device Fault. This product does not support DF bit. DF bit is always zero.
Device Seek Complete. DSC=1 indicates that a seek has completed and the device head is settled over a track. DSC is set to 0 by the device just before a seek begins. When an error occurs, this bit is not changed until the Status Register is read by the host, at which time the bit again indicates the current seek complete status.
When the device enters into or is in Standby mode or Sleep mode, this bit is set by device in spite of not spinning up.
Service. This product does not support SERV bit.
Data Request. DRQ=1 indicates that the device is ready to transfer a word or byte of data between the host and the device. The host should not write the Command register when DRQ=1.
Corrected Data. Always 0.
Index. IDX=1 once per revolution. Since IDX=1 only for a very short time during each revolution, the host may not see it set to 1 even if the host is reading the Status Register continuously. Therefore, the host should not attempt to use IDX for timing purposes.
Error. ERR=1 indicates that an error occurred during execution of the previous command. The Error Register should be read to determine the error type. The device sets ERR=0 when the next command is received from the host.

51 Hard Disk Drive Specification

General Operation Descriptions

Reset Response

There are three types of reset in ATA as follows:

Power On Reset (POR)

The device executes a series of electrical circuitry diagnostics.

COMRESET

COMRESET is issued in Serial ATA bus. The device resets the interface circuitry as well as Soft Reset.

Soft Reset (Software Reset) SRST bit in the Device Control Register is set, and then is reset. The device resets the interface circuitry according to the Set Features requirement.

The actions of each reset are shown in Table 30.
Aborting Host interface Aborting Device operation Initialization of hardware Internal diagnostic Spinning spindle Initialization of registers (*2) Reverting programmed parameters to default
- Number of CHS (set by Initialize Device Parameter)
- Multiple mode - Write cache - Read look-ahead - ECC bytes Disable Standby timer Power mode

POR o o
(*6) o o
o (*5)

Table 30 Reset Response

COMRESET
o (*1)
x x x o (*3)

Soft Reset
o (*1)
x x x o (*3)

x

x

(*4)

(*4)

o ---- Execute

x ---- Not execute

Table Notes
(*1) Execute after the data in write cache has been written.
(*2) Default value on POR is shown in Table 32 Default Register Values on page 53.
(*3) The Set Features command with Feature register = CCh enables the device to revert these parameters to the power on defaults.
(*4) In the case of Sleep mode, the device goes to Standby mode. In other case, the device does not change current mode.
(*5) Idle when Power-Up in Standby feature set is disabled. Standby when Power-Up in Standby feature set is enabled.
(*6) Spinning up when Power-Up in Standby feature set is disabled. Standby when Power-Up in Standby feature set is enabled.

52 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Register Initialization

Register Error Sector Count Sector Number Cylinder Low Cylinder High Device/Head Status Alternate Status

Default Value Diagnostic Code
01h 01h 00h 00h 00h 50h 50h

Table 31 Default Register Values

After power on, hard reset, or software reset, the register values are initialized as shown in Table 31.

Code 01h 02h 03h 04h 05h

Description No error Detected Formatter device error Sector buffer error ECC circuitry error Controller microprocessor error

Table 32 Diagnostic Codes

The meaning of the Error Register diagnostic codes resulting from power on, hard reset or the Execute Device Diagnostic command is shown in Table 32.

Diagnostic and Reset considerations
In each case of Power on Reset, COMRESET, Soft reset, and EXECUTE DEVICE DIAGNOSTIC command, the device is diagnosed. And Error register is set as shown in Table 32.

53 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Sector Addressing Mode
All addressing of data sectors recorded on the device's media is by a logical sector address. The logical CHS address for HUH7210xxALx60n is different from the actual physical CHS location of the data sector on the disk media. All addressing of data sectors recorded on the device's media.
HUH7210xxALx60n support both Logical CHS Addressing Mode and LBA Addressing Mode as the sector addressing mode.
The host system may select either the currently selected CHS translation addressing or LBA addressing on a command-by-command basis by using the L bit in the DEVICE/HEAD register. So a host system must set the L bit to 1 if the host uses LBA Addressing mode.

Logical CHS Addressing Mode

The logical CHS addressing is made up of three fields: the cylinder number, the head number and the sector number. Sectors are numbered from 1 to the maximum value allowed by the current CHS translation mode but can not exceed 255(0FFh). Heads are numbered from 0 to the maximum value allowed by the current CHS translation mode but can not exceed 15(0Fh). Cylinders are numbered from 0 to the maximum value allowed by the current CHS translation mode but cannot exceed 65535(0FFFFh).
When the host selects a CHS translation mode using the INITIALIZE DEVICE PARAMETERS command, the host requests the number of sectors per logical track and the number of heads per logical cylinder. The device then computes the number of logical cylinders available in requested mode.
The default CHS translation mode is described in the Identify Device Information. The current CHS translation mode also is described in the Identify Device Information.
LBA Addressing Mode

Logical sectors on the device shall be linearly mapped with the first LBA addressed sector (sector 0) being the same sector as the first logical CHS addressed sector (cylinder 0, head 0, sector 1). Irrespective of the logical CHS translation mode currently in effect, the LBA address of a given logical sector does not change. The following is always true:

LBA = ((cylinder * heads_per_cylinder + heads)

* sectors_per_track ) + sector - 1

Where heads_per_cylinder and sectors_per_track are the current translation mode values.

On LBA addressing mode, the LBA value is set to the following register.

Device/Head Cylinder High Cylinder Low Sector Number

 LBA 27-24 bits
 LBA 23-16 bits
 LBA 15- 8 bits
 LBA 7- 0 bits

54 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Power Management Feature
The power management feature set allows an application client to modify the behavior of a device in a manner that reduces the power required to operate. The power management feature set provides a set of commands and a timer that enables a device to implement low power consumption modes. The Power Management feature set implements the following set of functions. 1. A Standby timer 2. Idle command 3. Idle Immediate command 4. Sleep command 5. Standby command 6. Standby Immediate command
Power Mode
The lowest power consumption when the device is powered on occurs in Sleep Mode. When in sleep mode, the device requires a reset to be activated. In Idle Mode the device is capable of responding immediately to media access requests. In Active Mode the device is under executing a command or accessing the disk media with read look-ahead function or writes cache function.
Active Idle mode
The electronics repeats on and off. And heads are flowing and seek, however the spindle is still rotated at the full speed.
Low Power Idle mode
Additional electronics are powered off, and heads are unloaded on the ramp, however the spindle is still rotated at the full speed.
Low RPM Idle mode
The heads are unloaded on the ramp, and the spindle is rotated at the 85-90% of the full speed.
Standby Mode
The device interface is capable of accepting commands, but as the media may not immediately accessible, there is a delay while waiting for the spindle to reach operating speed.
55 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Power Management Commands

The Check Power Mode command allows a host to determine if a device is in, going, to or leaving standby or idle mode.
The Idle and Idle Immediate commands move a device to idle mode immediately from the active or standby modes. The idle command also sets the standby timer count and enables or disables the standby timer.
The Standby and Standby Immediate commands move a device to standby mode immediately from the active or idle modes. The standby command also sets the standby timer count and enables or disables the Standby timer.
The Sleep command moves a device to sleep mode. The device's interface becomes inactive after the device reports command completion for the sleep command. A device only transitions from sleep mode after processing hardware reset, a software reset.

Standby timer

The standby timer provides a method for the device to automatically enter standby mode from either active or idle mode following a host programmed period of inactivity. If the device is in the active or idle mode, the device waits for the specified time period and if no command is received, the device automatically enters the standby mode.
If the value of SECTOR COUNT Register on Idle command or Standby command is set to 00h, the standby timer is disabled.

Interface Capability for Power Modes

Each power mode affects the physical interface as defined in the following table:

Mode
Active Idle Standby sleep

BSY
x 0 0 x

RDY
x 1 1 x

Interface active
Yes Yes Yes No

Media
Active Active Inactive Inactive

Table 33 Power conditions

Ready (RDY) is not a power condition. A device may post ready at the interface even though the media may not be accessible.

56 Hard Disk Drive Specification

SMART Function
The intent of Self-monitoring, analysis and reporting technology (SMART) is to protect user data and prevent unscheduled system downtime that may be caused by predictable degradation and/or fault of the device. By monitoring and storing critical performance and calibration parameters, SMART devices employ sophisticated data analysis algorithms to predict the likelihood of near-term degradation or fault condition. By alerting the host system of a negative reliability status condition, the host system can warn the user of the impending risk of a data loss and advise the user of appropriate action.
Attributes
Attributes are the specific performance or calibration parameters that are used in analyzing the status of the device. Attributes are selected by the device manufacturer based on that attribute's ability to contribute to the prediction of degrading or faulty conditions for that particular device. The specific set of attributes being used and the identity of these attributes is vendor specific and proprietary.
Attribute values
Attribute values are used to represent the relative reliability of individual performance or calibration attributes. The valid range of attribute values is from 1 to 253 decimal. Higher attribute values indicate that the analysis algorithms being used by the device are predicting a lower probability of a degrading or faulty condition existing. Accordingly, lower attribute values indicate that the analysis algorithms being used by the device are predicting a higher probability of a degrading or faulty condition existing.
Attribute thresholds
Each attribute value has a corresponding attribute threshold limit which is used for direct comparison to the attribute value to indicate the existence of a degrading or faulty condition. The numerical values of the attribute thresholds are determined by the device manufacturer through design and reliability testing and analysis. Each attribute threshold represents the lowest limit to which its corresponding attribute value can be equal while still retaining a positive reliability status. Attribute thresholds are set at the device manufacturer's factory and cannot be changed in the field. The valid range for attribute thresholds is from 1 through 253 decimal.
Threshold exceeded condition
If one or more attribute values, whose Pre-failure bit of their status flag is set, are less than or equal to their corresponding attribute thresholds, then the device reliability status is negative, indicating an impending degrading or faulty condition.
SMART commands
The SMART commands provide access to attribute values, attribute thresholds and other logging and reporting information.
Off-line Read Scanning
The device provides the off-line read scanning feature with reallocation. This is the extension of the off-line data collection capability. The device performs the entire read scan with reallocation for the marginal sectors to prevent the user data lost. If interrupted by the host during the read scanning, the device services the host command.
57 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Error Log
Logging of reported errors is supported. The device provides information on the last five errors that the device reported as described in SMART error log sector. The device may also provide additional vendor specific information on these reported errors. The error log is not disabled when SMART is disabled. Disabling SMART shall disable the delivering of error log information via the SMART READ LOG SECTOR command. If a device receives a firmware modification, all error log data is discarded and the device error count for the life of the device is reset to zero.
Self-test
The device provides the self-test features which are initiated by SMART Execute Off-line Immediate command. The self-test checks the fault of the device, reports the test status in Device Attributes Data and stores the test result in the SMART self-test log sector as described in SMART self-test log data structure. All SMART attributes are updated accordingly during the execution of self-test. If interrupted by the host during the self-tests, the device services the host command. If the device receives a firmware modification, all self-test log data is discarded.
58 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Security Mode Feature Set

Security Mode Feature Set is a powerful security feature. With a device lock password, a user can prevent unauthorized access to hard disk device even if the device is removed from the computer.

The following commands are supported for this feature.

Security Set Password Security Unlock Security Erase Prepare Security Erase Unit Security Freeze Lock Security Disable Password

(`F1'h) (`F2'h) (`F3'h) (`F4'h) (`F5'h) (`F6'h)

Execution of these commands is restricted for the Trusted Computing Group feature set. That is, these commands operate only in the state that is the Manufactured-Inactivate state by the Trusted Computing Group feature set. Moreover, these commands are aborted in the state that is activated to the Manufactured state by the Trusted Computing Group feature set.

Security mode

Following security modes are provided.

Device Locked mode

The device disables media access commands after power on. Media accesses commands are enabled by either a security unlock command or a security erases unit command.

Device Unlocked mode Device Frozen mode

The device enables all commands. If a password is not set this mode is entered after power on, otherwise it is entered by a security unlock or a security erases unit command. The device enables all commands except those which can update the device lock function, set/change password. The device enters this mode via a Security Freeze Lock command. It cannot quit this mode until power off.

Security Level

Following security levels are provided.

High level security

When the device lock function is enabled and the User Password is forgotten the device can be unlocked via a Master Password.

Maximum level security

When the device lock function is enabled and the User Password is forgotten then only the Master Password with a Security Erase Unit command can unlock the device. Then user data is erased.

Password

This function can have 2 types of passwords as described below.

Master Password

When the Master Password is set, the device does NOT enable the Device Lock Function, and the device can NOT be locked with the Master Password, but the Master Password can be used for unlocking the device locked.

Identify Device Information word 92 contains the value of the Master Password Revision Code set when the Master Password was last changed. Valid values are 0001h through FFFEh.

User Password

The User Password should be given or changed by a system user. When the User Password is set, the device enables the Device Lock Function, and then the device is locked on next power on reset or hard reset.

The system manufacturer/dealer who intends to enable the device lock function for the end users, must set the master password even if only single level password protection is required.

59 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Operation example
Master Password setting
The system manufacturer/dealer can set a new Master Password from default Master Password using the 2 Set Password command, without enabling the Device Lock Function. The Master Password Revision Code is set to FFFEh as shipping default by the HDD manufacturer
User Password setting
When a User Password is set, the device will automatically enter lock mode the next time the device is powered on.

< Setting Password >

(ref.) < No Setting Password >

POR

POR

Set Password with User Password

Normal Operation

Normal Operation

Power off

POR

Device locked mode

Figure 9 Initial Setting

Power off

POR

Device locked mode

60 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Operation from POR after User Password is set
When Device Lock Function is enabled, the device rejects media access command until a Security Unlock command is successfully completed.
POR
Device Locked mode

Unlock CMD
Password Match ?
N Y
Enter Device Unlock mode

Erase Prepare

Media access command (*1)

Non-Media access command (*1)

Erase Unit Password N
Match ?
Y

Reject

Complete

Complete Erase Unit

Lock function Disable
Normal operation : All commands are available
Freeze Lock command

Enter Device Frozen mode Normal Operation except Set Password, Disable Password, Erase Unit, Unlock commands.

Figure 10 Usual Operation

(*1) Refer to 9.6.5 on the page.63

61 Hard Disk Drive Specification

User Password Lost
If the User Password is forgotten and High level security is set, the system user can't access any data. However, the device can be unlocked using the Master Password.
If a system user forgets the User Password and Maximum security level is set, data access is impossible. However, the device can be unlocked using the Security Erase Unit command to unlock the device and erase all user data with the Master Password.

User Password Loat

LEVEL ?

High Unlock CMD with Master Password

Maxinum

Erase Prepare Command Erase Unit Command with Maseter Password

Normal operation but data lost

Normal operation

Figure 11 Password Lost

Attempt limit for SECURITY UNLOCK command
The SECURITY UNLOCK command has an attempt limit. The purpose of this attempt limit is to prevent that someone attempts to unlock the drive by using various passwords many times.
The device counts the password mismatch. If the password does not match, the device counts it up without distinguishing the Master password and the User password. If the count reaches 5, EXPIRE bit (bit 4) of Word 128 in Identify Device information is set, and then SECURITY ERASE UNIT command and SECURITY UNLOCK command are aborted until a hard reset or a power off. The count and EXPIRE bit are cleared after a power on reset or a hard reset.

62 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Command Table

This table shows the device's response to commands when the Security Mode Feature Set (Device lock function) is enabled.

Command

Locked Mode

Check Power Mode Configure Stream Crypto Scramble Ext Device Configuration Restore Device Configuration Freeze Lock Device Configuration Identify Device Configuration Set Download Microcode Download Microcode DMA Execute Device Diagnostic Flush Cache Flush Cache Ext Format Track Identify Device Idle Idle Immediate Initialize Device Parameters NCQ NON-DATA Overwrite Ext Read Buffer Read DMA Read DMA Ext Read FPDMA Queued Read Log Ext Read Log DMA Ext Read Multiple Read Multiple Ext Read Native Max Address Read Native Max Ext Read Sector(s) Read Sector(s) Ext Read Stream DMA Ext Read Stream Ext Read Verify Sector(s) Read Verify Sector(s) Ext Recalibrate Request Sense Data Ext Sanitize Freeze Lock Ext Sanitize Status Ext

Executable Command aborted Command aborted Command aborted Command aborted Command aborted Command aborted Command aborted Command aborted
Executable Command aborted Command aborted Command aborted
Executable Executable Executable Executable Command aborted Command aborted Executable Command aborted Command aborted Command aborted Executable Executable Command aborted Command aborted Executable Executable Command aborted Command aborted Command aborted Command aborted Command aborted Command aborted Executable Executable Command aborted Executable

Table 34 Command table for device lock operation -1

Unlocked Mode
Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable

Frozen Mode
Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable

63 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Command
SCT Read/Write Long SCT Write Same SCT Error Recovery Control SCT Feature Control SCT Data Table SCT Read Status Security Disable Password Security Erase Prepare Security Erase Unit Security Freeze Lock Security Set Password Security Unlock Seek Set Features Set Max Address Set Max Address Ext Set Multiple Mode Sleep SMART Disable Operations SMART Enable/Disable Attribute Autosave SMART Enable Operations SMART Execute Off-line Immediate SMART Read Attribute Values SMART Read Attribute Thresholds SMART Return Status SMART Save Attribute Values SMART Read Log Sector SMART Write Log Sector SMART Enable/Disable Automatic Off-Line Standby Standby Immediate Trusted Receive Trusted Receive DMA Trusted Send Trusted Send DMA Write Buffer Write DMA Write DMA Ext

Locked Mode
Command aborted Command aborted Command aborted Command aborted Command aborted
Executable Command aborted
Executable Executable Command aborted Command aborted Executable Executable Executable Command aborted Command aborted Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Command aborted Command aborted Command aborted Command aborted Executable Command aborted Command aborted

Unlocked Mode
Command aborted Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable

Frozen Mode
Command aborted Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable
Command aborted Command aborted Command aborted
Executable Command aborted Command aborted
Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable

Table 35 Command table for device lock operation -2

64 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Command

Locked Mode

Write DMA FUA Ext Write FPDMA Queued Write Log Ext Write Log DMA Ext Write Multiple Write Multiple Ext Write Multiple FUA Ext Write Sector(s) Write Sector(s) Ext Write Stream DMA Ext Write Stream Ext Write Uncorrectable Ext

Command aborted Command aborted Command aborted Command aborted Command aborted Command aborted Command aborted Command aborted Command aborted Command aborted Command aborted Command aborted

Table 36 Command table for device lock operation -3

Unlocked Mode
Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable

Frozen Mode
Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable

65 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Host Protected Area Feature

Host Protected Area Feature is to provide the `protected area' which cannot be accessed via conventional method. This `protected area' is used to contain critical system data such as BIOS or system management information. The contents of entire system main memory may also be dumped into `protected area' to resume after system power off. The LBA/CYL changed by following command affects the Identify Device Information.

The following set of commands is implemented for this function.

Read Native Max ADDRESS (`F8'h)

Set Max ADDRESS

(`F9'h)

Example for operation (In LBA mode)

Assumptions:

For better understanding, the following example uses actual values for LBA, size, etc. Since it is just an example, these values could be different.

Device characteristics

Capacity (native)

: 6,498,680,832 byte (6.4GB)

Max LBA (native)

:

12,692,735 (0FFFFFh)

Required size for protected area

:

206,438,400 byte

Required blocks for protected area :

403,200 (062700h)

Customer usable device size

: 6,292,242,432 byte (6.2GB)

Customer usable sector count

:

12,289,536 (BB8600h)

LBA range for protected area

: BB8600h to C1ACFFh

1. Shipping HDDs from HDD manufacturer When the HDDs are shipped from HDD manufacturer, the device has been tested to have usable capacity of 6.4GB besides flagged media defects not to be visible by system.
2. Preparing HDDs at system manufacturer Special utility software is required to define the size of protected area and store the data into it. The sequence is: Issue Read Native Max Address command to get the real device maximum LBA. Returned value shows that native device Maximum LBA is 12,692,735 (C1ACFFh) regardless of the current setting. Make entire device be accessible including the protected area by setting device Maximum LBA as 12,692,735 (C1ACFFh) via Set Max Address command. The option could be either nonvolatile or volatile. Test the sectors for protected area (LBA >= 12,289,536 (BB8600h)) if required. Write information data such as BIOS code within the protected area. Change maximum LBA using Set Max Address command to 12,289,535 (BB85FFh) with nonvolatile option. From this point, the protected area cannot be accessed till next Set Max Address command is issued. Any BIOSes, device drivers, or application software access the HDD as if that is the 6.2GB device because the device acts exactly the same as real 6.2GB device does.
3. Conventional usage without system software support Since the HDD works as 6.2GB device, there is no special care to use this device for normal use.

66 Hard Disk Drive Specification

4. Advanced usage using protected area The data in the protected area is accessed by following. Issue Read Native Max Address command to get the real device maximum LBA. Returned value shows that native device Maximum LBA is 12,692,735 (C1ACFFh) regardless of the current setting. Make entire device be accessible including the protected area by setting device Maximum LBA as 12,692,735 (C1ACFFh) via Set Max Address command with volatile option. By using this option, unexpected power removal or reset will not make the protected area remained accessible. Read information data from protected area. Issue hard reset or POR to inhibit any access to the protected area.
Security extensions
1. Set Max Set Password 2. Set Max Lock 3. Set Max Freeze Lock 4. Set Max Unlock The Set Max Set Password command allows the host to define the password to be used during the current power on cycle. The password does not persist over a power cycle but does persist over a hardware or software reset. This password is not related to the password used for the Security Mode Feature set. When the password is set the device is in the Set_Max_Unlocked mode. The Set Max Lock command allows the host to disable the Set Max commands (except set Max Unlock) until the next power cycle or the issuance and acceptance of the Set Max Unlock command. When this command is accepted the device is in the Set_Max_Locked mode. The Set Max Unlock command changes the device from the Set_Max_Locked mode to the Set_Max_Unlocked mode. The Set Max Freeze Lock command allows the host to disable the Set Max commands (including Set Max UNLOCK) until the next power cycle. When this command is accepted the device is in the Set_Max_Frozen mode. The IDENTIFY DEVICE response word 83, bit 8 indicates that this extension is supported if set, and word 86, bit 8 indicate the Set Max security extension enabled if set.
67 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Write Cache Function
Write cache is a performance enhancement whereby the device reports as completing the write command (Write Sector(s), Write Multiple and Write DMA) to the host as soon as the device has received all of the data into its buffer. And the device assumes responsibility to write the data subsequently onto the disk.
 While writing data after completed acknowledgment of a write command, soft reset or hard reset does not affect its operation. But power off terminates writing operation immediately and unwritten data are to be lost.
 Soft reset, Standby (Immediate) command and Flush Cache commands during writing the cached data are executed after the completion of writing to media. So the host system can confirm the completion of write cache operation by issuing Soft reset, Standby (Immediate) command or Flush Cache command to the device before power off.
Reassign Function
The reassign Function is used with read commands and write commands. The sectors of data for reassignment are prepared as the spare data sector. This reassignment information is registered internally, and the information is available right after completing the reassign function. Also the information is used on the next power on reset or hard reset. If the number of the spare sector reaches 0 sectors, the reassign function will be disabled automatically. The spare tracks for reassignment are located at regular intervals from Cylinder 0. As a result of reassignment, the physical location of logically sequenced sectors will be dispersed.
Auto Reassign Function
The sectors those show some errors may be reallocated automatically when specific conditions are met. The spare tracks for reallocation are located at regular intervals from Cylinder 0. The conditions for auto-reallocation are described below. None recovered write errors When a write operation cannot be completed after the Error Recovery Procedure (ERP) is fully carried out, the sector(s) are reallocated to the spare location. An error is reported to the host system only when the write cache is disabled and the auto reallocation is failed. If the write cache function is ENABLED, and when the number of available spare sectors reaches 0 sectors, both auto reassign function and write cache function are disabled automatically. None recovered read errors When a read operation is failed after defined ERP is fully carried out, a hard error is reported to the host system. This location is registered internally as a candidate for the reallocation. When a registered location is specified as a target of a write operation, a sequence of media verification is performed automatically. When the result of this verification meets the criteria, this sector is reallocated. Recovered read errors When a read operation for a sector failed once then recovered at the specific ERP step, this sector of data is reallocated automatically. A media verification sequence may be run prior to the relocation according to the predefined conditions.
68 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Power-up in Standby feature set
Power-Up In Standby feature set allows devices to be powered-up into the Standby power management state to minimize inrush current at power-up and to allow the host to sequence the spin-up of devices.
This feature set will be enabled/disabled via the SET FEATURES command. The enabling of this feature set shall be persistent after power cycle.
A device needs a SET FEATURES subcommand to spin-up to active state when the device has powered-up into Standby. The device remains in Standby until the SET FEATURES subcommand is received.
If power-up into Standby is enabled, when an IDENTIFY DEVICE is received while the device is in Standby as a result of powering up into Standby, the device shall set word 0 bit 2 to one to indicate that the response is incomplete, then only words 0 and 2 are correctly reported.
The IDENTIFY DEVICE information indicates the states as follows:  identify device information is complete or incomplete  this feature set is implemented  this feature set is enabled or disabled  the device needs the Set Features command to spin-up into active state
Advanced Power Management feature set (APM)
This feature allows the host to select an advanced power management level. The advanced power management level is a scale from the lowest power consumption setting of 01h to the maximum performance level of FEh. Device performance may increase with increasing advanced power management levels. Device power consumption may increase with increasing advanced power management levels. The advanced power management levels contain discrete bands, described in the section of Set Feature command in detail. This feature set uses the following functions:
1. A SET FEATURES subcommand to enable Advanced Power Management 2. A SET FEATURES subcommand to disable Advanced Power Management
Advanced Power Management is independent of the Standby timer setting. If both Advanced Power Management and the Standby timer are set, the device will go to the Standby state when the timer times out or the device's Advanced Power Management algorithm indicates that the Standby state should be entered.
The IDENTIFY DEVICE response word 83, bit 3 indicates that Advanced Power Management feature is supported if set. Word 86, bit 3 indicates that Advanced Power Management is enabled if set. Word 91, bits 7-0 contain the current Advanced Power Management level if Advanced Power Management is enabled.
48-bit Address Feature Set
The 48-bit Address feature set allows devices: a) with capacities up to 281,474,976,710,655 logical sectors (i.e., up to 144,115,188,075,855,360 bytes for a 512-
byte logical block device); and b) to transfer up to 65 536 logical sectors in a single command.
The 48-bit Address feature set operates in LBA addressing only. Devices also implement commands using 28-bit addressing, and 28-bit and 48-bit commands may be intermixed. Support of the 48-bit Address feature set is indicated in the Identify Device response bit 10 words 83. In addition, the maximum user LBA address accessible by 48-bit addressable commands is contained in Identify Device response words 230 through 233. When the 48-bit Address feature set is implemented, the native maximum address is the value returned by a Read Native Max Address Ext command. If the native maximum address is equal to or less than 268,435,455, a Read Native Max Address shall return the native maximum address. If the native maximum address is greater than 268,435,455, a Read Native Max Address shall return a value of 268,435,455.
69 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Streaming feature Set
The Streaming feature set is an optional feature set that allows a host to request delivery of data from a contiguous logical block address range within an allotted time. This places a priority on time to access the data rather than the integrity of the data. Streaming feature set commands only support 48-bit addressing.
A device that implements the Streaming feature set shall implement the following minimum set of commands:  Configure Stream  Read Stream Ext  Write Stream Ext  Read Stream DMA Ext  Write Stream DMA Ext  Read Log Ext
Support of the Streaming feature set is indicated in Identify Device work 84 bit 4.
Note that PIO versions of these commands limit the transfer rate (16.6 MB/s), provide no CRC protection, and limit status reporting as compared to a DMA implementation.
Streaming commands
The streaming commands are defined to be time critical data transfers rather than the standard data integrity critical commands. Each command shall be completed within the time specified in the Configure Stream command or in the streaming command itself in order to ensure the stream requirements of the AV type application. The device may execute background tasks as long as the Read Stream and Write Stream command execution time limits are still met.
Using the Configure Stream command, the host may define the various stream properties including the default Command Completion Time Limit (CCTL) to assist the device in setting up its caching for best performance. If the host does not use a Configure Stream command, the device shall use the CCTL specified in each streaming command, and the time limit is effective for one time only. If the CCTL is not set by Configure Stream command, the operation of a streaming command with a zero CCTL is device vendor specific. If Stream ID is not set by a Configure Stream command, the device shall operate according to the Stream ID set by the streaming command. The operation is device vendor specific.
The streaming commands may access any user LBA on a device. These commands may be interspersed with nonstreaming commands, but there may be an impact on performance due to the unknown time required to complete the non-streaming commands.
The streaming commands should be issued using a specified minimum number of sectors transferred per command, as specified in word 95 of the Identify Device response. The transfer length of a request should be a multiple of the minimum number of sectors per transfer.
The host provided numeric stream identifier, Stream ID, may be used by the device to configure its resources to support the streaming requirements of the AV content. One Stream ID may be configured for each read and write operation with different command completion time limits be each Configure Stream command.
Urgent bit
The Urgent bit in the Read Stream and Write Stream commands specifies that the command should be completed in the minimum possible time by the device and shall be completed within the specified Command Completion Time Limit.
Flush to Disk bit
The Flush to Disk bit in the Write Stream command specifies that all data for the specified stream shall be flushed to the media before posting command completion. If a host requests flushes at times other than the end of each Allocation Unit, streaming performance may be degraded. The Set Features command to enable/disable caching shall not affect caching for streaming commands.
70 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Not Sequential bit
The Not Sequential bit specifies that the next read stream command with the same Stream ID may not be sequential in LBA space. This information helps the device with pre-fetching decisions.
Read Continuous bit
If the Read Continuous bit is set to one for the command, the device shall transfer the requested amount of data to the host within the Command Completion Time Limit even if an error occurs. The data sent to the host by the device in an error condition is vendor specific.
Write Continuous bit
If the Write Continuous bit is set to one for the command, and an error is encountered, the device shall complete the request without posting an error. If an error cannot be resolved within the Command Completion Time Limit, the erroneous section on the media may be unchanged or may contain undefined data. A future read of this area may not report an error, even though the data is erroneous.
Handle Streaming Error bit
The Handle Streaming Error bit specifies to the device that this command starts at the LBA of a recently reported error section, so the device may attempt to continue its corresponding error recovery sequence where it left off earlier. This mechanism allows the host to schedule error recovery and defect management for content critical data.
71 Hard Disk Drive Specification

SATA BIST (Built-in Self Test)
The device supports the following BIST modes, and begins operations when it receives BIST Activate FIS. F ­ Far End Analog Loopback. L ­ Far End Retimed Loopback T ­ Far End Transmit only A ­ ALIGN Bypass (valid only in combination with T bit) S ­ Bypass Scrambling (valid only in combination with T bit)
72 Hard Disk Drive Specification

SATA Interface Power Management
The device supports both receiving host-initiated interface power management requests and initiating interface power management. The device initiates interface power management when the device enters its power saving mode whose power consumption is lower than Idle mode.
Low PHY power conditions overview
Low PHY power conditions are PHY conditions where the PHY is in a reduced power state (e.g., has disabled circuitry in order to reduce power). This document defines the amount of power consumed in that low PHY power condition. The low PHY power conditions include the partial PHY power condition and the slumber PHY power condition (see section 6.3.2).
If the partial PHY power condition is enabled and the received IDENTIFY data indicates PARTIAL mode capability, then the PHY may generate PMREQ_P (PARTIAL) primitive sequences.
If the slumber PHY power condition is enabled and the received IDENTIFY data indicates SLUMBER mode capability, then the PHY may generate PMREQ_S (SLUMBER) primitive sequences.
If low PHY power conditions are enabled, then the PHY may reply with a PMACK primitive sequence to accept a low PHY power condition request.
If low PHY power conditions are supported and disabled, then the PHY shall reject a low PHY power condition request by replying with a PMNAK primitive sequence.
Active PHY power condition
While in the active PHY power condition: a) The PHY is capable of transmitting information and responding to received information; and b) The PHY may consume more power than while the PHY is in a low PHY power condition.
Partial PHY power condition
The interface shall detect the OOB signaling sequence COMWAKE and COMRESET if in the Partial Interface power management state.
While in the Partial state, the interface shall be subjected to the low-transition density bit pattern (LTDP) sequences; the interface shall remain in the Partial state until receipt of a valid COMWAKE (or COMRESET) OOB signaling sequence.
Power dissipation in this Partial state shall be measured or calculated to be less than the PHY Active state, but more than the Slumber state.
The requirement for a "not-to-exceed" power dissipation limit in the Partial interface power management state is classified as vendor specific.
Slumber PHY power condition
The interface shall detect the OOB signaling sequence COMWAKE and COMRESET if in the Slumber Interface power management state.
While in the Slumber state, the interface shall be subjected to the low-transition density bit pattern (LTDP) sequences; the interface shall remain in the Slumber state until receipt of a valid COMWAKE (or COMRESET) OOB signaling sequence.
Power dissipation in this Slumber state shall be measured or calculated to be less than the PHY Ready state, and less than the Partial state.
The requirement for a "not-to-exceed" power dissipation limit in the Slumber interface power management state is classified as vendor specific.
73 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Software Setting Preservation
When a device is enumerated, software will configure the device using SET FEATURES and other commands. These software settings are often preserved across software reset but not necessarily across hardware reset. In Parallel ATA, only commanded hardware resets can occur, thus legacy software only reprograms settings that are cleared for the particular type of reset it has issued. In Serial ATA, COMRESET is equivalent to hard reset and a non-commanded COMRESET may occur if there is an asynchronous loss of signal. Since COMRESET is equivalent to hardware reset, in the case of an asynchronous loss of signal some software settings may be lost without legacy software knowledge. In order to avoid losing important software settings without legacy driver knowledge, the software settings preservation ensures that the value of important software settings is maintained across a COMRESET. Software settings preservation may be enabled or disabled using SET FEATURES with a subcommand code of 06h. If a device supports software settings preservation, the feature shall be enabled by default.
COMRESET Preservation Requirements
The software settings that shall be preserved across COMRESET are listed below. The device is only required to preserve the indicated software setting if it supports the particular feature/command the setting is associated with.
INITIALIZE DEVICE PARAMETERS: Device settings established with the INITIALIZE DEVICE PARAMETERS command. Power Management Feature Set Standby Timer: The Standby timer used in the Power Management feature set. Read/Write Stream Error Log: The Read Stream Error Log and Write Stream Error Logs (accessed using READ LOG EXT and WRITE LOG EXT). Security mode state: The security mode state established by Security Mode feature set commands (refer to section 6.13 of the ATA/6 specification). The device shall not transition to a different security mode state based on a COMRESET. For example, the device shall not transition from the SEC5: Unlocked / not Frozen state to state SEC4: Security enabled / Locked when a COMRESET occurs, instead the device shall remain in the SEC5: Unlocked / not Frozen state. SECURITY FREEZE LOCK: The Frozen mode setting established by the SECURITY FREEZE LOCK command. SECURITY UNLOCK: The unlock counter that is decremented as part of a failed SECURITY UNLOCK command attempt. SET ADDRESS MAX (EXT): The maximum LBA specified in SET ADDRESS MAX or SET ADDRESS MAX EXT. SET FEATURES (Device Initiated Interface Power Management): The Device Initiated Interface Power Management enable/disable setting (Word 79, bit 3 of Identify Device) established by the SET FEATURES command with a Subcommand code of 10h or 90h. SET FEATURES (Write Cache Enable/Disable): The write cache enable/disable setting established by the SET FEATURES command with subcommand code of 02h or 82h. SET FEATURES (Set Transfer Mode): PIO, Multiword, and UDMA transfer mode settings established by the SET FEATURES command with subcommand code of 03h. SET FEATURES (Advanced Power Management Enable/Disable): The advanced power management enable/disable setting established by the SET FEATURES command with subcommand code of 05h or 85h. The advanced power management level established in the Sector Count register when advanced power management is enabled (SET FEATURES subcommand code 05h) shall also be preserved. SET FEATURES (Read Look-Ahead): The read look-ahead enable/disable setting established by the SET FEATURES command with subcommand code of 55h or AAh. SET FEATURES (Reverting to Defaults): The reverting to power-on defaults enable/disable setting established by the SET FEATURES command with a subcommand code of CCh or 66h. SET MULTIPLE MODE: The block size established with the SET MULTIPLE MODE command. SANITIZE FREEZE LOCK MODE: The Sanitize Frozen state established by the SANITIZE FREEZE LOCK EXT command. There are several optional features defined in Serial ATA Revision 3.2. The following shows whether these features are supported or not.
74 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Serial ATA Optional Features
There are several optional features defined in Serial ATA Revision 3.2. The following shows whether these features are supported or not.
Asynchronous Signal Recovery
The device supports asynchronous signal recovery defined in Serial ATA Revision 3.2.
Device Power Connector Pin 11 Definition
Serial ATA Revision 3.2 specification defines that Pin 11 of the power segment of the device connector may be used to provide the host with an activity indication and disabling of staggered spin-up.
Phy Event Counters
Phy Event Counters are an optional feature to obtain more information about Phy level events that occur on the interface. This information may aid designers and integrators in testing and evaluating the quality of the interface. A device indicates whether it supports the Phy event counters feature in IDENTIFY (PACKET) DEVICE Word 76, bit 10. The host determines the current values of Phy event counters by issuing the READ LOG EXT command with a log page of 11h. The counter values shall not be retained across power cycles. The counter values shall be preserved across COMRESET and software resets. The counters defined can be grouped into three basic categories: those that count events that occur during Data FIS transfers, those that count events that occur during non-Data FIS transfers, and events that are unrelated to FIS transfers. Counters related to events that occur during FIS transfers may count events related to host-to-device FIS transfers, device-to-host FIS transfers, or bi-directional FIS transfers. A counter that records bi-directional events is not required to be the sum of the counters that record the same events that occur on device-to-host FIS transfers and host-to-device FIS transfers. Implementations that support Phy event counters shall implement all mandatory counters, and may support any of the optional counters as shown in Table 37. Note that some counters may increment differently based on the speed at which non-Data FIS retries are performed by the host and device. Implementations may record CRC and nonCRC error events differently. For example, there is a strong likelihood that a disparity error may cause a CRC error. Thus, the disparity error may cause both the event counter that records non-CRC events and the event counter that records CRC events to be incremented for the same event. Another example implementation difference is how a missing EOF event is recorded; a missing EOF primitive may imply a bad CRC even though the CRC on the FIS may be correct. These examples illustrate that some Phy event counters are sensitive to the implementation of the counters themselves, and thus these implementation sensitive counters cannot be used as an absolute measure of interface quality between different implementations.
Counter Reset Mechanisms
There are two mechanisms by which the host can explicitly cause the Phy counters to be reset. The first mechanism is to issue a BIST Activate FIS to the device. Upon reception of a BIST Activate FIS the device shall reset all Phy event counters to their reset value. The second mechanism uses the READ LOG EXT command. When the device receives a READ LOG EXT command for log page 11h and bit 0 in the Features register is set to one, the device shall return the current counter values for the command and then reset all Phy event counter values.
75 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Counter Identifiers

Each counter begins with a 16-bit identifier. Table 37 defines the counter value for each identifier. Any unused counter slots in the log page should have a counter identifier value of 0h. Optional counters that are not implemented shall not be returned in log page 11h. A value of `0' returned for a counter means that there have been no instances of that particular event. There is no required ordering for event counters within the log page; the order is arbitrary and selected by the device vendor.

For all counter descriptions, `transmitted' refers to items sent by the device to the host and `received' refers to items received by the device from the host.

Bits 14:12 of the counter identifier convey the number of significant bits that counter uses. All counter values consume a multiple of 16-bits. The valid values for bits 14:12 and the corresponding counter sizes are:
1h 16-bit counter
2h 32-bit counter 3h 48-bit counter 4h 64-bit counter Any counter that has an identifier with bit 15 set to one is vendor specific. This creates a vendor specific range of counter identifiers from 8000h to FFFFh. Vendor specific counters shall observe the number of significant bits 14:12 as defined above.

Identifier (Bits 11:0) 000h 001h 002h 003h 004h 005h 006h 007h 008h 009h 00Ah 00Bh 00Dh 00Fh 010h

Mandatory / Optional Mandatory Mandatory Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Mandatory Optional Optional Optional Optional

012h

Optional

013h

Optional

Description
No counter value; marks end of counters in the page Command failed and ICRC bit set to one in Error register R_ERR response for Data FIS R_ERR response for Device-to-Host Data FIS R_ERR response for Host-to-Device Data FIS R_ERR response for Non-data FIS R_ERR response for Device-to-Host Non-data FIS R_ERR response for Host-to-Device Non-data FIS Not supported (Device-to-Host non-Data FIS retries) Transitions from drive PhyRdy to drive PhyNRdy Signature Device-to-Host Register FISes sent due to a COMRESET CRC errors within a Host-to-Device FIS Non-CRC errors within a Host-to-Device FIS Not supported (R_ERR response for Host-to-Device Data FIS due to CRC errors) Not supported (R_ERR response for Host-to-Device Data FIS due to non-CRC errors) Not supported (R_ERR response for Host-to-Device Non-data FIS due to CRC errors) Not supported (R_ERR response for Host-to-Device Non-data FIS due to non-CRC errors)

Table 37 Phy Event Counter Identifiers

76 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Counter Definitions
The counter definitions in this section specify the events that a particular counter identifier represents.
Identifier 000h
There is no counter associated with identifier 000h. A counter identifier of 000h indicates that there are no additional counters in the log page.
Identifier 001h
The counter with identifier 001h returns the number of commands that returned an ending status with the ERR bit set to one in the Status register and the ICRC bit set to one in the Error register.
Identifier 002h
The counter with identifier 002h returns the sum of (the number of transmitted Device-to-Host Data FISes to which the host responded with R_ERRP) and (the number of received Host-to-Device Data FISes to which the device responded with R_ERRP).
Identifier 003h
The counter with identifier 003h returns the number of transmitted Device-to-Host Data FISes to which the host responded with R_ERRP.
Identifier 004h
The counter with identifier 004h returns the number of received Host-to-Device Data FISes to which the device responded with R_ERRP. The count returned for identifier 004h is not required to be equal to the sum of the counters with identifiers 00Fh and 010h.
Identifier 005h
The counter with identifier 005h returns the sum of (the number of transmitted Device-to-Host non-Data FISes to which the host responded with R_ERRP) and (the number of received Host-to-Device non-Data FISes to which the device responded with R_ERRP). Retries of non-Data FISes are included in this count.
Identifier 006h
The counter with identifier 006h returns the number of transmitted Device-to-Host non-Data FISes to which the host responded with R_ERRP. Retries of non-Data FISes are included in this count.
Identifier 007h
The counter with identifier 007h returns the number of received Host-to-Device non-Data FISes to which the device responded with R_ERRP. Retries of non-Data FISes are included in this count.
Identifier 009h
The counter with identifier 009h returns the number of times the device transitioned into the PHYRDY state from the PHYNRDY state, including but not limited to asynchronous signal events, power management events, and COMRESET events. If interface power management is enabled, then this counter may be incremented due to interface power management transitions.
77 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Identifier 00Ah
The counter with identifier 00Ah returns the number of transmitted Device-to-Host Register FISes with the device reset signature in response to a COMRESET, which were successfully followed by an R_OK from the host.
Identifier 00Bh
The counter with identifier 00Bh returns the number of received Host-to-Device FISes of all types (Data and nonData) to which the device responded with R_ERRP due to CRC error.
Identifier 00Dh
The counter with identifier 00Dh returns the number of received Host-to-Device FISes of all types (Data and nonData) to which the devices responded with R_ERRP for reasons other than CRC error.
78 Hard Disk Drive Specification

READ LOG EXT Log Page 11h

READ LOG EXT log page 11h is one page (512 bytes) in length. The first Dword of the log page contains information that applies to the rest of the log page. Software should continue to process counters until a counter identifier with value 0h is found or the entire page has been read. A counter identifier with value 0h indicates that the log page contains no more counter values past that point. Log page 11h is defined in Table 38.

Byte

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

0

Reserved

1

Reserved

2

Reserved

3

Reserved

...

...

n n+1

Counter n Identifier

n+2

n + Counter

Counter n Value

n Length

...

...

508

509

Reserved

510

511

Data Structure Checksum

Table 38 READ LOG EXT Log Page 11h data structure definition

Counter n Identifier Phy event counter identifier that corresponds to Counter n Value. Specifies the particular event counter that is being reported. The Identifier is 16 bits in length. Valid identifiers are listed in Table 38.
Counter n Value Value of the Phy event counter that corresponds to Counter n Identifier. The number of significant bits is determined by Counter n Identifier bits 14:12 (as defined in Table 37). The length of Counter n Value shall always be a multiple of 16-bits. All counters are one-extended. For example, if a counter is only physically implemented as 8-bits when it reaches the maximum value of 0xFF, it shall be one-extended to 0xFFFF. The counter shall stop (and not wrap to zero) after reaching its maximum value.
Counter n Length Size of the Phy event counter as defined by bits 14:12 of Counter n Identifier. The size of the Phy event counter shall be a multiple of 16-bits.

Data Structure Checksum The data structure checksum is the 2's complement of the sum of the first 511 bytes in the data structure. Each byte shall be added with unsigned arithmetic and overflow shall be ignored. The sum of all 512 bytes of the data structure will be zero when the checksum is correct.
Reserved All reserved fields shall be cleared to zero

79 Hard Disk Drive Specification

NCQ NON-DATA (63h)

The NCQ NON-DATA feature allows the host to manage the outstanding NCQ commands and/or affect the processing of NCQ commands.
The NCQ NON-DATA command is a non-data NCQ command. Only specified NCQ NON-DATA subcommands are executed as Immediate NCQ commands.
NCQ NON-DATA cmd, LBA fields should not be set to reserved.
LBA fields are optionally used in SetFeatures cmd.
If NCQ is disabled and an NCQ NON-DATA command is issued to the device, then the device aborts the command with the ERR bit set to one in the Status register and the ABRT bit set to one in the Error register. This command is prohibited for devices that implement the PACKET feature set. The queuing behavior of the device depends on which subcommand is specified.

Register

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

Features(7:0)

Subcommand Specific

Subcommand

Features(15:8)

Subcommand Specific

Count(7:0)

TAG

Reserved

Count(15:8)

Subcommand Specific

LBA(7:0)

Subcommand Specific

LBA(15:8)

Subcommand Specific

LBA(23:16)

Subcommand Specific

LBA(31:24)

Subcommand Specific

LBA(39:32)

Subcommand Specific

LBA(47:40)

Subcommand Specific

ICC(7:0)

Reserved

Auxiliary(7:0)

Reserved

Auxiliary(15:8)

Reserved

Auxiliary(23:16)

Subcommand Specific

Auxiliary(31:24)

Reserved

Device(7:0)

Res

1

Res

0

Reserved

Command(7:0)

63h

Table 39 NCQ NON-DATA - Command definition

Table 39 defines the Subcommand values. If an invalid subcommand is specified, then the device aborts the command with the ERR bit set to one in the Status register, the ABRT bit set to one in the Error register, and causes all outstanding commands to be aborted.

Subcommand 0h 1h 2h - 4h 5h

Description Abort NCQ queue Deadline Handling Reserved SET FEATURES

Reference 11.15.1 Abort NCQ Queue Subcommand (0h) 11.15.2 Deadline handling Subcommand (1h)
11.15.3 Set Features Subcommand (5h)

Table 40 Subcommand Field

Subcommand Specific (TTAG) is the selected queue TAG. This allows the host to select the specific outstanding queued command to be managed.
The error and normal returns for this command are subcommand specific.

80 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Abort NCQ Queue Subcommand (0h)
A Subcommand set to 0h specifies the Abort NCQ Queue subcommand (see 11.15.1 Abort NCQ Queue Subcommand (0h)). The Abort NCQ Queue subcommand is an immediate NCQ command. Support for this subcommand is indicated in the NCQ NON-DATA log (see 9.17.4.3 Read Log Ext Log Page 12h)
The Abort NCQ Queue subcommand affects only those NCQ commands for which the device has indicated command acceptance before accepting this NCQ NON-DATA command.
This command is prohibited for devices that implement the PACKET feature set.
Normal Outputs If a supported Abort Type parameter is specified, then the device indicates success, even if the command results in no commands being aborted.
When an Abort NCQ Queue command completes successfully, a Set Device Bits FIS is sent to the host to complete the Abort subcommand and commands that were aborted as a consequence of the Abort subcommand by setting the ACT bits for those commands to one. This SDB FIS may also indicate other completed commands.
Error Outputs The device returns command aborted if:
a) NCQ is disabled and an Abort NCQ queue command is issued to the device; b) The value of the TTAG field equals the value of the TAG field; c) The value of the TTAG field is an invalid TAG number; or d) An unsupported Abort type parameter is specified.
Deadline Handling Subcommand (1h)
A Subcommand set to 1h specifies the Deadline Handling Subcommand (see 11.15.2 Deadline handling Subcommand (1h)). This subcommand controls how NCQ Streaming commands are processed by the device. Support for this subcommand is indicated in the NCQ NON-DATA Log (see 9.17.4.3 Read Read Log Ext Log Page 12h).
The state of the WDNC and RDNC bits are preserved across software resets and COMRESETs (via Software Setting Preservations), and are not preserved across power cycles.
Normal Outputs
If this Deadline Handling Subcommand command is supported, the device returns command completed with no error.
When a Deadline Handling Subcommand command completes successfully, a Set Device Bits FIS is sent to the host to complete the Deadline Handling subcommand. This SDB FIS may also indicate other completed commands.
Error Outputs The device returns command aborted if NCQ is disabled and a Deadline Handling command is issued to the device;
SET FEATURES Subcommand (5h) The SET FEATURES subcommand functionality and behavior is dependent on all requirements of the SET FEATURES command defined in ACS-3.
Normal Outputs Upon successful completion of one or more outstanding commands, the device shall transmit a Set Device Bits FIS with the Interrupt bit set to one and one or more bits set to one in the ACT field corresponding to the bit position for each command TAG that has completed since the last status notification was transmitted. The ERR bit in the Status register shall be cleared to zero and the value in the Error register shall be zero.
Error Outputs If the device has received a command that has not yet been acknowledged by clearing the BSY bit to zero and an error is encountered, the device shall transmit a Register Device to Host FIS (see Table 107) with the ERR bit set to one and the BSY bit cleared to zero in the Status field, the ATA error code in the Error field.
81 Hard Disk Drive Specification

READ LOG EXT Log Page 12h

To determine the supported NCQ NON-DATA subcommands and their respective features, host software reads log address 12h. This log is supported if the NCQ NON-DATA command is supported (i.e., IDENTIFY DEVICE word 77 bit 5 is set to one). Table 41 defines the 512 bytes that make up the SATA NCQ NON-DATA log. The value of the General Purpose Logging Version word is 0001h.

Dword 0
1
2-4 5 6-127

Bits Description

Subcommand 0h

31-5 Reserved

4

Supports Abort Selected TTAG

3

Supports Abort Non-Streaming

2

Supports Abort Streaming

1

Supports Abort All

0

Supports Abort NCQ

Subcommand 1h

31-3 Reserved

2

Supports Read Data Not Continue

1

Supports Write Data Not Continue

0

Supports DEADLINE HANDLING

31-0 Reserved

Subcommand 5h

31-1 Reserved

1

Supports Set Features(see 13.7.5.13)

31-0 Reserved

Table 41 NCQ NON-DATA Log (12h) data structure definition

Supports the Abort NCQ subcommand
If Supports the Abort NCQ subcommand is set to one, then the device supports the Abort NCQ Queue command (11.15.1 Abort NCQ Queue Subcommand (0h)). If Supports the Abort NCQ subcommand is cleared to zero, then the device does not support the Abort NCQ Queue command.
Supports Abort All
If Supports Abort All is set to one, then the device supports the value of Abort All for the Abort Type parameter of the Abort NCQ Queue command. If Supports Abort All is cleared to zero, then the device does not support the value of Abort All for the Abort Type parameter of the Abort NCQ Queue command.
Supports Abort Streaming
If Supports Abort Streaming is set to one, then the device supports the value of Abort Streaming for the Abort Type parameter of the Abort NCQ Queue command. If Supports Abort Streaming is cleared to zero, then the device does not support the value of Abort Streaming for the Abort Type parameter of the Abort NCQ Queue command.
Supports Abort Non-Streaming
If Supports Abort Non-Streaming is set to one, then the device supports the value of Abort Non-Streaming for the Abort Type parameter of the Abort NCQ Queue command. If Supports Abort Non-Streaming is cleared to zero, then the device does not support the value of Abort Non-Streaming for the Abort Type parameter of the Abort NCQ Queue command.

82 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Supports the Abort Selected TTAG
If Supports Abort Selected TTAG is set to one, then the device supports the value of Abort Selected for the Abort Type parameter of the Abort NCQ Queue command. If Supports Abort Selected TTAG is cleared to zero, then the device does not support the value of Abort Selected for the Abort Type parameter of the Abort NCQ Queue command.
Supports the Deadline Handling subcommand
If Supports the Deadline Handling subcommand is set to one, then the device supports the Deadline Handling command. If the Supports the Deadline Handling subcommand is cleared to zero, then the device does not support the Deadline Handling command.
Supports WDNC
If Supports WDNC is set to one, then the device supports the WDNC bit of the DEADLINE HANDLING command. If Supports WDNC is cleared to zero, then the device does not support the WDNC bit of the DEADLINE HANDLING command.
Supports RDNC
If Supports RDNC is set to one, then the device supports the RDNC bit of the Deadline Handling command. If Supports RDNC is cleared to zero, then the device does not support the WDNC bit of the Deadline Handling command.
Supports Set Features
If Supports Set Features is set to one, then the device supports the value of Set Features for the SET FEATURES subcommand of the NCQ NON-DATA command. If the Set Features bit is cleared to zero, then the device does not support the SET FEATURES subcommand of the NCQ NON-DATA command.
83 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Rebuild Assist
The Rebuild Assist mode provides a method for a host controlling the rebuild process to determine that logical sectors on the failed device are unreadable without having to read every LBA to determine the unreadable logical sectors (i.e., the read command is terminated with an error and the failed LBA is reported in the sense data). The storage array controller then may reconstruct the failed logical sectors. The remaining logical sectors may be copied to the replacement device.
If the Rebuild Assist feature is enabled, then the host should issue sequential READ FPDMA QUEUED commands to extract the available data from the device. If a READ FPDMA QUEUED command does not detect an unrecovered error, then the command should complete without error.
The Rebuild Assist feature allows reporting of an unrecovered read error or an unrecovered write error that is either predicted (i.e., a predicted unrecovered error) or unpredicted (i.e., an unpredicted unrecovered error). If a device processes a READ FPDMA QUEUED command with the RARC bit set to one, then Rebuild Assist feature shall not affect processing of the READ FPDMA QUEUED command.
If the device processes a READ FPDMA QUEUED command with the RARC bit cleared to zero and detects a predicted unrecovered error, the following information recorded in the Queued Error log.
A) The Sense Key field is set to Bh(ABORTED COMMAND);
B) The Additional Sense Code field and the Additional Sense Code Qualifier field is set to 1103h (MULTIPLE READ ERRORS);
C) The LBA field is set to the LBA of the first unrecovered logical sector; and
D) The Final LBA In Error field is set to the LBA of the last predicted unrecovered logical sector in a sequence of contiguous unrecovered logical sectors that started with the first LBA in error.

Rebuild Assist log (15h)

If the device supports the Rebuild Assist feature (i.e., IDENTIFY DEVICE data Word 78 bit 11 is set to one), then the Rebuild Assist log shall be supported.

Byte 0

7

6

1...6 7 8

(MSB)

7 + N 8 + N

(MSB)

7+(2×N) 8+(2×N)..511 Reserved

5

4

3

2

1

Reserved

Reserved Physical Element Length (N)

Disabled Physical Element Mask

Disabled Physical Elements

0 Rebuild Assist Enabled
(LSB)
(LSB)

Table 42 Rebuild Assist log (15h) data structure definition

Physical Element Length The Physical Element Length field indicates the number of bytes in the Disabled Physical Element Mask field and the number of bytes in the Disabled Physical Elements field. The device shall ignore any attempt by the host to change the value of this field when writing to the Rebuild Assist log.
Disabled Physical Element Mask The Disabled Physical Element Mask field indicates that bits in the Disabled Physical Elements field are supported. The device shall ignore any attempt by the host to change the value of this field when writing to the Rebuild Assist log.

84 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Disabled Physical Elements The Disabled Physical Elements field specifies if physical elements shall be disabled. Each bit that is set to one in the Disabled Physical Elements field specifies that LBAs associated with this physical element shall respond to read commands and write commands as if the associated LBAs have predicted errors. Each bit that is set to zero in the Disabled Physical Elements field specifies that LBAs associated with this physical element shall respond to read commands and write commands as if the associated LBAs do not have predicted errors.
Enabling the Rebuild Assist Feature
If the host writes to the Rebuild Assist log and sets the Rebuild Assist Enabled field to one, then: a) The device will initiate a self test of the physical elements contained within the device and should disable any
physical elements that are not functioning correctly; b) The device shall initialize the Disabled Physical Elements from the results of the self-test; c) The device shall minimize device-initiated background activities; and d) The device shall enable the Rebuild Assist feature. The host may verify that Rebuild Assist feature is enabled by
reading the Rebuild Assist log, and then examining the data returned and verifying that the Rebuild Assist Enabled field is set to one
Using the Rebuild Assist Feature Overview
If the Rebuild Assist feature is enabled, then the host should issue sequential READ FPDMA QUEUED commands to extract the available data from the device. If a READ FPDMA QUEUED command does not detect an unrecovered error, then the command should complete without error. The Rebuild Assist feature allows reporting of an unrecovered read error or an unrecovered write error that is either predicted (i.e., a predicted unrecovered error) or unpredicted (i.e., an unpredicted unrecovered error). If a device processes a READ FPDMA QUEUED command with the RARC bit set to one, then Rebuild Assist feature shall not affect processing of the READ FPDMA QUEUED command.
Disabling the Rebuild Assist Feature
If the device supports the Rebuild Assist feature (i.e., IDENTIFY DEVICE data Word 78 bit 11 is set to one), then The Rebuild Assist feature shall be disabled if: a) The device processes a power cycle; or b) The device processes a command to write to the Rebuild Assist log (see 13.7.8) with the Rebuild Assist Enabled
bit cleared to zero.
Power Disable
The Power Disable feature is optional. If supported and enabled, the Power Disable feature may be used to disable power to the device circuitry which enables a system that supports this feature to perform a hard reset of the drive. When deploying drives in systems that do not support this feature, it is recommended that you select part numbers without this option.
85 Hard Disk Drive Specification

SCT Command Transport feature Set

Overview

Introduction

SMART Command Transport (SCT) is the method for the drive to receive commands using log page E0h and transporting data using log page E1h. These log pages are used as follows:

Write log page Read log page

Log page E0h Issue Command Return Status

Log Page E1h Send Data to the drive Received Data from the drive

Table 43 SCT Log Page and direction

There are two ways to access the log pages: using SMART READ/WRITE LOG and READ/WRITE LOG EXT. Both sets of commands access the same log pages and provide the same capabilities.
The log directory for log pages E0h and E1h should report a length of one. The length of log page E1h does not indicate the length of an SCT data transfer.
If SMART is supported, but not enabled, the drive supports SMART READ/WRITE LOG for Log page E0h and E1h.
If security is enabled and password has not been issued to unlock the device, all SCT commands will fail.

Capability definition
Capability Identification is performed by issuing Identify Device command. Word 206 of Identify Data is used to determine if SCT is enabled and which SCT Action Codes are supported.

Word 206

Description

SCT Command set support

15-12

Vendor Specific

11-6

Reserved

5

Action Code 5 (SCT Data Table) supported

4

Action Code 4 (Features Control) supported

3

Action Code 3 (Error Recovery Control) supported

2

Action Code 2 (SCT Write Same) supported

1

Obsolete

0

SCT Feature Set supported (includes SCT status)

Table 44 Identify Device Information Word 206

SCT Command Nesting and intermingling with Standard commands
In general, standard ATA commands can be intermingled with SCT Commands but SCT commands cannot be nested. SCT commands that do require a follow-on data transfer operation never have an issue with being intermixed with any ATA commands or each other. SCT commands that do require data transfer, on the other hand, may not be nested; that is, if a key command that requires a data transfer is issued, all data transfer ­ to or from the host ­ must complete before another SCT command is issued. In most cases, however, ATA read/write commands may be inserted in between SCT data transfers, that is, between complete SMART Read Log/Write Log commands. Furthermore, any reset (power-on, software or hardware) will cause the SCT command to be aborted.

86 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Resets
If an SCT command is executing, any reset including Soft Reset, Hard Reset, COMRESET, and Power-On Reset all cause the command to be terminated. This could result in partial command execution or data loss. There is no indication once the drive becomes ready that the previous command was terminated.
87 Hard Disk Drive Specification

SCT Command Protocol
Command Transport
SCT Command Transport occurs when a 512-byte data packet (called "Key Sector") is created and the written to SMART or extended log page E0h. The key sector specifies Action and Function Codes along with the parameters that are required to perform the action.

Issue SCT Command Using SMART

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Feature

D6h

Sector Count

01h

Sector Number

E0h

Cylinder Low

4Fh

Cylinder High

C2h

Device/Head

- - -D- - - -

Command

B0h

Table 45 Output Registers of SCT Command Using SMART

Command Block Input Registers (Success)

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Error

00h

Sector Count

Depends on command (LSB)

Sector Number

Depends on command (MSB)

Cylinder Low

Number of sectors to transfer (LSB)

Cylinder High

Number of sectors to transfer (MSB)

Device/Head

- - - - - - - -

Status

50h

Command Block Input Registers (Error)

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Error

04h

Sector Count

Extended Status code (LSB)

Sector Number

Extended Status code (MSB)

Cylinder Low

Number of sectors to transfer (LSB)

Cylinder High

Number of sectors to transfer (MSB)

Device/Head

- - - - - - - -

Status

51h

Table 46 Input Registers of SCT Command Using SMART

88 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Issue SCT Command Using Write Log Ext

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Feature

Current

Reserved

Previous

Reserved

Sector Count Current

01h

Previous

00h

LBA Low

Current

E0h

Previous

Reserved

LBA Mid

Current

00h

Previous

00h

LBA High

Current

Reserved

Previous

Reserved

Device/Head

- - -D- - - -

Command

3Fh

Table 47 Input Registers of SCT Command Using Write Log Ext

Command Block Input Registers (Success)

Command Block Input Registers (Error)

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Error

00h

Error

04h

Sector Count HOB=0 Depends on command Sector Count HOB=0 Extended Status Code

(LSB)

(LSB)

HOB=1

Reserved

HOB=1

Reserved

LBA Low

HOB=0 Depends on command LBA Low (MSB)

HOB=0 Extended Status Code (MSB)

HOB=1

Reserved

HOB=1

Reserved

LBA Mid

HOB=0 Number of sectors (LSB) LBA Mid

HOB=0 Number of sectors (LSB)

HOB=1

Reserved

HOB=1

Reserved

LBA High

HOB=0 Number of sectors (MSB) LBA High

HOB=0 Number of sectors (MSB)

HOB=1

Reserved

HOB=1

Reserved

Device/Head

- - - - - - - - Device/Head

- - - - - - - -

Status

50h

Status

51h

All ATA "previous" registers are reserved in Write Log Ext responses. Table 48 Output Registers of SCT Command Using Write Log Ext

89 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Key Sector Format

An SCT command (Key Sector) is always 512 bytes long. Table below shows the generic format of an SCT command.

Byte 1:0

Field Action Code

3:2

Function Code

X:4 Y:x+1 ...

Parameter1 Parameter2 ... Total Words

Words 1
1
Depends on command Depends on command ... 256

Description This field defines the command type and generally specifies the type of data being accessed, such as sector or physical action being performed, such as seek. This field specifies the type of access, and varies by command. For example, this can specify read, write, verify, etc. Depends on command Depends on command ...

Table 49 Key Sector Format

The action codes are defined in Table below.

Action Code 0000h 0001h 0002h 0003h 0004h 0005h 0006h-BFFFh C000h-FFFFh

Block Data Read/Write Write Read -

TF Data Y N Y Y N -

Table 50 SCT Action Code List

Description Reserved Long Sector Access (Not Supported) SCT Write Same Error Recovery Control Features Control SCT Data Table Reserved Vendor Specific

90 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Extended Status Code

Status Code 0000h 0001h 0002h
0003h
0004h 0005h 0006h 0007h 0008h 0009h 000Ah 000Bh 000Ch 000Dh 000Eh 000Fh 0010h 0011h 0012h 0013h
0015h
0017h 0018h-BFFFh C000h-C002h C003h C004h C005h C006h C007h-FFEFh FFF0h-FFFEh FFFFh

Definition Command complete without error Invalid Function Code Input LBA out of range Request sector count overflow. The number of sectors requested to transfer (Sector Count register) in the read or write log command is larger than required by SCT command. Invalid Function code in Error Recovery command Invalid Selection code in Error Recovery command Host read command timer is less than minimum value Host write command timer is less than minimum value Background SCT command was aborted because of an interrupting host command Background SCT command was terminated because of unrecoverable error Invalid Function code in Long Sector Access command SCT data transfer command was issued without first issuing an SCT command Invalid Function code in Feature Control command Invalid Feature code in Feature Control command Invalid New State value in Feature Control command Invalid Option Flags in Feature Control command Invalid SCT Action code Invalid Table ID (table not supported) Command was aborted due to drive security being locked Invalid revision code The most recent non-SCT command returned command completion with an error due to the SCT Error Recovery Control Read Command Timer or SCT Error Recovery Control Write Command Timer expiring Blocking SCT Write Same command was terminated because of unrecoverable error Reserved Vendor Specific Overlay switch failure in Long Sector Access command Read Long failure Write Long failure Write Cache enable failure Vendor Specific Reserved SCT command executing in background

Table 51 Extended Status Code

91 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Data transfer
Once an SCT command has been issued, status can be checked and data can be transferred. Data transfer uses log page E1h.

Read/Write SCT Data Using SMART

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Feature

D5h(Read)/D6h(Write)

Sector Count

Number of sectors to be transferred

Sector Number

E1h

Cylinder Low

4Fh

Cylinder High

C2h

Device/Head

- - -D- - - -

Command

B0h

Table 52 Input Registers of SCT Data Transfer Using SMART

Read/Write SCT Data Using Read/Write Log Ext

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Feature

Current

Reserved

Previous

Reserved

Sector Count Current

01h or 08h

Previous

00h

LBA Low

Current

E1h

Previous

Reserved

LBA Mid

Current

00h

Previous

00h

LBA High

Current

Reserved

Previous

Reserved

Device/Head

- - -D- - - -

Command

2Fh(Read)/3Fh(Write)

Table 53 Input Registers of SCT Data Transfer using Read/Write Log Ext

92 Hard Disk Drive Specification

SCT Status Request
Once an SCT command has been issued, a status is reported in the ATA registers. This status indicates that the command was accepted or that an error occurred. This ATA status return does not indicate successful completion of the SCT actions. Some commands can take several minutes or even hours to execute. In this case, the host can determine execution progress by requesting SCT status.
Log page E0h contains the status information. Reading log page E0h retrieves the status information. The SCT status may be acquired any time that the host is allowing to send a command to the device. This command will not change the power state of the drive, nor terminate any background activity, including any SCT command in progress.

SCT Status Request Using SMART

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7654321 0

Feature

D5h

Sector Count

01h

Sector Number

E0h

Cylinder Low

4Fh

Cylinder High

C2h

Device/Head

- - -D- - - -

Command

B0h

Table 54 Input Registers of SCT Status Request Using SMART

SCT Status Request Using Read Log Ext

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Feature

Current

Reserved

Previous

Reserved

Sector Count Current

01h

Previous

00h

LBA Low

Current

E0h

Previous

Reserved

LBA Mid

Current

00h

Previous

00h

LBA High

Current

Reserved

Previous

Reserved

Device/Head

- - -D- - - -

Command

2Fh

Table 55 Input Registers of SCT Status Request Using Read Log Ext

93 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Format of SCT Status Response

Byte 1:0 3:2
5:4 9:6

Type Word Word
Word Dword

Field Name Format Version SCT Version
SCT Spec. Status Flags

10

Byte

Drive Status

13:11 15:14

Byte[3] Word

reserved Extended Status Code

17:16 Word

Action Code

19:18 Word

Function Code

39:20 47:40

Byte[20] reserved Qword LBA

199:48 Byte[152]

200

Byte

HDA Temp

201

Byte

Min Temp

202

Byte

Max Temp

203

Byte

Life Min Temp

204

Byte

Life Max Temp

Value 0003h 0001h
00h
00h 00h

Description
Status Response format version number Manufacturer's vendor specific implementation version number
Highest level of SCT Technical Report supported Bit 0 : Segment Initialized Flag
If this bit is set to 1, an SCT Write Same command write to all LBAs of the drive has completed without error. This bit shall be cleared to 0 when any user LBA is written, even if write cache is enabled. This bit is else cleared if the capacity of the drive is changed via SETMAX, SETMAX EXT or DCO. This bit is preserved through a power cycle. Bit 1-31 : Reserved
0 = Active waiting for a command 1 = Stand-by 2 = Sleep 3 = DST executing in background 4 = SMART ODC executing in background 5 = SCT executing in background
Status Of last SCT command issued. FFFFh if SCT command executing in background.
Action code of last SCT command issued. If the Extended Status Code is FFFFh, this is the Action Code of the command that is current executing.
Function code of last SCT command issued. If the Extended Status Code is FFFFh, this is the Function Code of the command that is current executing.
Current LBA of SCT command execution in background. If there is no command currently executing in the background, this field is undefined.
Current HDA temperature in degrees Celsius. This is a 2's complement number. 80h indicates that this value is invalid.
Minimum HDA temperature in degrees Celsius. This is a 2's complement integer. 80h indicates that this value is invalid.
Maximum HDA temperature in degrees Celsius. This is a 2's complement number. 80h indicates that this value is invalid.
Minimum HDA temperature in degrees Celsius seen for the life of the device. This is a 2's complement integer. 80h indicates that this value is invalid.
Maximum HDA temperature in degrees Celsius seen for the life of the drive. This is a 2's complement number. 80h indicates that this value is invalid.

Table 56 Data Format of SCT Status Response -1

94 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Byte 205 209:206

Type Byte Dword

Field Name Reserved Over Limit Count

Value 00h

213:210 Dword

Under Limit Count

479:214 Byte[275] Reserved

00h

511:480 Byte[32] Vendor Specific

00h

Table 57 Data Format of SCT Status Response -2

Description
Number of temperature recording Intervals since the last power-on reset where the recorded temperature was greater than Max Op Limit. See table 93 for information about this Interval.
Number of temperature recording Intervals since the last power-on reset where the recorded temperature was less than Min Op Limit. See table 93 for information about this Interval.

95 Hard Disk Drive Specification

SCT Command Set

SCT Write Same (action code : 0002h)

Inputs: (Key Sector)

Word 0

Name Action Code

1

Function Code

5:2 9:6 11:10

Start LBA Count Pattern

255:12 reserved

Value 0002h
0001h 0002h 0101h 0102h Qword Qword Dword
0000h

Description
This action writes a pattern or sector of data repeatedly to the media. This capability could also be referred to as "Write All" or "Write Same".
Repeat Write Pattern (Background Operation)
Repeat Write Sector (Background Operation)
Repeat Write Pattern (Blocking Operation)
Repeat Write Sector (Blocking Operation)
First LBA
Number of sectors to fill
If the Function Code is 0001h, this field contains a 32-bit pattern that is written on the media starting at the location specified in words two through five

Table 58 SCT Write Same (Inputs)

Outputs: (TF Data)

Command Block Input Registers (Success)

Error

00h

Sector Count

Reserved

Sector Number

Reserved

Cylinder Low

Number of sectors to transfer (LSB) = 01h

Cylinder High

Number of sectors to transfer (MSB) = 00h

Device/Head

Reserved

Status

50h

Table 59 Output Registers of SCT Write Same (Success)

The SCT Write Same command will begin writing sectors from Start LBA in incrementing order until Count sectors have been written. A Count of zero means apply operation from Start LBA until the last user LBA on the drive is reached. The HPA feature determines the last user LBA. This command will not write over a hidden partition when hidden partitions are enabled using the Host Protected Area drive capabilities. Automatic sector reassignment is permitted during the operation of this function.
If Start LBA or Start LBA + Count go beyond the last user LBA then an error is reported and the SCT command is not executed. Issuing this command with a value of zero for Start LBA and Count will cause all LBAs of the drive to be written the specified pattern.
Once the key sector has been issued, if the Function Code was 0002h or 0102h and the TF Data indicates that the drive is ready to receive data, log page E1h should be written to transfer the data.
This command can change the Segment Initialized Flag. If the command writes all the user addressable sectors and completes without encountering an error or being aborted, then the "Segment Initialized Flag" (bit 0 of the Status Flags in the SCT Status. See Table 56) shall be set to 1. A write to any user addressable sector on the drive

96 Hard Disk Drive Specification

(except another complete write all), shall cause the Segment Initialized Flag to be cleared. Reallocations as a result of reading data (foreground or background) do not clear the Segment Initialized Flag.
Implementation note for Background Operation (Function code = 0001h, 0002h)
In this mode, the drive will return command completion status when the drive finished receiving data.
Any command, including IDENTIFY DEVICE, other than SCT Status, issued to the drive while this command is in progress will terminate the SCT Write Same command. The incoming command is executed.
Use the SCT Status command to retrieve status information about the current SCT command. Example status information includes: command active or complete, current LBA, and errors. When this command is in progress, the SCT status error code will be FFFFh, and set to 0000h if the command completes without error. It will be less than FFFFh and grater the 0000h if the command terminated prematurely for any reason.

Possible Extended Status Code for Background Operation (Function code = 0001h, 0002h)

0008h

Background SCT command was aborted because of an interrupting host command

0009h Background SCT command was terminated because of unrecoverable error

FFFFh SCT command executing in background

Implementation note for Blocking Operation (Function code = 0101h, 0102h)
In this mode, the drive will return command completion status when the drive finished the SCT Write Same operation.
Outputs for Error

Command Block Input Registers (Error)

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Error

04h

Sector Count

Extended Status code (LSB)

Sector Number

Extended Status code (MSB)

Cylinder Low

N/A

Cylinder High

N/A

Device/Head

- - - - - - - -

Status

51h

Table 60 Output Registers of SCT Write Same (Error)

Possible Extended Status Code for Blocking Operation (Function code = 0101h, 0102h)

0017h

Blocking SCT Write Same command was terminated because of unrecoverable error

97 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Error Recovery Control command (action code : 0003h)

Inputs: (Key Sector)

Word 0 1
2
3

Name Action Code Function Code
Selection Code
Value

Value 0003h 0001h 0002h 0001h 0002h Word

255:4

reserved

0000h

Description
Set the read and write error recovery time
Set New Value
Return Current Value
Read Timer
Write Timer
If the function code is 0001h, then this field contains the recovery time limit in 100ms units. The minimum SCT timeout value is 65 (=6.5 second). When the specified time limit is shorter than 6.5 second, the issued command is aborted.

Table 61 Error Recovery Control command (Inputs)

Outputs: (TF Data)

Command Block Input Registers (Success)

Error

00h

Sector Count

If Function Code was 0002h, then this is the LSB of the requested recovery limit. Otherwise, this field is reserved.

Sector Number

If Function Code was 0002h, then this is the MSB of the requested recovery limit. Otherwise, this field is reserved.

Cylinder Low

reserved

Cylinder High

reserved

Device/Head

reserved

Status

50h

Table 62 Error Recovery Control command (On puts)

The Error Recovery Control command can be used to set time limits for read and write error recovery. For nonqueued commands, these timers apply to command completion at the host interface. For queued commands where in order data delivery is enabled, these timers begin counting when the device begins to execute the command, not when the command is sent to the device. These timers do not apply to streaming commands, or to queued commands when out-of-order data delivery is enabled.
These command timers are volatile. The default value is 0 (i.e. disable command time-out).
If a Read Command Timer expires or a Write Command Timer expires before command completion, the device: a) Shall stop processing that command and return an error; b) Shall return an Uncorrectable Error, if that command was a read command; c) Should return command aborted, if that command was a write command; and d) Should set the EXTENDED STATUS CODE field to 0015h (see Table 51) The EXTENDED STATUS CODE field shall be cleared during the processing of the next non-SCT command by the device, except if the command being processed is a read of the NCQ Command Error log.

98 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Feature Control Command (action code : 0004h)

Inputs: (Key Sector)

Word 0 1

Name Action Code Function Code

2

Feature Code

3

State

4

Option Flags

255:5

reserved

Value 0004h 0001h 0002h 0003h Word Word Word
0000h

Description
Set or return the state of drive features described in Table 65
Set state for a feature
Return the current state of a feature
Return feature option flags
See Table 65 for a list of the feature codes
Feature code dependent value
Bit15:1 = Reserved If the function code is 0001h, setting bit 0 to one causes the requested feature state change to be preserved across power cycles. If the function code is 0001h, setting bit 0 to zero causes the requested feature state change to be volatile. A hard reset causes the drive to revert to default, or last non-volatile setting.

Table 63 Feature Control command (Inputs)

Outputs: (TF Data)

Command Block Input Registers (Success)

Error

00h

Sector Count

If Function Code was 0002h, then this is the LSB of Feature State. If Function Code was 0003h, then this is the LSB of Option Flags. Otherwise, this field is reserved.

Sector Number

If Function Code was 0002h, then this is the MSB of Feature State. If Function Code was 0003h, then this is the MSB of Option Flags. Otherwise, this field is reserved.

Cylinder Low

reserved

Cylinder High

reserved

Device/Head

reserved

Status

50h

Table 64 Feature Control command (Outputs)

99 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Feature Code 0001h
0002h 0003h
0004h-CFFFh D000h-FFFFh

State Definition
0001h : Allow write cache operation to be determined by Set Feature command 0002h : Force write cache enabled 0003h : Force write cache disabled If State 0001h is selected, the ATA Set Feature command will determine the operation state of write cache. If State 0002h or 0003h is selected, write cache will be forced into the corresponding operation state, regardless of the current ATA Set Feature state. Any attempt to change the write cache setting through Set Feature shall be accepted, but otherwise ignored, and not affect the operation state of write cache and complete normally without reporting an error. In all cases, bit 5 of word 85 in the Identify Device information will reflect the true operation state of write cache, one indicating enabled and zero indicating disabled. The default state is 0001h.
0001h : Enable Write Cache Reordering 0002h : Disable Write Cache Reordering The default state is 0001h. The drive does not return error for setting state 0002h, but the state is ignored.
Set time interval for temperature logging. 0000h is invalid. 0001h to FFFFh logging interval in minutes. This value applies to the Absolute HDA Temperature History queue. Issuing this command will cause the queue to be reset and any prior values in the queue will be lost. Queue Index shall be set to zero and the first queue location will be set to the current value. All remaining queue locations are set to 80h. The Sample Period, Max Op Limit, Over Limit, Min Op Limit and Under Limit values are preserved. Default value is 0001h.
Reserved
Vendor Specific

Table 65 Feature Code List

100 Hard Disk Drive Specification

SCT Data Table Command (action code : 0005h)

Inputs: (Key Sector)

Word 0 1 2 255:2

Name Action Code Function Code Table ID reserved

Value 0005h 0001h Word 0000h

Description Read a data table Read Table See Table 68 for a list of data tables

Table 66 SCT Data Table command (Inputs)

Outputs: (TF Data)

Command Block Input Registers (Success)

Error

00h

Sector Count

reserved

Sector Number

reserved

Cylinder Low

Number of sectors to transfer (LSB) = 01h

Cylinder High

Number of sectors to transfer (MSB) = 00h

Device/Head

reserved

Status

50h

Table 67 SCT Data Table command (Outputs)

Table ID 0000h 0001h 0002h 0003h-CFFFh D000h-FFFFh
Table 68 Table ID

Description Invalid Reserved HDA Temperature History Table (in absolute degree C). See Table 70 Reserved Vendor Specific

101 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Byte 1:0 3:2 5:4 6
7
8
9
29:10 31:30 33:32

Size Word Word
Word Byte

Field Name Format Version Sampling Period
Interval Max Op Limit

Byte

Over Limit

Byte

Min Op Limit

Byte

Under Limit

Byte[20] Reserved Word Queue Size
Word Queue Index

Description
Data table format version (=0002h)
Absolute HDA Temperature sampling period in minutes. 0000h indicates sampling is disabled.
Timer interval between entries in the history queue.
Maximum recommended continuous operating temperature. This is a one byte 2's complement number that allows a range from -127°C to +127°C to be specified. 80h is an invalid value. This is a fixed value.
Maximum temperature limit. This is a one byte 2's complement number that allows a range from -127°C to +127°C to be specified. 80h is an invalid value. This is a fixed value.
Minimum recommended continuous operating limit. This is a one byte 2's complement number that allows a range from -127°C to +127°C to be specified. 80h is an invalid value. This is a fixed value.
Minimum temperature limit. This is a one byte 2's complement number that allows a range from -127°C to +127°C to be specified. 80h is an invalid value. This is a fixed value.
Number of entry locations in history queue. This value is 128.
Last updated entry in queue. Queue Index is zero-based, so Queue Index 0000h is the first location in the buffer (at offset 34). The most recent temperature entered in the buffer is at Queue Index + 34. See Note 1 and Note 2.

Table 69 Data Format of HDA Absolute Temperature History Table -1

102 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Byte (Queue Size+33):34
511 (Queue Size +34)

Size Byte[Queue Size]
Byte [512-Queue Size-34]

Field Name Queue Buffer
Reserved

Description
This is a circular buffer of absolute HDA Temperature values. These are one byte 2's complement numbers, which allow a range from 127°C to +127°C to be specified. A value of 80h indicates an initial value or a discontinuity in temperature recording.
The Actual time between samples may vary because commands may not be interrupted. The sampling period is the minimum time between samples. See Note 1.
If the host changes the logging interval using the volatile option, the interval between entries in the queue may change between power cycles with no indication to the host.

Note 1 ­ The Absolute HDA Temperature History is preserved across power cycles with the requirement that when the drive powers up, a new entry is made in the history queue of 80h, an invalid absolute temperature value. This way an application viewing the history can see the discontinuity in temperature result from the drive being turned off. Note 2 ­ When the Absolute HDA Temperature history is cleared, for new drives or after changing the Logging Interval, the Queue Index shall be set to zero and the first queue location shall be set to the current Absolute HDA Temperature value. All remaining queue locations are set to 80h.

Table 70 Data Format of HDA Absolute Temperature History Table -2

103 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Extended Power Conditions (EPC) feature

The Extended Power Conditions feature set provides a host with additional methods to control the power condition of a device.

Subcommand code 4Ah enables, disables, and configures the use of the Extended Power Conditions feature set. If the EPC feature set is not supported, then the device return command aborted Table 71 describes the EPC subcommands and Table 72 describes the power condition IDs.

EPC Subcommand 0h 1h 2h 3h 4h 5h
6h ... Fh

Description Restore Power Condition Settings Go To Power Condition Set Power Condition Timer Set Power Condition State Enable the EPC feature Disable the EPC feature Reserved

Table 71 Extended Power Conditions Subcommands

Power Condition ID 00h 01h
02h...80h 81h 82h 83h
84h ... FEh FFh

Power Condition Name standby_z standby_y
idle_a idle_b idle_c
All

Table 72 Power Condition IDs

Description Standby Low RPM Idle Reserved Active Idle Low Power Idle Low RPM Idle Reserved All supported EPC power conditions

Power conditions
idle_a, idle_b and idle_c are power conditions within the PM1:Idle power management state. standby_y and standby_z are power conditions within the PM2:Standby power management state. Please refer to ACS-2 "3.1 Definitions and abbreviations" about PM1:Idle and PM2:Standby. The power conditions are ordered from highest power consumption (i.e., shortest recovery time) to lowest power consumption (i.e., longest recovery time) as follows:
idle_a power >= idle_b power >= idle_c power >= standby_y power >= standby_z power
Each of these power conditions has a set of current, saved and default settings. Default settings are not modifiable. Default and saved settings persist across power cycles. The current settings do not persist across power cycles.

104 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Power condition timers
The device has manufacturer specified power-on default settings for the power condition timers. Power condition timers are changeable with the SET FEATURES Extended Power Conditions subcommand. A power condition timer set to zero indicates that the associated power condition is disabled. If the power condition is enabled, then the value of each timer specifies the time after command completion that the device waits before transitioning to the power condition. All enabled power condition timers run concurrently. On command completion all timers that were stopped are initialized with the Current Timer settings values and started. As a result of processing any command, the device may change to a different power condition. If an enabled timer associated with a power condition lower than the power condition that the device is currently in expires, then the device transitions to the power condition associated with that timer (e.g., if the standby_z timer is set to a smaller interval than the idle_b timer, and the device is currently in the standby_z power condition, then the device remains in the Standby_z power condition when the idle_b timer expires). If the timer expiration qualifies the device to transition to more than one enabled power condition, then the device transitions to the power condition with the least power consumption. If a command is accepted that requires a transition to Active, then the timers are stopped. If a command is accepted that does not require a transition to Active (e.g., a CHECK POWER MODE command), then the timers continues to run. Prior to entering into any power condition that prevents accessing the media (e.g., before a hard drive stops its spindle motor during transition to the standby_z power condition) and if volatile write cache is enabled, then the device shall write all cached data to the medium for the device (e.g., as a device does in response to a flush command).
Interaction with resets, commands and other features
On successful processing of a power cycle, the EPC enables sub command, the device: When EPC is Enabling, the following content is executed.
1) stop all EPC timers. 2) copy the Saved Timer Enabled field to the Current Timer Enabled field, for all supported power conditions. 3) copy the Saved Timer Settings field to the Current Timer Settings field, for all supported power conditions. 4) initialize and restart all enabled EPC timers with Current values. On successful processing of a hardware reset, a software reset, or a DEVICE RESET command, the device: When EPC is Enabling, the following content is executed. 1) stop all EPC timers. 2) remain in the current power condition. 3) initialize and restart all enabled EPC timers with Current values. The Extended Power Conditions feature set and the Advanced Power Management feature set are mutually exclusive. All EPC subcommands, except Enable the EPC feature set, returns command aborted if the EPC feature set is disabled. If the device processes a SET FEATURES Enable APM subcommand without error and IDENTIFY DEVICE data word 120 bit 7 is set to one, then the device shall disable the EPC feature set. During background activities, all EPC timers are stopped. On completion of the activity, any stopped EPC timers continue from where they were paused.
105 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Sanitize Device feature set
Overview
The Sanitize Device feature set allows hosts to request that devices modify the content of all user data areas in the device using sanitize operations. Sanitize operations use one of the operations defined in this sub clause to make all previously written content in the user data area of the device unable to be read. Sanitize operations affect the following:
a) user data areas b) user data areas that are not currently allocated (e.g., previously allocated areas and physical sectors that
have become inaccessible) c) user data caches Sanitize operations render user data previously stored in caches, using any methods, unable to be read. The Sanitize Device feature set is implemented, the following commands are supported: a) SANITIZE STATUS EXT b) SANITIZE FREEZE LOCK EXT c) CRYPTO SCRAMBLE EXT d) OVERWRITE EXT If physical sectors that have become inaccessible are not successfully sanitized, then Sanitize operations don't cause a transition to the SD3: Sanitize Operation Failed state. Sanitize operations don't affect non-user data areas (e.g., logs, and Device SMART data structure). Sector reallocation is able to be performed during the operation of this function. After completion of a sanitize operation, if: a) all physical sectors that are available to be allocated for user data have been successfully sanitized b) any physical areas that were not successfully sanitized were removed from use, then: a) the Sanitize Device state machine transitions to SD4: Sanitize Operation Succeeded; and b) in subsequent SANITIZE STATUS EXT commands, set the SANITIZE OPERATION COMPLETED
WITHOUT ERROR bit to one in the Normal Outputs Conversely, if physical sectors that are available to be allocated for user data (e.g. allocated physical sectors) were not successfully sanitized, then:
a) the Sanitize Device state machine transitions to SD3: Sanitize Operation Failed; and b) in subsequent SANITIZE STATUS EXT commands, return an error and set the LBA field of the Error Outputs
to report the value of Sanitize Command Unsuccessful To initiate a sanitize operation the host issues one of the following sanitize operation commands:
a) A CRYPTO SCRAMBLE EXT command b) An OVERWRITE EXT command The sanitize operation continues after command completion of the initiating sanitize operation command. The SANITIZE STATUS EXT command to reports progress and completion. After a device has started processing a sanitize operation, and until the device transitions to the SD0: Sanitize Idle state, the device aborts all commands other than: a) IDENTIFY DEVICE command b) IDLE IMMEDIATE command with UNLOAD feature c) Request Sense Data Ext command; d) SANITIZE STATUS EXT command; e) SMART READ LOG command requesting log address E0h; f) READ LOG EXT command requesting one of the following log addresses:
A) E0h;
106 Hard Disk Drive Specification

B) 30h; or C) 10h; g) READ LOG DMA EXT command requesting one of the following log addresses: A) E0h; B) 30h; or C) 10h; h) SMART RETURN STATUS command; or i) SET FEATURES PUIS feature set device spin-up subcommand. If a sanitize operation is interrupted by a power-on reset, the sanitize operation continues. If the device processes a power-on reset and enters the PM5: PUIS and spin-up subcommand not supported state (see Figure 12), then the device resumes processing the sanitize operation after receiving a media access command. (The media access command reports failure because the sanitize operation does not allow media access commands. However, since the device has received a media access command, the device is spin-up.)
The SANITIZE STATUS EXT command returns information about the current sanitize operation, if any, including a percentage of completion if a sanitize operation is in progress.
A CRYPTO SCRAMBLE EXT command, or OVERWRITE EXT command that returns command completion with no error transitions the device into the SD2: Sanitize Operation state. The device remains in this state until the device has completed the sanitize operation (see figure 9).
The SANITIZE FREEZE LOCK EXT command causes the device to transition to the SD1: Sanitize Frozen state and causes any subsequent CRYPTO SCRAMBLE EXT command or OVERWRITE EXT command to be aborted. If the device processes a power-on reset or a hardware reset, then the device transitions from the Sanitize Frozen state to the Sanitize Idle state.
The crypto scramble operation makes previously written contents in the user data area irretrievable.
The overwrite operation fills all user data with a four byte pattern passed within the LBA field of the command. Parameters for the OVERWRITE EXT command include a count for multiple overwrites and the option to invert the four byte pattern between consecutive overwrite passes.
A software reset does not cause the SD2: Sanitize Operation state to transition to another state.

Sanitize Device Feature

Sanitize Device Feature Set is a powerful data erase feature. Tow data erase feature is able to support. One is an Overwrite Ext command, and the other is Crypto Scramble Ext command. Crypto Scramble Ext command can support when a data encryption model only.
Individual Sanitize Device commands are identified by the value specified in the FEATURE field.
The following commands are supported for this feature.

Command SANITIZE STATUS EXT CRYPTO SCRAMBLE EXT OVERWRITE EXT SANITIZE FREEZE LOCK EXT

COMMAND field value (`B4'h) (`B4'h) (`B4'h) (`B4'h)

FEATURE field value (`0000'h) (`0011'h) (`0014'h) (`0020'h)

107 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Sanitize Device state machine
Figure 12 describes the operation of the Sanitize Device state machine.
SD0: Sanitize Idle State
In SD0: Sanitize Idle state the Sanitize Device state machine is ready for a sanitize operation command or a SANITIZE FREEZE LOCK EXT command. This state is entered when the device processes a power-on reset while in the SD1: Sanitize Freeze Lock state or the SD4: Sanitize Operation Succeeded state. While in this state, Sanitize Device state machine does not change state if the device processes:
a) a hardware reset or power-on reset b) a SANITIZE STATUS EXT command. Transition SD0:SD1: If the device processes a SANITIZE FREEZE LOCK EXT command, then the device transitions to the SD1: Sanitize Frozen state. Transition SD0:SD2: If the device successfully processes a supported sanitize operation command, then the device transitions to the SD2: Sanitize Operation state.
Figure 12 Sanitize Device state machines 108
Hard Disk Drive Specification

SD1: Sanitize Frozen State
In SD1: Sanitize Frozen state, the device will abort Sanitize operation commands. While in this state, Sanitize Device state machine does not change state if the device processes a SANITIZE STATUS EXT command. Transition SD1:SD0: If the device processes a hardware reset or a power-on reset, then the device transitions to the SD0: Sanitize Idle state.
SD2: Sanitize Operation State
In the SD2: Sanitize Operation state, the device is processing a sanitize operation. While in this state, Sanitize Device state machine does not change state if the device processes:
a) a hardware reset or power-on reset; and b) a SANITIZE STATUS EXT command. Transition SD2:SD3: If a sanitize operation completes with an error, then the device transitions to the SD3: Sanitize Operation Failed state. Transition SD2:SD4: If a sanitize operation completes without an error, then the device transitions to the SD4: Sanitize Operation Succeeded state.
SD3: Sanitize Operation Failed State
In the SD3: Sanitize Operation Failed state, the device has completed processing a sanitize operation without success. While in this state, Sanitize Device state machine does not change state if the device processes:
a) a hardware reset or power-on reset; and b) a SANITIZE STATUS EXT command with the CLEAR SANITIZE OPERATION FAILED bit cleared to zero. Transition SD3:SD0: If a) the Sanitize operation was initiated by a Sanitize operation command with the FAILURE MODE bit set to
one; and b) the SANITIZE STATUS EXT command has been successfully processed with the CLEAR SANITIZE
OPERATION FAILED bit set to one, then the device transitions to the SD0: Sanitize Idle state. Transition SD3:SD2: If the device processes a supported sanitize operation command that reports command completion with no error, then the device transitions to the SD2: Sanitize Operation state.
SD4: Sanitize Operation Succeeded State
In the SD4: Sanitize Operation Succeeded state, the device has completed processing a successful sanitize operation. Transition SD4:SD0: If the device processes
a) a hardware reset; b) a power-on reset; or c) a SANITIZE STATUS EXT command then the device transitions to the SD0: Sanitize Idle state. Transition SD4:SD2: If the device successfully processes a supported Sanitize operation command, then the device transitions to the SD2: Sanitize Operation state.
109 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Trusted Computing Group feature set
This chapter provides information on Western Digital encryption-specific HDD firmware and features. It is assumed that the reader is familiar with the referenced specifications and industry standards.
Referenced Specifications and Standards
TCG Specifications
This section references 3 separate TCG specifications, which are available on the TCG website: (http://www.trustedcomputinggroup.org/):
1. TCG Core Specification, Version 2.00, Revision 1.00 (4/20/2009) - The TCG Core Specification is the general specification for trusted computing that encompasses all classes of devices, including storage
2. TCG Storage Interface Interactions Specification (SIIF), Version 1.0, 1/27/2009 - Specifies the interaction between the HDD and the SCSI/ATA protocols
3. TCG Storage Security Subsystem Class (SSC): Enterprise, Version 1.00, rev 3.00 (1/10/2011) - A Security Subsystem Class defines minimum acceptable Core Specification capabilities of a storage device in a specific class (in our case ­ enterprise). - Storage devices in specific classes may have a subset of the capabilities that are defined in the core specification
4. TCG Storage Security Subsystem Class: Opal Specification, Version 2.00 Final Revision 1.00 (February 24, 2012)
Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS)
This section references the following Federal Information Processing Standards, published by the US National Institute of Standards (NIST), which are available on the NIST website (http://www.itl.nist.gov/fipspubs/ ):
1. FIPS 197, Advanced Encryption Standard (AES), 2001 November 26. http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/fips/fips197/fips-197.pdf
2. FIPS 180-3, Secure Hash Standard (SHS) http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/fips/fips180-3/fips180-3_final.pdf
National Institute of Standards (NIST)
This section references the following NIST publications, available on the NIST website (http://www.nist.gov/index.html)
 [AES] Advanced Encryption Standard, FIPS PUB 197, NIST, 2001, November  [DSS] Digital Signature Standard, FIPS PUB 186-3, NIST, 2006, March  [HMAC] The Keyed-Hash Message Authentication Code, FIPS PUB 198-1, 2007 June  [SHA] Secure Hash Standard (SHS), FIPS PUB 180-3, NIST, 2007 June  [SP800-38E] Recommendation for Block Cipher Modes of Operation: The XTS-AES Mode for Confidentiality
on Storage Devices, SP800-38E, NIST, 2010 January  [SP800-38F] Recommendation for Block Cipher Modes of Operation: Methods for Key Wrapping, NIST, 2012
December  [SP800-57] Recommendation for Key Management ­ Part I General (Revision 3), NIST, 2012 July  [SP800-90A] Recommendation for Random Number Generation Using Deterministic Random Bit Generators,
NIST, 2012 Jan  [SP800-131A] Transitions: Recommendation for Transitioning the Use of Cryptographic Algorithms and Key
Lengths, NIST, 2011 Jan  [SP800-132] Recommendation for Password-Based Key Derivation, NIST, 2010 December
110 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Department of Defense
DoD 5220.22-M, "National Industrial Security Program Operating Manual", 2/28/2006 http://www.dtic.mil/whs/directives/corres/pdf/522022m.pdf DoD 5220.22-M Supplement 1, "National Industrial Security Program Operating Manual Supplement", 02/1995 http://www.dtic.mil/whs/directives/corres/pdf/522022MSup1.pdf
RSA Laboratories Standards
1. RSA-PSS - http://www.rsa.com/rsalabs/node.asp?id=2146 2. RSA PKCS #5 v2.0 Password-Based Cryptography Standard - ftp://ftp.rsasecurity.com/pub/pkcs/pkcs-
5v2/pkcs5v2-0.doc
Implementation Exceptions
The following is a list that describes non-compliance with the TCG Enterprise SSC specification:  The SSC specification requires support for 1023 bands, but the implementation supports up to 15 bands.  The K_AES_256 table was implemented with only the UID and MODE columns.  Only one active session is permitted at a time. If a new session is requested when a session is already active, the drive answers the host with SP_BUSY, instead of NO_SESSIONS_AVAILABLE
Implementation Features and Details Outside of TCG Specifications
The following features are outside of the TCG specifications. 1. Ports 2. Firmware signing
The following implementation details are outside of the TCG Enterprise SSC specification. a. The SSC Specification states "The TPer SHALL implement the ParamCheck Longitudinal Redundancy Check (LRC) for Get and Set method calls on a PIN value". If the LRC check is erroneously applied to a value other than a PIN we ignore it, therefore no error is generated. b. When handling a "TCG cmd followed by a R/W cmd", all reads and writes that follow a TCG command will be processed in the normal way. No special handling or error messages will be sent to the host. It is up to the host to understand the possible outcomes of TCG commands and r/w command ordering and plan accordingly. c. CRC checking is disabled in all cases, so the drive will return data to the host. If the user successfully authenticates, then unencrypted data is returned to the host. If the user is unable to authenticate, encrypted data is returned to the host. d. The TPer replies with SP_BUSY for requests beyond 1 session. e. TCG Life Cycle Model by Activate Method and Revert Method was implemented by according to Opal SSC
111 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Encryption Algorithms
Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) Support
AES encryption is implemented in hardware, with support for ECB or XTS mode for 128 bit or 256 bit keys.
A single key is active at any one time within the AES hardware engine. Firmware is responsible for reading the keys from the hardware and also for determining which key is attached to a given LBA range; the hardware can only detect if the LBA has been encrypted or not. The TCG protocol does not allow for a user to choose or switch between AES algorithms, so it is up to the vendor to choose which AES algorithm is used in their implementation. The Western Digital TCG Enterprise SSC implementation in firmware supports AES 256-XTS only.
The AES hardware implementation used for the range encryption has received the FIPS 197 certification by the US National Institute of Standards (NIST), which are available on the NIST (http://csrc.nist.gov/groups/STM/cavp/documents/aes/aesval.html. Validation No. 749 and 1517):

`Level 0 Discovery' Vendor Specific Data

This section refers to section 3.6.2 of the TCG Storage Security Subsystem Class document (see the Specifications section of this document). This Vendor Specific section is documented below.

Byte
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23-47

7
RSVD RSVD
0

6
MB_s MB_e
0

Bit

5

4

3

2

Version (set to 0)

Vendor Specific State Information

Reserved

0

0

Diag_s Dload_s

Reserved

0

0

Diag_s Dload_e

0

0

0

0

Reserved

1
Locking_s Locking_e
0

0
FDE_s FDE_e
0

Table 73 Vendor Specific Data for Level 0 Discovery

FDE_s/FDE_e - Full disk encryption is Supported (equivalent to Media Encryption in Locking Feature Descriptor Enterprise SSC 3.6.2.5) / Full disk encryption is Enabled on one or more band.
Locking_s/Locking_e - LBA band locking is supported - locking object exists in the locking SP of the device (equivalent to Locking Enabled in Locking Feature Descriptor Enterprise SSC 3.6.2.5) / The locking object for a band has either ReadLocked or WriteLocked attribute set (equivalent to Locked in Locking Feature Descriptor Enterprise SSC 3.6.2.5).
Dload_s/Dload_e - support for Admin SP Firmware download port / Firmware download port via Admin SP is locked.
Diag_s/Diag_e - Support for Admin SP vendor specific Diagnostic port / Diagnostics port via Admin SP is locked.
MB_s/MB_e - Multiple encrypting bands supported / multiple encrypting bands enabled. This bit shall be set to 1 if more than one band exists in addition to the global band and is defined with at least one LBA.
Deterministic Random Bit Generation (DRBG)
Pseudo-random number generation is implemented with a certified NIST SP800-90A DRBG. The DRBG uses AES as a primitive for both entropy mixing and entropy output. DRBG state is kept private to ensure that the keys that are generated by the device are unpredictable. The entropy source of the DRBG is servo subsystem noise. It has been verified to NIST SP800-90B.

112 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Key Wrap

The NIST SP800-38F key wrap algorithm is used to encrypt a key with another key (KEK= Key Encryption Key). For any band i, the KEK_i is derived from PIN_i and salt_i using the NIST 800-132 algorithm. The KEK_i is then used to wrap a band's encryption key.

Key Erasure

Cryptographic erase procedure  Erase and overwrite wrapped key material with 0x00.  Erase and store the new wrapped key material.

TCG Enterprise SSC Tables

Two copies of all TCG Enterprise SSC tables and data structures are stored in the RID; one is used as a primary copy and the other as a backup copy. The backup copy is used in the event the primary copy becomes corrupted. Each time a write is executed to any TCG table, both the primary and backup copies of the tables are updated and saved in the RID. In the case of a corrupted copy, the good copy is always used to restore the corrupted copy to the correct state. If both copies of the tables become corrupted during operation, the tables will be reinitialized to default values automatically, and this will result in a key mismatch error when a read is attempted.
The default values in the TCG tables created at the time of manufacturing are per the TCG Enterprise SSC specification. The following tables contain VU (Vendor Unique) entries, which are set at the time of manufacturing.
 `Admin SP' C_PIN table  `Locking SP' C_PIN table  K_AES_256 table  `Locking SP' Locking Access Control table  `Locking Info' Table  `Locking SP' Locking Table
The VU entries for these tables are specified below. In addition, explanation of default values is given for non-VU entries that require it.

`Admin SP' C_PIN and `Locking SP' C_PIN Tables

Per TCG Enterprise SSC specification, the PIN is set to the MSID at manufacturing time. Western Digital has specified the MSID to be the serial number of the drive concatenated 4x. Try Limit is set to 0, meaning that there is no limit. Tries is set 0, meaning that there have been no fail attempts. Persistence is set to 0, meaning the "Tries" value does not persist through power cycles (The "Tries" value is reset to 0 after successful attempt or a power cycle).

PIN SID MSID

Try Limit 0 0

Tries 0 0

Persistence 0 0

Table 74 Western Digital Default Values for `Admin SP' C_PIN & `Locking SP' C_PIN

113 Hard Disk Drive Specification

K_AES_256 Table

The K_AES_256 table has 16 rows, one row for each band that can be allocated by the user. The first row is for the "global range", also known as Band 0. This table was implemented without the "Name", "Common Name", and "Key" Columns.

UID (8 byte hex) 00 00 08 06 00 00 00 01 00 00 08 06 00 00 00 02
.. 00 00 08 06 00 00 00 10

MODE 23 23 .. 23

Table 75 Western Digital Implementation of K_AES_256 Table

The mode is specified in the TCG Enterprise SSC as a "Vendor Unique" (VU) entry. Western Digital initializes it in manufacturing to mode=23 (media encryption mode, per TCG specification) for all 64 entries.

`Locking SP' Access Control Table

The TCG Enterprise SSC defines the values for Row Number and UID as "Vendor Unique" (VU). Western Digital has defined them to be the row number in the table, with a range of 0-459 The range is calculated using the following formula:

number_of_rows = (#Supported Bands * 7) +12, where  #Supported Bands = 16 (The implementation supports 15 bands and Band 0)  The number 7 comes from the fact that each band has 7 UID/method combinations  The number 12 comes from the following 12 methods that must be included in the table. 1. ThisSP / Authenticate 2. Authority Table/Next 3. Anybody Authority Object/ Get 4. Band Masters Authority Object/ Get 5. Erase Master Auth. Object / Get 6. C_PIN table / Next 7. Erase Master C_PIN Object/ Set 8. Locking Info Table / Get 9. Locking Table / Next 10. DataStore / Get 11. DataStore / Set 12. ThisSP / Random

Row Number

UID

0

0

1

1

...

...

124

124

Table 76 Western Digital Implementation of `Locking SP' Access Control Table

114 Hard Disk Drive Specification

`Locking Info' Table

As specified in the TCG Enterprise SSC, this table has only 1 row. The "Vendor Unique" entries are specified in the table below. Encryption Support is initialized to Encryption Support=23 (media encryption mode) in manufacturing.

NAME Version

Encrypt Support

Max Ranges

Max ReEncryptions Keys Available Cfg

0

0

23

6

0

0

Table 77 Western Digital Implementation of `Locking Info' Table

`Locking SP' Locking Table

The "Vendor Unique" (VU) values for this table are shown below.

Next Key

ReEncrypt State

ReEncrypt Request

Adv Key Mode

Verf

Mode

Cont On Reset

Last ReEncrypt LBA

00 00 00 00

00 00 00 00h

0

0

0

0

0

0

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

00 00 00 00

00 00 00 05h

0

0

0

0

0

0

Last Re Enc Stat
0 -
0

General Status
0 -
0

Table 78 Western Digital Implementation of `Locking SP' Locking Table

In the ActiveKey column, the Enterprise SSC allows for byte 3 to be defined as either 05 or 06. The Western Digital implementation uses 06.

115 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Firmware Download and Signing
The Western Digital firmware signing and download for encryption drives is meant to provide a mechanism for secure updates through the Host interface. Firmware is downloaded to the drive through the host interface, and the signature is verified using a public key installed in the reserved area during manufacturing, before it is loaded to RAM or installed in the reserved area on the HDD.
Signature verification uses the RSA-PSS (Probabilistic Signature Scheme) signature verification algorithm with EMSA-SHA256 as padding function. All Western Digital firmware packages will be signed, but only encryption enabled drives will verify the signature. If the signature cannot be successfully verified on encryption drives, the firmware cannot be downloaded onto the Western Digital encryption drives. Failures to authenticate the firmware image will result in Check Condition with KCQ 5/26/9a (FRU 0). The act of issuing a firmware download to the drive will result in an implicit close of all open sessions at the security layer.
Ports
The ports capability is a Western Digital feature which is not a requirement under TCG Enterprise SSC. In order to use the ports capabilities on encryption drives, the user must successfully authenticate. Once a user successfully authenticates, they may change the state of any of the ports at any time during an active session to either the locked or unlocked state. The functionality and definition of these ports is shown below in a table.
The feature does make use of the TCG structures and tables. An additional table, the ports table, has been implemented, and additional entries were made to the Admin SP ACE table and the Admin SP AccessControl Table. The ports table and the modified TCG Enterprise SSC tables are shown below

Port Name Firmware Download
Diagnostics

Description
This port has 2 valid states: locked and unlocked. On encryption drives, the download port is unlocked initially, Lock On Reset is "Null". Code can be downloaded onto the drive after the signature is successfully verified. If the signature cannot be verified successfully, no firmware can be downloaded to the drive. The user can change the state of the firmware download port only after authentication.
On non-encryption drives, this port will be set to unlocked at the factory, and the state cannot be changed by the user. Firmware will be downloaded to the non-encryption drive through this port without verification of the signature.
This port has 2 valid states: locked and unlocked. This port allows Western Digital access to modify any TCG table or key. In order to open this port both the SID and the Maker authorities need to be authenticated. The purpose of this port is to aid Western Digital in debugging.

Table 79 Ports Functionality

UID 00 01 00 02 00 01 00 02 00 01 00 02 00 01 00 01 Table 80 Ports Table

Name Firmware_Dload_Port
Diagnostic_Port

LockOnReset Null
PowerCycle

PortLocked FALSE TRUE

116 Hard Disk Drive Specification

UID
00 00 00 08 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 08 00 00 00 03 00 00 00 08 00 00 02 01 00 00 00 08 00 00 8C 03 00 00 00 08 00 00 8C 04 00 00 00 08 00 00 8C 05
00 00 00 08 00 00 8C 06
00 00 00 08 00 00 8C 07
00 00 00 08 00 00 8C 08 00 00 00 08 00 00 8C 09 00 00 00 09 00 01 FF 01

Name Anybody

Cmn Boolean Expression Name
"" 00 00 00 09 00 00 00 01

Makers

`''' 00 00 00 09 00 00 00 03

SID

"" 00 00 00 09 00 00 00 06

SID_SetSelf

"" 00 00 00 09 00 00 00 06

MSID_Get

"" 00 00 00 09 00 00 00 01

SID_Set Makers SID_Makers_SetDiag SID_Makers_GetDiag SID_SetPort

"" 00 00 00 09 00 00 00 06

00 00 00 09 00 00 00 06

""

And

00 00 00 09 00 00 00 03

00 00 00 09 00 00 00 06

""

And

00 00 00 09 00 00 00 03

"" 00 00 00 09 00 00 00 06

SID_GetPort

"" 00 00 00 09 00 00 00 06

ACE_Makers_Set_Enabled "" 00 00 00 09 00 00 00 06

Row Start Null Null Null Null Null Null
Null
Null
Null Null Null

Table 81 Modified `Admin SP' ACE Table

Row Column Start Column End End

Null

`'''

`'''

Null

`'''

`'''

Null

`'''

`'''

Null

"PIN"

"PIN"

Null

"PIN"

"PIN"

Null "Enabled" "Enabled"

Null "PortLocked" "PortLocked"

Null "PortLocked" "PortLocked"

Null "PortLocked" "PortLocked"

Null "LockOnReset" "PortLocked"

Null

""

""

The 2 lines of the table are the additional entries required to implement the firmware download port.

Row UID Invoking ID

Method ID Common Name

ACL

Number

00 00 00 00 00 00 00 06 Anybody 00 00 00 08

VU VU 00 00 00 01 00 00 00 0C Authenticate 00 00 00 01

(This SP) (Authenticate) Admin SP

(Anybody)

00 00 00 09 00 00 00 06 Makers-Next- 00 00 00 08

VU

VU

00 00 00 00 00 00 00 08 (Authority table) (Next)

Authority table

00 00 00 03 (Makers)

00 00 00 09 00 00 00 06 Anybody-Get- 00 00 00 08

VU

VU

00 00 00 01 (Anybody

00 00 00 06

Anybody

00 00 00 01

Authority object)

(Get)

Authority Object (Anybody)

VU

VU

00 00 00 09 00 00 00 03 (Makers Authority
object)

00 00 00 06 00 00 00 06
(Get)

Anybody-GetAnybody
Authority Object

00 00 00 08 00 00 00 03
(Makers)

00 00 00 09 00 00 00 06

00 00 00 08

VU

VU

00 00 00 06 (SID Authority

00 00 00 06

SID-Get-SID Authority Object

00 00 02 01

object)

(Get)

(SID)

Log None None None None None

Add ACE Remove GetACLACL ACL ACE ACL

00 00 00 08

Null

Null 00 00 00 01

(Anybody)

00 00 00 08

Null

Null 00 00 00 03

(Makers)

00 00 00 08

Null

Null 00 00 00 01

(Anybody)

00 00 00 08

Null

Null 00 00 00 03

(Makers)

00 00 00 08

Null

Null 00 00 02 01

(SID)

Table 82 Modified `Admin SP' Access Control Table (part 1 of 2)

117 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Row UID Invoking ID Method ID Common Name

ACL

Number

Log Add ACE Remove GetACLACL ACL ACE ACL

00 00 00 0B 00 00 00 06 Makers-Next-C_ 00 00 00 08

VU VU 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 08 (C_PIN table) (Next)

PIN table

00 00 00 02 None Null (Makers)

00 00 00 0B

VU

VU

00 00 00 01

00 00 00 06 SID_Set Self00 00 00 07 Set-SID_C_ PIN

00 00 00 08 00 00 8C 03

None

Null

(SID C_PIN object)

(Set)

object

(SID_SetSelf)

00 00 00 0B 00 00 00 06 MSID_Get-Get- 00 00 00 08

VU

VU

00 00 84 02 (MSID C_PIN

00 00 00 06

MSID C_PIN

00 00 8C 04 None

Null

object)

(Get)

object

(MSID_Get)

00 00 00 09 00 00 00 03

00 00 00 06 SID_SetMakers-

00 00 00 08

VU VU

(Makers

00 00 00 07

Set-Makers

00 00 8C 05 (SID_SetMaker

None

Nul

Authority object)

(Set) Authority Object

s)

00 00 00 00 00 00 00 06 VU VU 00 00 00 01 00 00 06 01
(ThisSP) (Random)

AnybodyRandom

00 00 00 08 00 00 00 01 None Nul (Anybody)

VU VU 00 01 00 02 00 00 00 06 SID_Set_Dload SID_SetPort None

Nul

00 01 00 02 00 00 00 07

VU

VU

00 01 00 02 00 00 00 06 00 01 00 02 00 00 00 06

SID_GetDload

SID_GetPort

None

Nul

00 00 00 08 Null 00 00 00 02
(Makers)
00 00 00 08 Null 00 00 02 01
(SID)
00 00 00 08 Null 00 00 02 01
(SID)
00 00 00 08 Nul 00 00 02 01
(SID)
00 00 00 08 Nul 00 00 00 01
(Anybody) 00 00 00 08 Nul 00 00 02 01
(SID) 00 00 00 08 Nul 00 00 02 01
(SID)

VU VU 00 01 00 02 00 00 00 06 SID_Makers_ SID_Makers_S None

Nul

00 01 00 01 00 00 00 07

SetDiag

etDiag

00 01 00 02 00 00 00 06 SID_Makers_ SID_Makers_S

VU VU 00 01 00 02 00 00 00 06

SetDiag

etDiag

None Nul

00 00 02 05 00 00 00 06 SID-Activate- 00 00 00 08

VU VU 00 00 00 01 00 00 02 03 (AdminSP) (Activate)

AdminSP

00 00 02 01 None Nul (SID)

00 00 02 05 00 00 00 06 SID-Revert- 00 00 00 08

VU VU 00 00 00 01 00 00 02 02 (AdminSP) (Revert)

AdminSP

00 00 02 01 None Nul (SID)

00 00 00 08 Nul 00 00 02 01
(SID)
00 00 00 08 Nul 00 00 02 01
(SID)
00 00 00 08 Nul 00 00 00 01
(Anybody)
00 00 00 08 Nul 00 00 00 01
(Anybody)

Table 83 Modified `Admin SP' Access Control Table (part 2 of 2)

The last 5 and 6 line of the table are the additional entries required to implement the firmware download port. The last 2 lines of the table are the additional entries to implement the Life Cycle model for between TCG Enterprise mode and BDE mode.

118 Hard Disk Drive Specification

MSID
The MSID is set for each drive at the time of manufacturing to the serial number concatenated 4 times, to create a 32 byte password. Thus, as an example, if the serial number of a drive is abcd1234, the MSID would then be set to abcd1234abcd1234abcd1234abcd1234. In TCG use cases such as "erase" or "repurpose", this will be the MSID that is restored to the drive. Western Digital serial numbers are unique and are generated according to the following general rules:
 Maximum length of the serial number is 8 characters  Serial numbers do not contain the characters "I" or "O".
Logging
Western Digital logging functions will not record any sensitive data such as customer plain text data, passwords, encryption keys or wrapping keys.
Number of Sessions
The Western Digital implementation supports 1 active session at a time. In the case when a session is active and a new session is requested, the drive answers the host with SP_BUSY. This covers the following 2 scenarios.
 If an SP is in session and an attempt is made to start a second session with the same SP.  If an SP is in session and an attempt is made to start a second session with a different SP.
Number of Bands
The Enterprise SSC specification calls for support of up to 1023 bands. The Western Digital implementation supports a maximum of 15 bands (not including Band 0).
Number of COMIDs
The Western Digital Enterprise SSC implementation supports 2 COMIDs, the minimum requirement in the Enterprise SSC specification. Only 1 COMID can be in use at any time.
PSID
All Western Digital hard disk drives include a PSID number (and a machine-readable barcode encoding of the same) on the product label. The PSID number is used to provide evidence of physical presence when required by the product's security protocols (such as for the TCG-Revert operation), and is included on all Western Digital drives to enhance the product's security.
119 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Locked and Unlocked Behavior

ATA Commands behavior

The table below describes how basic ATA commands behave on encryption drives in the locked and unlocked states by TCG Enterprise feature.

Command

Locked Band

Unlocked Band

Notes

Check Power Mode

Executable

Executable

Configure Stream

Executable

Executable

Crypto Scramble Ext

Command aborted

*1

Any Band is Locked

Device Configuration Restore

Executable

Executable

Device Configuration Freeze Lock

Executable

Executable

Device Configuration Identify

Executable

Executable

Device Configuration Set

Executable

Executable

Download Microcode

*2

*2

Depend on DL port lock

Download Microcode DMA

*2

*2

Depend on DL port lock

Execute Device Diagnostic

Executable

Executable

Flush Cache

Executable

Executable

Flush Cache Ext

Executable

Executable

Format Track

Command aborted

*1

Any Band is Locked

Identify Device

Executable

Executable

Idle

Executable

Executable

Idle Immediate

Executable

Executable

Initialize Device Parameters

Executable

Executable

NCQ NON-DATA

Overwrite Ext

Command aborted

*1

Any Band is Locked

Read Buffer

Executable

Executable

Read DMA

Command aborted

Executable

Read DMA Ext

Command aborted

Executable

Read FPDMA Queued

Command aborted

Executable

Read Log Ext

Executable

Executable

Read Log DMA Ext

Executable

Executable

Read Multiple

Command aborted

Executable

Read Multiple Ext

Command aborted

Executable

Read Native Max Address

Executable

Executable

Read Native Max Ext

Executable

Executable

Read Sector(s)

Command aborted

Executable

Read Sector(s) Ext

Command aborted

Executable

Read Stream DMA Ext

Command aborted

Executable

Read Stream Ext

Command aborted

Executable

Read Verify Sector(s)

Command aborted

Executable

Read Verify Sector(s) Ext

Command aborted

Executable

Recalibrate

Executable

Executable

Request Sense Data Ext

Executable

Executable

*1: Although the band is unlocked, command is aborted when any band is locked.

*2: This is dependency in state of FW DLOAD Port Locked. Command is aborted when port is locked.

Table 84 Command table for TCG Enterprise device lock operation -1

120 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Command

Locked Mode

Unlocked Mode

Notes

Sanitize Freeze Lock Ext Sanitize Status Ext

Command aborted Command aborted

*1

Any Band is Locked

*1

Any Band is Locked

SCT Read/Write Long SCT Write Same

Executable Command aborted

Executable Executable

SCT Error Recovery Control SCT Feature Control SCT Data Table SCT Read Status Security Disable Password

Executable Executable Executable Executable Command aborted

Executable Executable Executable Executable Command aborted

Not support at TCG enable

Security Erase Prepare

Command aborted Command aborted Not support at TCG enable

Security Erase Unit Security Freeze Lock

Command aborted Command aborted Not support at TCG enable Command aborted Command aborted Not support at TCG enable

Security Set Password

Command aborted Command aborted Not support at TCG enable

Security Unlock Seek

Command aborted Command aborted Not support at TCG enable

Executable

Executable

Set Features

Executable

Executable

Set Max Address

Executable

Executable

Set Max Address Ext

Executable

Executable

Set Multiple Mode

Executable

Executable

Sleep

Executable

Executable

SMART Disable Operations

Executable

Executable

SMART Enable/Disable Attribute Autosave

Executable

Executable

SMART Enable Operations
SMART Execute Off-line Immediate

Executable Command aborted

Executable *1

Any Band is Locked

SMART Read Attribute Values

Executable

Executable

SMART Read Attribute Thresholds

Executable

Executable

SMART Return Status

Executable

Executable

SMART Save Attribute Values

Executable

Executable

SMART Read Log Sector

Executable

Executable

SMART Write Log Sector

Command aborted

Executable

SMART Enable/Disable Automatic Off-Line
Standby

Executable Executable

Executable Executable

Standby Immediate

Executable

Executable

*1: Although the band is unlocked, command is aborted when any band is locked.

Table 85 Command table for TCG Enterprise device lock operation -2

121 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Command Trusted Receive Trusted Receive DMA Trusted Send Trusted Send DMA Write Buffer Write DMA Write DMA Ext Write DMA FUA Ext Write FPDMA Queued
Write Log Ext
Write Log DMA Ext
Write Multiple Write Multiple Ext Write Multiple FUA Ext Write Sector(s) Write Sector(s) Ext Write Stream DMA Ext Write Stream Ext Write Uncorrectable Ext

Locked Mode Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable
Command aborted Command aborted Command aborted Command aborted Command aborted
Executable Command aborted
Executable Command aborted Command aborted Command aborted Command aborted Command aborted Command aborted Command aborted Command aborted

Unlocked Mode Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable Executable

Table 86 Command table for TCG Enterprise device lock operation -3

Notes
Only SCT Write same The others Only SCT Write same The others

122 Hard Disk Drive Specification

TCG Enterprise SSC Commands
The table below describes how the required TCG Enterprise SSC commands behave on encryption drives in the locked and unlocked states. The TCG Enterprise requires the implementation of the Base, Admin, Locking, and Crypto Templates.

Command Session
Management
Properties Start Session Syc Session Close Session

Description There are two types of sessions: 1) Read-Only session. 2) Read-Write session. The SSC requires us to support Read-Write sessions. Read-Only session is not allowed. A session is always initiated by the host. See the "Write" parameter in the Start Session method description @ TCG Core 5.2.3.1, and see SSC requirement in SSC 6.2.1.2.
Returns session properties to host.
Start a session
Response to say session successfully started.
End (Close) a session

unlocked
N/A N/A N/A N/A

Locked
N/A N/A N/A N/A

Table 87 TCG Enterprise SSC Commands Behavior -1

Command Discovery
Level 0
Level 1 Level 2

Description Allows the host to discover a TCG drive, its properties, and table values. Discovery request sent by host as IF-RCV command. Security Protocol = 0x01, COMID=0x0001
Request basic TPER capabilities via properties using host messaging.
TCG methods retrieve table cell values.

Table 88 TCG Enterprise SSC Commands Behavior -2

unlocked

Locked

N/A

N/A

Uses properties
method. See methods
below.

Uses properties method.
See methods below.

Command

Description

unlocked

Cryptographic Template Random

This is the only required method in the crypto template for SSC. It is a random number generator in software.

N/A - Not related to bands/data on drive.
Authentication required.

Table 89 TCG Enterprise SSC Commands Behavior -3

Locked
N/A - Not related to bands/data on drive. Authentication required.

123 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Command

Description

Base Template Mandatory

Set

Sets a value in a table

Get

Gets (reads) a value in a table

unlocked

Locked

N/A - table operations. N/A - table operations.

Not related to

Not related to

bands/data on drive. bands/data on drive.

N/A - table operations. N/A - table operations.

Not related to

Not related to

bands/data on drive. bands/data on drive.

ParamCheck LRC
Next

TPer implements param check LRC

N/A

N/A

(longitudinal Redundancy Check) on get/set

method calls on PIN value

Iterates over all the rows of a table. Method N/A - table operations. N/A ­ table operations.

requires user to specify "where" (row in table) Not related to

Not related to

and a "count". If where not specified, 1st row bands/data on drive. bands/data on drive.

in table is used. For count not specified,

default is number of last row in table. Returns

0 or more row number/uidref pairs currently in

use in table, per parameters specified.

Authenticate GetACL

Authenticate an authority within a session (session must have successfully begun). Returns contents of access controls association's ACL stored in Method Table. The result is a list of UIDREFS to ACE objects.

Must be authorized. Must be authorized.

N/A - table operations. N/A ­ table operations.

Not to do with

Not related to

bands/data on drive. bands/data on drive.

Table 90 TCG Enterprise SSC Commands Behavior -4

Command
Locking Template
Erase

Mandatory

Description

Cryptographically erases user data in a specified LBA range and resets the access control (locking) of that LBA range

Table 91 TCG Enterprise SSC Commands Behavior -5

unlocked
Can erase if authorized.

Locked Generates error.

Command
Admin Template Activate

Customer specific

Description

TCG Enterprise feature is activated form inactive mode (BDE mode) to activation mode. Note: Command is aborted at locked of ATA Security Feature, and command is received at unlocked ATA Security Feature but Activation is prohibited

TCG Inactivated TCG Activated
Must be authorized Command received when ATA Security but Activation is Feature is disabled prohibited

Revert

TCG Enterprise feature is reverted form activation mode to inactive mode(BDE mode) Note: Command is aborted at locked of ATA Security Feature, and command is received at unlocked ATA Security Feature but Activation is prohibited

Command received Can Revert if must

but Revert is

be authorized

prohibited

Table 92 TCG Enterprise SSC Commands Behavior -6

124 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Error Codes

All error codes are compliant with the TCG Core specification and SIIF, except in the following case:
 The maximum sessions allowed at any single time is 1. When a session is active and a new session is requested, the drive answers the host with SP_BUSY, instead of NO_SESSIONS_AVAILABLE.

Life Cycle model

A Life Cycle model for TCG is able to combine TCG and BDE (with ATA security feature) features in a single code and to switch back and forth between TCG and BDE modes. The Life Cycle model based on TCG Core specification [1] and TCG Opal SSC specification [4] is applied to TCG Enterprise.

Switching between TCG Enterprise and BDE Modes

The switching feature is managed by the Life Cycle model. TCG / BDE combined code switches back and forth between TCG Enterprise mode and BDE mode by invoking TCG Method (Activate / Revert). Switching from BDE mode to TCG Enterprise mode is executed by "Activate method with SID". And switching from TCG Enterprise mode to BDE mode is executed by "Revert method with SID". AdminSP is working even if the drive is under BDE mode, and LockingSP is enabled when the drive is under TCG mode.

Activate method Revert method

BDE  TCG Enterprise BDE  TCG Enterprise

Host can execute Activate and Revert methods like other TCG methods. Both Activate and Revert methods initialize TCG setting. When the TCG / BDE combined drive is switched to another mode, it regenerates Encryption Key. That is, encrypted user data becomes garbage data.

ATA Security Feature Management

Command execution for ATA security feature is corresponded to TCG Life Cycle model (active or inactive), and for Trusted Receive command, Trusted Send command and those subcommands are depended on ATA security status. When TCG Enterprise is activated, the ATA security feature set is the same as not supported. And when the ATA security feature set is enabled, TCG Enterprise cannot be activated. The values to set to Identify Device information are modified corresponding to ATA security status and TCG Life Cycle model.

Customer Specific Requirements

This specification does not cover customer-specific requirements. Customer-specific requirements are submitted by the customer to Western Digital in the form of a customer-specification document.

125 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Command Protocol
The commands are grouped into different classes according to the protocols followed for command execution. The command classes with their associated protocols are defined below.
Please refer to Serial ATA Revision 3.2 about each protocol.
For all commands, the host must first check if BSY=1, and should proceed no further unless and until BSY=0. For all commands, the host must also wait for RDY=1 before proceeding.
A device must maintain either BSY=1 or DRQ=1 at all times until the command is completed. The INTRQ signal is used by the device to signal most, but not all, times when the BSY bit is changed from 1 to 0 during command execution.
A command shall only be interrupted with a COMRESET or software reset. The result of writing to the Command register while BSY=1 or DRQ=1 is unpredictable and may result in data corruption. A command should only be interrupted by a reset at times when the host thinks there may be a problem, such as a device that is no longer responding.
Interrupts are cleared when the host reads the Status Register, issues a reset, or writes to the Command Register.
PIO Data In commands
These commands are:
 Device Configuration Identify  Identify Device  Read Buffer  Read Log Ext  Read Multiple  Read Multiple Ext  Read Sector(s)  Read Sector(s) Ext  Read Stream Ext  SMART Read Attribute Values  SMART Read Attribute Thresholds  SMART Read Log Sector  Trusted Receive Execution includes the transfer of one or more 512 byte sectors of data from the device to the host.
PIO Data Out commands
These commands are:  Device Configuration Set  Download Microcode  Format Track  Security Disable Password  Security Erase Unit  Security Set Password  Security Unlock  Set Max Set Password command  Set Max Unlock command  SMART Write Log Sector  Trusted Send  Write Buffer  Write Log Ext
126 Hard Disk Drive Specification

 Write Multiple  Write Multiple Ext  Write Multiple FUA Ext  Write Sector(s)  Write Sector(s) Ext  Write Stream Ext
Execution includes the transfer of one or more 512 byte sectors of data from the host to the device.
Non-Data commands
These commands are:
 Check Power Mode  Configure Stream  Crypto Scramble Ext  Device Configuration Freeze Lock  Device Configuration Restore  Execute Device Diagnostic  Flush Cache  Flush Cache Ext  Idle  Idle Immediate  Initialize Device Parameters  NCQ NON-DATA  NOP  Overwrite Ext  Read Native Max Address  Read Native Max Address Ext  Read Verify Sector(s)  Read Verify Sector(s) Ext  Recalibrate  Sanitize Freeze Lock Ext  Sanitize Status Ext  Security Erase Prepare  Security Freeze Lock  Seek  Set Features  Set Max Address  Set Max Address Ext  Set Max Lock command  Set Max Freeze Lock command  Set Multiple Mode  Sleep  SMART Disable Operations  SMART Enable/Disable Attribute Autosave  SMART Enable Operations  SMART Execute Off-line Data Collection  SMART Return Status  SMART Save Attribute Values  SMART Enable/Disable Automatic Off-Line  Standby  Standby Immediate  Write Uncorrectable Ext
Execution of these commands involves no data transfer.
127 Hard Disk Drive Specification

DMA Data In commands and DMA Data Out commands
These commands are:  Download Microcode DMA  Read DMA  Read DMA Ext  Read Log DMA Ext  Read Stream DMA Ext  Trusted Receive DMA  Trusted Send DMA  Write DMA  Write DMA Ext  Write DMA FUA Ext  Write Log DMA Ext  Write Stream DMA Ext
Execution of this class of command includes the transfer of one or more blocks of data between the device and the host using DMA transfer.
First-party DMA commands
These commands are:  Read FPDMA Queued  Write FPDMA Queued
Execution of this class of commands includes command queuing and the transfer of one or more blocks of data between the device and the host. The protocol is described in the section 13.6 "Native Command Queuing" of "Serial ATA Revision 3.2". Host knowledge of I/O priority may be transmitted to the device as part of the command. There are two priority classes for NCQ command as high priority, the host is requesting a better quality of service for that command than the commands issued with normal priority. The classes are forms of soft priority. The device may choose to complete a normal priority command before an outstanding high priority command, although preference is given to the high priority commands. The priority class is indicated in bit 7 (Priority Information) in the Sector Count register for NCQ commands (READ FPDMA QUEUED and WRITE FPDMA QUEUED). This bit can indicate either the normal priority or high priority class. If a command is marked by the host as high priority, the device attempts to provide better quality of service for the command. The device may not process all high priority requests before satisfying normal priority requests.
128 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Command Descriptions

Protocol

Command

3

Check Power Mode

3

Check Power Mode*

3

Configure Stream

3

Crypto Scramble Ext

3

Device Configuration Restore

3

Device Configuration Freeze Lock

1

Device Configuration Identify

2

Device Configuration Set

2

Download Microcode

3

Execute Device Diagnostic

3

Flush Cache

3

Flush Cache Ext

2

Format Track

1

Identify Device

3

Idle

3

Idle*

3

Idle Immediate

3

Idle Immediate*

3

Initialize Device Parameters

3

NCQ NON-DATA

3

Overwrite Ext

1

Read Buffer

4

Read DMA

4

Read DMA

4

Read DMA Ext

5

Read FPDMA Queued

1

Read Log Ext

4

Read Log DMA Ext

1

Read Multiple

1

Read Multiple Ext

3

Read Native Max Address

3

Read Native Max Address Ext

1

Read Sector(s)

1

Read Sector(s)

1

Read Sector(s) Ext

4

Read Stream DMA Ext

4

Read Stream Ext

3

Read Verify Sector(s)

3

Read Verify Sector(s)

3

Read Verify Sector(s) Ext

3

Recalibrate

3

Sanitize Freeze Lock Ext

3

Sanitize Status Ext

Table 93 Command Set

Code

Binary Code Bit

(Hex) 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

E5

1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1

98

1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0

51

0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1

B4

1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0

B1

1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1

B1

1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1

B1

1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1

B1

1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1

92

1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0

90

1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0

E7

1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1

EA 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0

50

0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0

EC 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0

E3

1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1

97

1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1

E1

1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1

95

1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1

91

1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1

63

0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1

B4

1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0

E4

1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0

C8

1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0

C9

1 1 0 0 1 0 0 1

25

0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1

60

0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0

2F

0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1

47

0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1

C4

1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0

29

0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1

F8

1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0

27

0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1

20

0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0

21

0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1

24

0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0

2A

0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0

2B

0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0

40

0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0

41

0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1

42

0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0

1x

0001 - - - -

B4

1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0

B4

1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0

129 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Protocol

Command

2

Security Disable Password

3

Security Erase Prepare

2

Security Erase Unit

3

Security Freeze Lock

2

Security Set Password

2

Security Unlock

3

Seek

3

Set Features

3

Set Max Address

3

Set Max Address Ext

3

Set Multiple Mode

3

Sleep

3

Sleep*

3

SMART Disable Operations

3

SMART Enable/Disable Attribute Auto save

3

SMART Enable Operations

3

SMART Execute Off-line Data Collection

1

SMART Read Attribute Values

1

SMART Read Attribute Thresholds

3

SMART Return Status

3

SMART Save Attribute Values

2

SMART Write Log Sector

3

SMART Enable/Disable Automatic Off-line

3

Standby

3

Standby*

3

Standby Immediate

3

Standby Immediate*

1

Trusted Receive

4

Trusted Receive DMA

2

Trusted Send

4

Trusted Send DMA

2

Write Buffer

4

Write DMA

4

Write DMA

4

Write DMA Ext

4

Write DMA FUA Ext

5

Write FPDMA Queued

2

Write Log Ext

4

Write Log DMA Ext

2

Write Multiple

2

Write Multiple Ext

2

Write Multiple FUA Ext

Table 94 Command Set ­Continued­

Code

Binary Code Bit

(Hex) 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

F6 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0

F3 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1

F4 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0

F5 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1

F1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1

F2 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0

7x 0 1 1 1 - - - -

EF 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1

F9 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1

37 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1

C6 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0

E6 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0

99 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1

B0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0

B0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0

B0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0

B0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0

B0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0

B0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0

B0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0

B0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0

B0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0

B0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0

E2 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0

96 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0

E0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0

94 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0

5C 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0

5D 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1

5E 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0

5F 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1

E8 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0

CA 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0

CB 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1

35 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1

3D 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1

61 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1

3F 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1

57 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1

C5 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1

39 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1

CE 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0

130 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Protocol
2 2 2 4 4 3

Command
Write Sector(s) Write Sector(s) Write Sector(s) Ext Write Stream DMA Ext Write Stream Ext Write Uncorrectable Ext

Code

Binary Code Bit

(Hex) 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

30 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0

31 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1

34 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0

3A 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0

3B

0 0 1 1 1 0 1 1

45

0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1

Protocol :

1 : PIO data IN command 2 : PIO data OUT command 3 : Non data command 4 : DMA command 5 : DMA Queued command + : Vendor specific command

Table 95 Command Set ­Continued­

Commands marked * are alternate command codes for previous defined commands.

131 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Command (Subcommand)
(SMART Function) SMART Read Attribute Values SMART Read Attribute Thresholds SMART Enable/Disable Attribute Autosave SMART Save Attribute Values SMART Execute Off-line Data Collection SMART Read Log SMART Write Log SMART Enable Operations SMART Disable Operations SMART Return Status SMART Enable/Disable Automatic Off-line
(Set Features) Enable Write Cache Set Transfer Mode Enable Advanced Power Management Enable Power-up in Standby Feature Set Power-up in Standby Feature Set Device Spin-up Disable read look-ahead feature Disable reverting to power on defaults Disable write cache Disable Advanced Power Management Disable Power-up in Standby Feature Set Enable read look-ahead feature Enable reverting to power on defaults
(Sanitize Device Feature Set) Sanitize Status Ext Crypto Scramble Ext Overwrite Ext Sanitize Freeze Lock Ext
(NCQ NON-DATA) Abort NCQ queue ­ Abort All Abort NCQ queue ­ Abort Streaming Abort NCQ queue ­ Abort Non-Streaming Abort NCQ queue ­ Abort Selected Deadline Handling ­ WDNC
Deadline Handling ­ RDNC
Table 96 Command Set (Subcommand)

Command code (Hex)
B0 B0 B0 B0 B0 B0 B0 B0 B0 B0 B0
EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF EF
B4 B4 B4 B4
63 63 63 63 63
63

Feature Register
(Hex)
D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D8 D9 DA DB
02 03 05 06 07 55 66 82 85 86 AA CC
0000 0011 0014 0020
00 10 20 30 Set:11 Clear:01 Set:21 Clear:01

Table 93 Command Set on the page 129 and Table 94 Command Set ­Continued­ on the page 130 show the commands that are supported by the device. Table 96 Command Set (Subcommand) on the page 132 shows the sub-commands they are supported by each command or feature.

132 Hard Disk Drive Specification

The following symbols are used in the command descriptions: Output Registers 0 Indicates that the bit must be set to 0. 1 Indicates that the bit must be set to 1. D The device number bit. Indicates that the device number bit of the Device/Head Register should be
specified. This bit is reserved since all Serial ATA devices behave like Device 0. H Head number. Indicates that the head number part of the Device/Head Register is an output parameter and
should be specified. L LBA mode. Indicates the addressing mode. Zero specifies CHS mode and one does LBA addressing mode. R Retry. Original meaning is already obsolete, there is no difference between 0 and 1. (Using 0 is
recommended for future compatibility.) B Option Bit. Indicates that the Option Bit of the Sector Count Register should be specified. (This bit is used by
Set Max ADDRESS command) V Valid. Indicates that the bit is part of an output parameter and should be specified. X Indicates that the hex character is not used. - Indicates that the bit is not used. Input Registers 0 Indicates that the bit is always set to 0. 1 Indicates that the bit is always set to 1. H Head number. Indicates that the head number part of the Device/Head Register is an input parameter and
will be set by the device. V Valid. Indicates that the bit is part of an input parameter and will be set to 0 or 1 by the device. - Indicates that the bit is not part of an input parameter. The command descriptions show the contents of the Status and Error Registers after the device has completed processing the command and has interrupted the host. Please refer to ATA interface specifications about other commands' descriptions which are not described in this SATA interface specification. However, be careful that Serial ATA Device/Head register bit-4 (d) is different from that of Parallel ATA. In Serial ATA, Device/Head register bit-4 is reserved for all commands.
133 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Check Power Mode (E5h/98h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

765 4 3210

Data

--- - ----

Feature

--- - ----

Sector Count

--- - ----

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

--- - ----

Cylinder High

--- - ----

Device/Head

1 - 1D - - - -

Command

111 0 0101

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count V V V V V V V V

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High - - - - - - - -

Device/Head - - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

Error Register

Status Register

7

6 543 2 1

0

CRC UNC 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

7

6 5 4

3

2 1 0

BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0

0 000 V 0

0

0 V0 -

-

0 -V

Table 97 Check Power Mode Command (E5h/98h)

The Check Power Mode command will report whether the device is spun up and the media is available for immediate access.
Input Parameters From The Device
Sector Count The power mode code.
If the Extended Power Conditions feature set is disabled and the device is in Idle mode, Check Power Mode returns FFh by Sector Count Register, instead of returning 80h. Check Power Mode returns 0 in the Sector Count Register if the device is in Standby mode.
If the Extended Power Conditions feature set is enabled, the command returns power condition. idle_a condition is 81h, idle_b condition is 82h, idle_c condition is 83h, standby_y condition is 01h, standby_z condition is 00h.

134 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Configure Stream (51h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Feature

Current V V - - - V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Sector Count

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Current - - - - - - - Sector Number
Previous - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - -

Current - - - - - - - Cylinder High
Previous - - - - - - - -

Device/Head

111D - - - -

Command

0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count

HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

HOB=0 - - - - - - - Sector Number
HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

HOB=0 - - - - - - - Cylinder High
HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

Device/Head

- - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

Error Register

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

CRC UNC 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

0

0

0

0

0

V

0

0

Table 98 Configure Stream Command (51h)

Status Register

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

BSY RDY SE DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0

V

0

V

-

0

-

V

The Configure Stream command specifies the operating parameters of an individual stream. A Configure Stream command may be issued for each stream that is to be added or removed from the current operating configuration. If A/R = 1 and the specified ID is already valid at the device, the new parameters shall replace the old parameters, unless Command Abort is returned (see abort conditions for Error Register). In this case the old parameters for the specified Stream ID shall remain in effect.

Abort conditions for Error register are the following.  The device does not support the Streaming Feature Set.  A/R is cleared to zero and the Feature field contains a Stream ID that has not been sent in a previous CONFIGURE STREAM command.

135 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Output Parameters To The Device Feature Current bit 7 (A/R) Feature Current bit 6 (R/W) Feature Current bit 0..2 (Stream ID) Feature Previous
Sector Count Current Sector Count Previous

If set to one, a request to add a new stream.
If cleared to zero, a request to remove a previous configured stream is specified.
R/W specifies a read stream if cleared to zero and a write stream if set to one.
The Stream ID shall be a value between 0 and 7.
The default Command Completion Time Limit (CCTL). The value is calculated as follows:
(Default CCTL) = ((content of the Features register)* (Identify Device words (99:98))) microseconds.
This time shall be used by the device when a streaming command with the same stream ID and a CCTL of zero are issued. The time is measured from the write of the command register to the final INTRQ for command completion. The device has minimum CCTL value. When the specified value is shorter than the minimum value, CCTL is set to the minimum value. Actual minimum CCTL value is described in the "Deviations from Standard" section. Allocation Unit Size In Sectors (7:0)
Allocation Unit Size In Sectors (15:8)

136 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Device Configuration Overlay (B1h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7654 3 2 1 0

Data

---- - - - -

Feature

101 0 VVVV

Sector Count

---- - - - -

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

---- - - - -

Cylinder High

---- - - - -

Device/Head

- - -D- - - -

Command

1011 0 0 0 1

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count V V V V V V V V

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High V V V V V V V V

Device/Head - - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

7 6 CRC UNC
0 0

Error Register 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN 0 0 0V0 0

Status Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

V V 0

-

V

-

-

V

Table 99 Device Configuration Overlay Command (B1h)

Individual Device Configuration Overlay feature set commands are identified by the value placed in the Features register. The table below shows these Features register values.

Value C0h C1h C2h C3h other

Command DEVICE CONFIGURATION RESTORE DEVICE CONFIGURATION FREEZE LOCK DEVICE CONFIGURATION IDENTIFY DEVICE CONFIGURATION SET Reserved

Table 100 Device Configuration Overlay Features register values

137 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Device Configuration Restore (Subcommand C0h)

The Device Configuration Restore command disables any setting previously made by a Device Configuration Set command and returns the content of the Identify Device or Identify Packet Device command response to the original settings as indicated by the data returned from the execution of a Device Configuration Identify command.

Device Configuration Freeze Lock (Subcommand C1h)

The Device Configuration Freeze Lock command prevents accidental modification of the Device Configuration Overlay settings. After successful execution of a Device Configuration Freeze Lock command, all Device Configuration Set, Device Configuration Freeze Lock, Device Configuration Identify, and Device Configuration Restore commands are aborted by the device. The Device Configuration Freeze Lock condition shall be cleared by a power-down. The Device Configuration Freeze Lock condition shall not be cleared by hardware or software reset.

Device Configuration Identify (Subcommand C2h)

The Device Configuration Identify command returns a 512 byte data structure via PIO data-in transfer. The content of this data structure indicates the selectable commands, modes, and feature sets that the device is capable of supporting. If a Device Configuration Set command has been issued reducing the capabilities, the response to an Identify Device or Identify Packet Device command will reflect the reduced set of capabilities, while the Device Configuration Identify command will reflect the entire set of selectable capabilities.
The format of the Device Configuration Overlay Data structure is shown on next page.

Device Configuration Set (Subcommand C3h)

The Device Configuration Set command allows a device manufacturer or a personal computer system manufacturer to reduce the set of optional commands, modes, or feature sets supported by a device as indicated by a Device Configuration Identify command. The Device Configuration Set command transfers an overlay that modifies some of the bits set in words 63, 82, 83, 84, and 88 of the Identify Device command response. When the bits in these words are cleared, the device no longer supports the indicated command, mode, or feature set. If a bit is set in the overlay transmitted by the device that is not set in the overlay received from a Device Configuration Identify command, no action is taken for that bit.

The format of the overlay transmitted by the device is described in the table on next page. The restrictions on changing these bits are described in the text following that table. If any of the bit modification restrictions described is violated or any setting is changed with Device Configuration Set command, the device shall return command aborted. At that case, error reason code is returned to sector count register, invalid word location is returned to cylinder high register, and invalid bit location is returned to cylinder low register. The Definition of error information is shown on page 140.

Error Information Example 1: After establish a protected area with Set Max address, if a user attempts to change maximum LBA address (Device Configuration Set or Device Configuration Restore), device shall abort that command and return error reason code as below.

Cylinder high Cylinder low Sector Number Sector count

: 03h : 00h : 00h : 06h

= word 3 is invalid this register is not assigned in this case this register is not assigned in this case = Protected area is now established

Error Information Example 2:

When device is enabled the Security feature set, if user attempts to disable that feature, device abort that command and return error reason code as below.

Cylinder high Cylinder low Sector Number Sector count

: 07h : 00h : 08h : 04h

= word 7 is invalid = bit 8-15 are valid = bit 3 is invalid = now Security feature set is enabled

138 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Word 0 1 2
3-6 7
8
9-20 21 22-254 255

Content

0002h

Data Structure revision

Multiword DMA modes supported

15-3 Reserved 2 1 = Multiword DMA mode 2 and below are supported 1 1 = Multiword DMA mode 1 and below are supported

0 1 = Multiword DMA mode 0 is supported

Ultra DMA modes supported

15-7 6 5 4

Reserved 1 = Ultra DMA mode 6 and below are supported 1 = Ultra DMA mode 5 and below are supported 1 = Ultra DMA mode 4 and below are supported

3 1 = Ultra DMA mode 3 and below are supported 2 1 = Ultra DMA mode 2 and below are supported 1 1 = Ultra DMA mode 1 and below are supported 0 1 = Ultra DMA mode 0 is supported

Maximum LBA address

Command set/feature set supported

15 0 = Reserved 14 0 = Reserved 13 0 = Reserved

12 1 = SMART Selective self-test is supported 11 1 = Forced Unit Access is supported 10 0 = Reserved
9 1 = Streaming feature set is supported 8 1 = 48-bit Addressing feature set supported 7 1 = Host Protected Area feature set supported 6 0 = Reserved 5 1 = Read/Write DMA Queued commands supported

4 1 = Power-up in Standby feature set supported 3 1 = Security feature set supported 2 1 = SMART error log supported 1 1 = SMART self-test supported 0 1 = SMART feature set supported

Serial ATA command / feature sets supported

15-5 Reserved

4 1 = Supports software settings preservation

3 Reserved 2 1 = Supports interface power management

1 1 = Supports non-zero buffer offset in DMA Setup FIS 0 1 = Supports native command queuing

Reserved

15-14 Reserved 13 1 = Support for WRITE UNCORRECTABLE is allowed
12-10 Reserved

9 1 = Extended Power Conditions feature set supported

8-0 Reserved

Reserved

Integrity word <Note .>

15-8 7-0

Checksum Signature (A5h)

Table 101 Device Configuration Overlay Data structure

139 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Note.
Bits 7:0 of this word contain the value A5h. Bits 15:8 of this word contain the data structure checksum. The data structure checksum is the two's complement of the sum of all byte in words 0 through 254 and the byte consisting of bits 7:0 of word 255. Each byte is added with unsigned arithmetic, and overflow is ignored. The sum of all bytes is zero when the checksum is correct.

Cylinder high Cylinder low Sector number Sector count

invalid word location
invalid bit location (bits (15:8))
invalid bit location (bits (7:0))
error reason code & description
01h DCO feature is frozen 02h Device is now Security Locked mode 03h Device's feature is already modified with DCO 04h User attempt to disable any feature enabled 05h Device is now SET MAX Locked or Frozen mode 06h Protected area is now established 07h DCO is not supported 08h Subcommand code is invalid FFh other reason

Table 102 DCO error information definition

140 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Download Microcode (92h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register Data Feature

765 43210 --- - ----
SUBCOMMAND(00-07)

Sector Count

SECTOR_COUNT(00-07)

Sector Number

SECTOR_COUNT(08-15)

Cylinder Low

BUFFER_OFFSET(00-07)

Cylinder High

BUFFER_OFFSET(08-15)

Device/Head Command

- - -D- - - 100 10010

Command Block Input Registers

Register Data Error

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - - - - - - - -
...See Below...

Sector Count - - - - - - - -

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High - - - - - - - -

Device/Head Status

- - - - - - - ...See Below...

7 6 CRC UNC
0 V

Error Register 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN 0 0 0 V 0 0

7 6 BSY RDY
0 1

Status Register 5 4 3 2 1 0 DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR 0100 -V

Table 103 Download Microcode Command (92h)

Output Parameters To The Device

Feature

Subcommand code.

03h : Download and save microcode with offsets.

07h : Download and save microcode.

Other values are reserved.

Sector Count

Lower byte of 16-bit sector count value to transfer from the host.

Sector Number Higher byte of 16-bit sector count value to transfer from the host.

Cylinder

Buffer offset (only used for Feature = 03h)

This command enables the host to alter the device's microcode. The data transferred using the DOWNLOAD MICROCODE commands is vendor specific.
All transfers shall be an integer multiple of the sector size. The size of the data transfer is determined by the contents of the Sector Number and Sector Count registers. The Sector Number register is used to extend the Sector Count register to create a 16-bit sector count value. The Sector Number register is the most significant eight bits and the Sector Count register is the least significant eight bits. A value of zero in both the Sector Number and Sector Count registers shall indicate no data is to be transferred.
ABT will be set to 1 in the Error Register if the value in the Feature register is neither 03h nor 07h, or the device is in Security Locked mode. When the reload of new microcode is requested in the data sent by the host for this Download command, UNC error will be set to 1 in the Error Register if the device fails to reload new microcode. This error is reported only when the reload of microcode is requested.
In reloading new microcode, when the spin-up of the device is disabled, the device spins down after reloading new microcode.
A Features register value of 03h indicates that the microcode will be transferred in two or more Download Microcode commands using the offset transfer method. The buffer offset value is defined by the value in Cylinder registers. The buffer offset value is the starting location in the microcode file, which varies in 512 byte increments.
All microcode segments shall be sent to the device in sequence.

141 Hard Disk Drive Specification

The device may abort the DOWNLOAD MICROCODE command and discard all previously downloaded Microcode, if the current buffer offset is not equal to the sum of the previous DOWNLOAD MICROCODE command buffer offset and the previous sector count. The first DOWNLOAD MICROCODE command shall have a buffer offset of zero. The new firmware should become effective immediately after the transfer of the last data segment has completed. When the device detects the last download microcode command for the firmware download the device shall perform any device required verification and save the complete set of downloaded microcode. If the device receives a command other than download microcode prior to the receipt of the last segment the new command is executed and all previously downloaded microcode is discarded. If a software or hardware Reset is issued to the device before all of the microcode segments have been transferred to the device the device shall abandon all of the microcode segments received and process the Reset.
142 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Download Microcode DMA (93h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register Data Feature

765 43210 --- - ----
SUBCOMMAND(00-07)

Sector Count

SECTOR_COUNT(00-07)

Sector Number

SECTOR_COUNT(08-15)

Cylinder Low Cylinder High Device/Head

BUFFER_OFFSET(00-07) BUFFER_OFFSET(08-15) - - -D- - - -

Command

100 10011

Command Block Input Registers

Register Data Error

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - - - - - - - -
...See Below...

Sector Count - - - - - - - -

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low Cylinder High Device/Head Status

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
...See Below...

7 6 CRC UNC
0 V

Error Register 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN 0 0 0V0 0

7 6 BSY RDY
0 1

Status Register 5 4 3 2 1 DF DSC DRQ COR IDX 0100 -

0 ERR
V

Table 104 Download Microcode DMA Command (93h)

Output Parameters To The Device

Feature

Subcommand code.

03h : Download and save microcode with offsets.

07h : Download and save microcode.

Other values are reserved.

Sector Count

Lower byte of 16-bit sector count value to transfer from the host.

Sector Number Higher byte of 16-bit sector count value to transfer from the host.

Cylinder

Buffer offset (only used for Feature = 03h)

This command enables the host to alter the device's microcode. The data transferred using the DOWNLOAD MICROCODE DMA commands is vendor specific.
All transfers shall be an integer multiple of the sector size. The size of the data transfer is determined by the contents of the Sector Number and Sector Count registers. The Sector Number register is used to extend the Sector Count register to create a 16-bit sector count value. The Sector Number register is the most significant eight bits and the Sector Count register is the least significant eight bits. A value of zero in both the Sector Number and Sector Count registers shall indicate no data is to be transferred.
ABT will be set to 1 in the Error Register if the value in the Feature register is neither 03h nor 07h, or the device is in Security Locked mode. When the reload of new microcode is requested in the data sent by the host for this Download command, UNC error will be set to 1 in the Error Register if the device fails to reload new microcode. This error is reported only when the reload of microcode is requested.
In reloading new microcode, when the spin-up of the device is disabled, the device spins down after reloading new microcode.
A Features register value of 03h indicates that the microcode will be transferred in two or more Download Microcode DMA commands using the offset transfer method. The buffer offset value is defined by the value in Cylinder registers. The buffer offset value is the starting location in the microcode file, which varies in 512 byte increments.

143 Hard Disk Drive Specification

All microcode segments shall be sent to the device in sequence. The device may abort the DOWNLOAD MICROCODE DMA command and discard all previously downloaded Microcode, if the current buffer offset is not equal to the sum of the previous DOWNLOAD MICROCODE DMA command buffer offset and the previous sector count. The first DOWNLOAD MICROCODE DMA command shall have a buffer offset of zero. The new firmware should become effective immediately after the transfer of the last data segment has completed. When the device detects the last download microcode command for the firmware download the device shall perform any device required verification and save the complete set of downloaded microcode. If the device receives a command other than download microcode prior to the receipt of the last segment the new command is executed and all previously downloaded microcode is discarded. If a software or hardware Reset is issued to the device before all of the microcode segments have been transferred to the device the device shall abandon all of the microcode segments received and process the Reset.
144 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Execute Device Diagnostic (90h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Feature

- - - - - - - -

Sector Count

- - - - - - - -

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

- - - - - - - -

Cylinder High

- - - - - - - -

Device/Head

1 -1 - - - - -

Command

1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count - - - - - - - -

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High - - - - - - - -

Device/Head - - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

Error Register Diagnostic Code

Status Register

7 6 5 4 3210

BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0 V 0

-

- 0 - 0

Table 105 Execute Device Diagnostic Command (90h)

The Execute Device Diagnostic command performs the internal diagnostic tests implemented by the device. The results of the test are stored in the Error Register.
The normal Error Register bit definitions do not apply to this command. Instead, the register contains a diagnostic code. See Table 32 Diagnostic Codes on the page 53 for its definition.

145 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Flush Cache (E7h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

765 4 3210

Data

--- - ----

Feature

--- - ----

Sector Count

--- - ----

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

--- - ----

Cylinder High

--- - ----

Device/Head

1 - 1D- - - -

Command

111 0 0111

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count - - - - - - - -

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High - - - - - - - -

Device/Head - - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

Error Register

Status Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

CRC UNC 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0 0000V00

0V0V - 0 -V

Table 106 Flush Cache Command (E7h)

This command causes the device to complete writing data from its cache. The device returns good status after data in the write cache is written to disk media.

146 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Flush Cache Ext (EAh)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Feature

Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - -

Sector Count

Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - -

Current - - - - - - - Sector Number
Previous - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High

Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - -

Device/Head

- - -D- - - -

Command

1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count

HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

HOB=0 - - - - - - - Sector Number
HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High

HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

Device/Head

- - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

7

6

CRC UNC

Error Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

0

0

0

0

0

V

0

0

Table 107 Flush Cache Ext Command (EAh)

7

6

BSY RDY

0

V

Status Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0

V

-

0

-

V

This command causes the device to complete writing data from its cache. The device returns good status after data in the write cache is written to disk media.

147 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Format Track (50h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Feature

- - - - - - - -

Sector Count

- - - - - - - -

Sector Number V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High

V V V V V V V V

Device/Head

1 L 1DHHHH

Command

0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count - - - - - - - -

Sector Number V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High V V V V V V V V

Device/Head - - - - H H H H

Status

...See Below...

Error Register 7 6543210 CRC UNC 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN 0 00V0V00
Table 108 Format Track Command (50h)

Status Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR 0V0V - 0 -V

The Format Track command formats a single logical track on the device. Each good sector of data on the track will be initialized to zero with write operation. At this time, whether the sector of data is initialized correctly is not verified with read operation. Any data previously stored on the track will be lost.

The host may transfer a sector of data containing a format table to the device. But the device ignores the format table and writes zero to all sectors on the track regardless of the descriptors.

Since device performance is optimal at 1:1 interleave, and the device uses relative block addressing internally, the device will always format a track in the same way no matter what sector numbering is specified in the format table.

Output Parameters To The Device

Sector Number

In LBA mode, this register specifies LBA address bits 0 ­ 7 to be formatted. (L=1)

Cylinder High/Low

The cylinder number of the track to be formatted. (L=0) In LBA mode, this register specifies LBA address bits 8-15 (Low), 16-23 (High) to be formatted. (L=1)

H

The head number of the track to be formatted. (L=0)

In LBA mode, this register specifies LBA address bits 24-27 to be formatted. (L=1)

Input Parameters From The Device

Sector Number

In LBA mode, this register specifies current LBA address bits 0-7. (L=1)

Cylinder High/Low

In LBA mode, this register specifies current LBA address bits 8-15 (Low), 16-23 (High)

H

In LBA mode, this register specifies current LBA address bits 24-27. (L=1)

Error

The Error Register. An Abort error (ABT=1) will be returned when LBA out of range.

In LBA mode, this command formats a single logical track including the specified LBA.

148 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Format Unit (F7h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

765 4 3210

Data

--- - ----

Feature

000 1 0001

Sector Count

--- - ----

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

--- - ----

Cylinder High

--- - ----

Device/Head

1L1D - - - -

Command

111 1 0111

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count - - - - - - - -

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High - - - - - - - -

Device/Head - - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

7 8 CRC UNC

Error Register 9 10 3 2 1 0 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

0 V0V0V0 0

Table 109 Format Unit Command (F7h)

Status Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR 0V0V00 - V

The Format Unit command initializes all user data sectors after merging reassigned sector location into the defect information of the device and clearing the reassign information. Both new reassign information and new defect information are available right after command completion of this command. Previous information of reassign and defect are erased from the device by executing this command.
Note that the Format Unit command initializes from LBA 0 to Native MAX LBA regardless of setting by Initialize Device Parameter (91h) command, Device Configuration Overlay, or Set Max Address (F9h) command, so the protected area defined by these commands is also initialized.
Security Erase Prepare (F3h) commands should be completed just prior to the Format Unit command. If the device receives a Format Unit command without a prior Security Erase Prepare command, the device aborts the Format Unit command.
All values in Feature register are reserved, and any values other than 11h should not be put into Feature register.
This command does not request to data transfer.
Command execution time depends on drive capacity. To determine command timeout value, Word 89 of Identify Device data should be referred.

149 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Identify Device (ECh)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

765 4 3210

Data

--- - ----

Feature

--- - ----

Sector Count

--- - ----

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

--- - ----

Cylinder High

--- - ----

Device/Head

1 - 1D- - - -

Command

111 0 1100

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count - - - - - - - -

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High - - - - - - - -

Device/Head - - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

Error Register 7 6543210 CRC UNC 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN 0 0000V00
Table 110 Identify Device Command (ECh)

Status Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0 V 0

-

-

0

-

V

The Identify Device command requests the device to transfer configuration information to the host. The device will transfer a sector to the host containing the information described in the following pages.

150 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Word 00
01 02
03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10-19 20
21 22 23-26 27-46 47
48

Content Description

045AH

Drive classification, bit assignments:

or

15 (=0): 1=ATAPI device, 0=ATA device

045EH

14-8 : retired

7 (=0): 1=removable cartridge device

6 (=1): 1=fixed device

5-3 : retired

2 (=0): Response incomplete

1 : retired

0 (=0): Reserved

xxxxH

Number of cylinders in default translate mode

C837H

Specific Configuration

37C8H: Need Set Feature for spin-up after power-up

Identify Device is incomplete

738CH: Need Set Feature for spin-up after power-up

Identify Device is complete

8C73H: No Need Set Feature for spin-up after power-up

Identify Device is incomplete

C837H: No Need Set Feature for spin-up after power-up

Identify Device is complete

00xxH

Number of heads in default translate mode

0

* Reserved

0

* Reserved

003FH

Number of sectors per track in default translate mode

0000H * Number of bytes of sector gap

0000H * Number of bytes in sync field

0000H * Reserved

XXXX

Serial number in ASCII (0 = not specified)

0003H * Controller type:

0003: dual ported, multiple sector buffer with look-ahead read

XXXXH

*

Buffer size in 512-byte increments. In case of 32MB buffer, it is set to 0xFFFF. Otherwise it is set to 0x0000.

0038H * Reserved

XXXX

Microcode version in ASCII

XXXX

Model number in ASCII

8010H

15-8 : 80h

7-0 : Maximum number of sectors that can be transferred per interrupt on

Read and Write Multiple commands

400XH

Trusted Computing feature set options

15 (=0) : Shall be cleared to zero

14 (=1) : Shall be set to one

13-1 (=0) : Reserved for the Trusted Computing Group

0 (=0 or 1) : 0=Trusted Computing feature set is not supported

1=Trusted Computing feature set is supported

Table 111 Identify device information

151 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Word 49
50
51 52 53
54 55 56 57-58 59
60-61 62 63 64

Content Description

xF00H

Capabilities, bit assignments:

15-14 (=0) Reserved

13 Standby timer

(=1) values as specified in ATA standard are supported

(=0) values are vendor specific

12 (=0) Reserved

11 (=1) IORDY Supported

10 (=1) IORDY can be disabled

9 (=1) LBA supported

8 (=1) DMA supported

7- 0 (=0) Reserved

4000H

Capabilities, bit assignments:

15-14 (=01) word 50 is valid

13-1 (=0) Reserved

0 Minimum value of Standby timer

(=0) less than 5 minutes

0200H

PIO data transfer cycle timing mode

0200H * DMA data transfer cycle timing mode

Refer Word 62 and 63

0007H

Validity flag of the word

15-8 (=0): Free-fall Control Sensitivity

00h = Vendor's recommended setting

7-3 (=0): Reserved

2 (=1): 1=Word 88 is Valid

1 (=1): 1=Word 64-70 are Valid

0 (=1): 1=Word 54-58 are Valid

xxxxH

Number of current cylinders

xxxxH

Number of current heads

xxxxH

Number of current sectors per track

xxxxH

Current capacity in sectors Word 57 specifies the low word of the capacity

xxxxH

Sanitize capabilities and Current Multiple setting. Bit assignments

15 (=0) The BLOCK ERASE EXT command is supported

14 (=1) The OVERWRITE EXT command is supported

13 (=0or1) The CRYPTO SCRAMBLE EXT command is supported

12 (=1 The Sanitize Device Feature Set is supported

11-9 (=0) Reserved

8 1= Multiple Sector Setting is Valid

7-0 xxh = Current setting for number of sectors

xxxxH

Total Number of User Addressable Sectors

Word 60 specifies the low word of the number

FFFFFFFh=The 48-bit native max address is greater than 268,435,455

0000H

Reserved

xx07H

Multiword DMA Transfer Capability

15- 8 Multi word DMA transfer mode active

7-0 (=7) Multi word DMA transfer modes supported

(support mode 0,1 and 2)

0003H

Flow Control PIO Transfer Modes Supported

15-8 (=0) Reserved

7-0 (=3) Advanced PIO Transfer Modes Supported

`11' = PIO Mode 3 and 4 Supported

Table 112 Identify device information -Continued-

152 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Word 65 66 67 68 69
70-74 75 76
77

Content 0078H 0078H 0078H 0078H 0C08H
or 0C18H 0000H 001FH 970xH
007xH

Description

Minimum Multiword DMA Transfer Cycle Time Per Word

15-0 (=78) Cycle time in nanoseconds (120ns, 16.6MB/s)

Manufacturer's Recommended Multiword DMA Transfer Cycle Time

15-0 (=78) Cycle time in nanoseconds (120ns, 16.6MB/s)

Minimum PIO Transfer Cycle Time Without Flow Control 15-0 (=78) Cycle time in nanoseconds (120ns, 16.6MB/s)

Minimum PIO Transfer Cycle Time With IORDY Flow Control 15- 0 (=78) Cycle time in nanoseconds (120ns, 16.6MB/s)

Additional Supported

11 (=1) 10 (=1)
4 (=x) 3 (=1)

READ BUFFER DMA command is supported WRITE BUFFER DMA command is supported Encryption All User Data Extended Number of User Addressable Sectors is supported

Reserved

Queue depth

15-5 (=0) Reserved

4-0 (=1F) Maximum queued depth ­ 1

SATA capabilities

15 (=1) READ LOG DMA EXT command is supported

14-13 (=0) Reserved

12 (=1) High Priority command (Please see 6.5 First-party DMA commands)

11 (=0) Unload while NCQ commands are outstanding is supported

10 (=1) Phy event counters

9 (=1) Receipt of host-initiated interface power management requests

8 (=1) Native Command Queuing supported

7-4 (=0) Reserved

3 (=x) SATA Gen-3 speed (6.0Gbps) supported

2 (=x) SATA Gen-2 speed (3.0Gbps) supported

1 (=1) SATA Gen-1 speed (1.5Gbps) supported

0 (=0) Reserved

15-8 (=0) Reserved

7 (=0) DevSleep_to_ReducedPwrState

6 (=1) Supports RECEIVE FPDMA QUEUED and SEND FPDMA QUEUED

5 (=1) Supports NCQ NON-DATA Command

4 (=1) Supports NCQ Streaming

3-1 (=011) Current negotiated SATA speed Gen-3 speed of 6.0Gbps

(=010) Current negotiated SATA speed Gen-2 speed of 3.0Gbps

(=001) Current negotiated SATA speed Gen-1 speed of 1.5Gbps

0(=0) Reserved

Table 113 Identify device information -Continued-

153 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Word 78
79
80 81 82

Content 0CDEH
0040H
03FCH 0029H 746BH

Description SATA supported features
15-12 (=0) Reserved 11 (=1) Rebuild Assist 10 (=1) Device Initiated Interface Power Management Software Settings 9-8 (=0) PRreesseerrvveadtion 7 (=1) NCQ Autosense 6 (=1) Software setting preservation 5 (=0) Reserved 4 (=1) In-order data delivery 3 (=1) Device initiated interface power management 2 (=1) DMA Setup Auto-Activate optimization 1 (=1) Non-zero buffer offset in DMA Setup FIS 0 (=0) Reserved
SATA enabled features 15-12 (=0) Reserved 11 (=0) Rebuild Assist enabled 10-9 (=0) Reserved 8-7 (=0) Reserved 6 (=1) Software setting preservation 5 (=0) Reserved 4 (=0) In-order data delivery 3 (=0) Device initiated interface power management 2 (=0) DMA Setup Auto-Activate optimization 1 (=0) Non-zero buffer offset in DMA Setup FIS 0 (=0) Reserved
Major version number 15-0 (=3FCh) ATA-2, ATA-3, ATA/ATAPI-4, ATA/ATAPI-5, ATA/ATAPI-6. ATA/ATAPI-7,
ATA8-ACS, ACS-2 and ACS-3 Minor version number 15-0 (=29h) ATA8-ACS Revision 4 Command set sup1p5or(t=e0d) Reserved
14 (=1) NOP command 13 (=1) READ BUFFER command 12 (=1) WRITE BUFFER command 11 (=0) Reserved 10 (=1) Host Protected Area Feature Set
9 (=0) DEVICE RESET command 8 (=0) SERVICE interrupt 7 (=0) Release interrupt 6 (=1) LOOK AHEAD 5 (=1) WRITE CACHE 4 (=0) PACKET Command feature set 3 (=1) Power management feature set 2 (=0) Removable feature set 1 (=1) Security feature set 0 (=1) SMART feature Set

Table 114 Identify device information -Continued-

154 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Word Content

83

7D69H

84

4163H

or

4773H

85

xxxxH

Description
Command set supported 15-14 (=01) Word 83 is valid
13 (=1) FLUSH CACHE EXT command supported 12 (=1) FLUSH CACHE command supported 11 (=1) Device Configuration Overlay command supported 10 (=1) 48-bit Address feature set supported
9 (=0) Reserved 8 (=1) SET Max Security extension 7 (=0) Set Features Address Offset feature mode 6 (=1) SET FEATURES subcommand required to spin-up after power-up 5 (=1) Power-Up In Standby feature set supported 4 (=0) Removable Media Status Notification feature 3 (=1) Advanced Power Management feature set 2 (=0) CFA feature set 1 (=0) READ/WRITE DMA QUEUED 0 (=1) DOWNLOAD MICROCODE command Command set/feature supported extension 15-14 (=01) Word 84 is valid 13 (=0) IDLE IMMEDIATE with UNLOAD FEATURE supported 12-11 (=0) Reserved 10 (=x) URG bit supported for WRITE STREAM DMA Ext and WRITE STREAM
Ext 9 (=x) URG bit supported for READ STREAM DMA Ext and READ STREAM
Ext 8 (=1) World wide name supported 7 (=0) WRITE DMA QUEUED FUA EXT command supported 6 (=1) WRITE DMA FUA EXT and WRITE MULTIPLE FUA EXT commands
supported 5 (=1) General Purpose Logging feature set supported 4 (=x) Streaming feature set supported 3 (=0) Media Card Pass Through Command feature set supported 2 (=0) Media serial number supported 1 (=1) SMART self-test supported 0 (=1) SMART error logging supported Command set/feature enabled
15 Reserved 14 NOP command 13 READ BUFFER command 12 WRITE BUFFER command 11 Reserved 10 Host Protected Area feature set
9 DEVICE RESET command 8 SERVICE interrupt 7 RELEASE interrupt 6 LOOK AHEAD 5 WRITE CACHE 4 PACKET Command feature set 3 Power management feature set 2 Removable media feature set 1 Security feature set 0 SMART feature set

Table 115 Identify device information -Continued-

155 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Word Content

86

xxxxH

87

4163H

or

4763H

or

4773H

Description

Command set/feature enabled

15 Words 120:119 are valid.

14 Reserved

13 FLUSH CACHE EXT command supported

12 FLUSH CACHE command supported

11 Device Configuration Overlay command enabled

10 48-bit Address features set supported

9 Reserved

8 Set Max Security extensions enabled

7 Set Features Address Offset mode

6 Set Features subcommand required to spin-up after power-up

5 Power-Up In Standby feature set enabled

4 Removable Media Status Notification feature

3 Advanced Power Management Feature set

2 CFA Feature set

1 READ/WRITE DMA QUEUED

0 DOWNLOAD MICROCODE command

Command set/feature default

15-14 (=01) Word 87 is valid

13 (=0) IDLE IMMEDIATE with UNLOAD FEATURE supported

12-11 (=0) 10 (=x)
9 (=x)
8 (=1) 7 (=0)

Reserved URG bit supported for WRITE STREAM DMA Ext and WRITE STREAM Ext URG bit supported for READ STREAM DMA Ext and READ STREAM Ext World wide name supported WRITE DMA QUEUED FUA EXT command supported

6 (=1) WRITE DMA FUA EXT and WRITE MULTIPLE FUA EXT commands supported
5 (=1) General Purpose Logging feature set supported

4 (=x) Valid CONFIGURE STREAM command has been executed

3 (=0) Media Card Pass Through Command feature set enabled

2 (=0) Media serial number is valid

1 (=1) SMART self-test supported

0 (=1) SMART error logging supported

Table 116 Identify device information -Continued-

156 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Word Content

88

xx7FH

89

xxxxH

90

xxxxH

91

00FEH

92

FFFEH

93

0000H

94

0000H

95

xxxxH

96

xxxxH

Description

Ultra DMA Transfer modes

15- 8 (=xx) Current active Ultra DMA transfer mode

15 Reserved (=0)

14 Mode 6 1 = Active

0 = Not Active

13 Mode 5 1 = Active

0 = Not Active

12 Mode 4 1 = Active

0 = Not Active

11 Mode 3 1 = Active

0 = Not Active

10 Mode 2 1 = Active

0 = Not Active

9 Mode 1 1 = Active

0 = Not Active

8 Mode 0 1 = Active

0 = Not Active

7- 0 (=7F) Ultra DMA Transfer mode supported

7 Reserved (=0)

6 Mode 6 1 = Support

5 Mode 5 1 = Support

4 Mode 4 1 = Support

3 Mode 3 1 = Support

2 Mode 2 1 = Support

1 Mode 1 1 = Support

0 Mode 0 1 = Support

15 1=Extended Time is reported in bits 14:0

0=Time is reported in bits 7:0

If bit 15 is set to one

14:0 Time required for security erase unit completion

Time= value(xxxxh)*2 [minutes]

If bit 15 is set to zero

14:8 Reserved

7:0 Time required for security erase unit completion

Time= value(xxxxh)*2 [minutes]

15 1=Extended Time is reported in bits 14:0

0=Time is reported in bits 7:0

If bit 15 is set to one

14:0 Time required for Enhanced security erase completion

If bit 15 is set to zero

14:8 Reserved

7:0 Time required for Enhanced security erase completion

Current Advanced power management value

Current Password Revision Code

COMRESET result

Reserved

Stream Minimum Request Size

Number of sectors that provides optimum performance in streaming environment. This

number shall be a power of two, with a minimum of eight sectors (4096 bytes). The

starting LBA value for each streaming command should be evenly divisible by this

request size.

Streaming Transfer Time ­ DMA

The worst-case sustainable transfer time per sector for the device is calculated as

follows:

Streaming Transfer Time = (word 96) * (words(99:98) / 65536)

If the Streaming Feature set is not supported by the device, the content of word 96 shall

be zero.

Table 117 Identify device information -Continued-

157 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Word Content

97

xxxxH

98 99 100-103 104

xxxxH xxxxH xxxxH xxxxH

105

0000H

106

6003H

107

5A87H

108-111 xxxxH

112-118 0000H

119

40DCh

120

409Ch

Description
Streaming Access Latency ­ DMA and PIO The worst-case access latency of the device for a streaming command is calculated as follows: Access Latency = (word 97) * (words(99:98) / 256) If the Streaming Feature set is not supported by the device, the content of word 97 shall be zero. Streaming Performance Granularity Streaming Performance Granularity Total Number of User Addressable Logical Sectors for 48-bit commands Streaming Transfer Time ­ PIO The worst-case sustainable transfer time per sector for the device is calculated as follows: Streaming Transfer Time = (word 104) * (words(99:98) / 65536) If the Streaming Feature set is not supported by the device, the content of word 104 shall be zero. Reserved Physical sector size / logical sector size
15 Shall be cleared to zero 14 Shall be set to one. 13 0=Device does not have multiple logical sectors per physical sector 12 0=Device logical sector is 256 words 11-4 Reserved 3-0 0=2^0 logical sectors per physical sector Inter-seek delay for ISO-7779 acoustic testing in microseconds World wide name the optional value of the world wide name for the device Reserved Supported settings (Continued from word 84:82) 15 Shall be cleared to zero 14 Shall be set to one. 13-8 Reserved
7 1=Extended Power Conditions feature set is supported 6 1=Sense data is supported 5 0=Free-fall Control feature set is not supported 4 1=The segmented feature for download microcode is supported. 3 1=The READ/ WRITE LOG DMA EXT commands are supported. 2 1=Write Uncorrectable is supported. 1 0=Write-Read-Verify feature set is not supported 0 Reserved Command set/feature enabled/supported. (Continued from word 87:85) 15 Shall be cleared to zero 14 Shall be set to one. 13-8 Reserved 7 1=Extended Power Conditions feature set is enabled 6 0=Sense data is disabled 5 0=Free-fall Control feature set is disabled 4 1=The segmented feature for download microcode is supported. 3 1=The READ/ WRITE LOG DMA EXT commands are supported. 2 1=Write Uncorrectable is supported. 1 0=Write-Read-Verify feature set is not enabled 0 Reserved

Table 118 Identify device information -Continued-

158 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Word Content

121-126 0000H

127

0000H

128

xxxxH

129

xxxxH

130-159 160-167
168

xxxxH 0000H 0002H

169-175 176-205
206

0000H 0000H 003DH

Description

Reserved

Removable Media Status Notification feature set

0000H=Not supported

Security status. Bit assignments

15-9 Reserved

8 Security Level

1= Maximum, 0= High

7-6 Reserved

5 Enhanced erase

1= Support

4 Expired

1= Expired

3 Freeze

1= Frozen

2 Lock

1= Locked

1 Enabled/Disable

1= Enable

0 Capability

1= Support

* Current Set Feature Option. Bit assignments

15-4 Reserved

3 Auto reassign enabled

1= Enable

2 Reverting enabled

1= Enable

1 Read Look-ahead enabled

1= Enable

0 Write Cache enabled

1= Enable

* Reserved

Reserved

15-4 Reserved

3-0 Device Nominal Form Factor 02H shows 3.5inch nominal form factor

Reserved

Current media serial number (0000H=Not supported)

SCT Command set support

15-12 Vendor specific

11-6 Reserved

5 Action Code 5 (SCT Data Table)

1= Support

4 Action Code 4 (Features Control)

1= Support

3 Action Code 3 (Error Recovery Control) 1= Support

2 Action Code 2 (SCT Write Same)

1= Support

1 Action Code 1 (Long Sector Access)

0= Not Support

0 SCT Feature Set (includes SCT status) 1= Support

Table 119 Identify device information -Continued-

Note. The `*' mark in `Content' field indicates the use of those parameters are vendor specific.

159 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Word 207-208
209
210-211 212-213
214 215-216
217
218 219 220 221 222
223 224-229 230-233
234 235 236-254 255

Content 0000H 4000H
or 0000H
0000H 0000H 0000H 0000H 1C20H
or 1644H
or 1734H 0000H 0000H 0000H 0000H 10FFH
0021H 0000H xxxxH 0008H 0000H 0000H xxA5H

Description

Reserved

Alignment of logical blocks within a physical block (This word is valid if bit 13 of word

106 is set to one.)

15 Shall be cleared to zero

14 Shall be set to one

13-0

Logical sector offset within the first physical sector where the first logical sector is placed

Write-Read-Verify Sector Count Mode 3 (Dword) 0000H=Not supported

Write-Read-Verify Sector Count Mode 2 (Dword) 0000H=Not supported

NV Cache Capabilities 0000H=Not supported

NV Cache Size in Logical Blocks (Dword)

Nominal media rotation rate (=7200rpm)

Reserved NV Cache Options 0000H=Not supported
15-8 (=0) Reserved 7-0 (=0) Write-Read-Verify feature set current mode(not supported)
Reserved Transport major version number 15-12 (=1) Transport Type (1= Serial)
11-8 (=0) Reserved 7 (=1) SATA Rev 3.2 6 (=1) SATA Rev 3.1 5 (=1) SATA Rev 3.0 4 (=1) SATA Rev 2.6 3 (=1) SATA Rev 2.5 2 (=1) SATA II: Extensions 1 (=1) SATA 1.0a 0 (=1) ATA8-AST
Transport minor version number (ATA8-AST T13 Project D1697 Revision 0b) Reserved Extended Number of User Addressable Sectors Minimum number of 512-byte data blocks per DOWNLOAD MICROCODE command for mode 3 Maximum number of 512-byte data blocks per DOWNLOAD MICROCODE command for mode 3 Reserved
15-8 Checksum. This value is the two's complement of the sum of all bytes in byte 0 through 510
7-0 (A5) Signature

Table 120 Identify device information -Continued-

160 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Idle (E3h/97h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Feature

- - - - - - - -

Sector Count
Sector Number
Cylinder Low

V V V V V V V V - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High - - - - - - - -

Device/Head 1 - 1 D - - - -

Command

1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count - - - - - - - -

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High - - - - - - - -

Device/Head - - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

Error Register 7 6543210 CRC UNC 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN 0 0000V00

Status Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR 0V0V - 0 -V

Table 121 Idle Command (E3h/97h)

The Idle command causes the device to enter Idle mode immediately, and set auto power down timeout parameter (standby timer). And then the timer starts counting down.

When the Idle mode is entered, the device is spun up to operating speed. If the device is already spinning, the spin up sequence is not executed.

During Idle mode the device is spinning and ready to respond to host commands immediately.

Output Parameters To The Device

Sector Count

Timeout Parameter. If zero, then the automatic power down sequence is disabled. If non-zero, then the automatic power down sequence is enabled, and the timeout interval is shown below:

Value ----------
0 1-240 241-251 252 253 254 255

Description ------------------------Timer disabled Value * 5 (Value-240) * 30 minutes 21 minutes 8 hours Aborted 21 minutes 15 seconds

When the automatic power down sequence is enabled, the drive will enter Standby mode automatically if the timeout interval expires with no drive access from the host. The timeout interval will be reinitialized if there is a drive access before the timeout interval expires.

161 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Idle Immediate (E1h/95h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

765 4 3210

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - - Data

- - - - - - - -

Feature

- - - - - - - - Error

...See Below...

Sector Count

- - - - - - - - Sector Count - - - - - - - -

Sector Number - - - - - - - - Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

- - - - - - - - Cylinder Low - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High

- - - - - - - - Cylinder High - - - - - - - -

Device/Head

1 - 1 D - - - - Device/Head - - - - - - - -

Command

1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 Status

...See Below...

Error Register 7 6543210 CRC UNC 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

Status Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0 0000V00

0V0V - 0 - V

Table 122 Idle Immediate Command (E1h/95h)

The Idle Immediate command causes the device to enter Idle mode. The device is spun up to operating speed. If the device is already spinning, the spin up sequence is not executed. During Idle mode the device is spinning and ready to respond to host commands immediately. The Idle Immediate command will not affect to auto power down timeout parameter.

162 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Initialize Device Parameters (91h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Data

- - - - - - - -

Feature

- - - - - - - -

Error

- - - - - - - -

Sector Count

V V V V V V V V Sector Count - - - - - - - -

Sector Number

- - - - - - - -

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

- - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High

- - - - - - - -

Cylinder High - - - - - - - -

Device/Head

1 - 1 D H H H H Device/Head - - - - - - - -

Command

1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 Status

...See Below...

7 6 CRC UNC
0 0

Error Register 54321 0 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN 000V0 0

Status Register

7

6 5 4 3 2 1 0

BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0 V0 - - 0 - V

Table 123 Initialize Device Parameters Command (91h)

The Initialize Device Parameters command enables the host to set the number of sectors per track and the number of heads minus 1, per cylinder. Words 54-58 in Identify Device Information reflect these parameters.

The parameters remain in effect until following events:  Another Initialize Device Parameters command is received.  The device is powered off.  Soft reset occurs and the Set Feature option of CCh is set instead of 66h.

Output Parameters To The Device

Sector Count The number of sectors per track. 0 does not mean there are 256 sectors per track, but there is no sector per track.

H

The number of heads minus 1 per cylinder. The minimum is 0 and the maximum is 15.

Note: The following conditions needs to be satisfied to avoid invalid number of cylinders beyond FFFFh. (Total number of user addressable sectors)/((Sector Count)*(H+1)) = < FFFFh
The total number of user addressable sectors is described in Identify Device command.

163 Hard Disk Drive Specification

NCQ NON-DATA (63h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 543210

Data Low

- - ------

Data High Feature Sector Count Sector Number Cylinder Low Cylinder High Device/Head

- - ------
Current V V V V V V V V Previous - - - - - - - -
Current V V V V V - - -
Previous V V - - - - - -
Current V V V V V - - Previous - - - - - - - Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - -
- 1 -0- - - -

Command

0 1 100011

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count Sector Number Cylinder Low Cylinder High Device/Head

HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

7

6

CRC UNC

V

V

Error Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

0

V

0

V

0

0

Table 124 NCQ NON-DATA command (63h)

7

6

BSY RDY

0

V

Status Register

5

4

3

2

1

DF DSC DRQ COR IDX

0

V

-

0

-

0 ERR
V

Table 40 defines the NCQ NON-DATA subcommands. See the referenced sections for additional information in this table. The output from the host to the device, the command acceptance outputs for this command, the normal outputs for this command and the error outputs for this command are subcommand specific. See 11.15.1 Abort NCQ Queue Subcommand (0h) and 11.15.2 Deadline handling Subcommand (1h).

164 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Abort NCQ Queue Subcommand (0h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High Feature Sector Count Sector Number Cylinder Low Cylinder High Device/Head

- - - - - - - -
Current V V V V 0 0 0 0 Previous - - - - - - - -
Current V V V V V - - Previous - - - - - - - Current V V V V V - - Previous - - - - - - - Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - -
-1-0- - - -

Command

0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Error Sector Count Sector Number Cylinder Low Cylinder High Device/Head Status

...See Below...
HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - -
...See Below...

7

6

CRC UNC

V

V

Error Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

0

V

0

V

0

0

Table 125 Abort NCQ Queue Subcommand (0h)

7

6

BSY RDY

0

V

Status Register

5

4

3

2

1

DF DSC DRQ COR IDX

0

V

-

0

-

0 ERR
V

Normal Outputs If a supported Abort Type parameter is specified, then the device indicates success, even if the command results in no commands being aborted. When an Abort NCQ Queue command completes successfully, a Set Device Bits FIS is sent to the host to complete the Abort subcommand and commands that were aborted as a consequence of the Abort subcommand by setting the ACT bits for those commands to one. This SDB FIS may also indicate other completed commands.
Error Outputs The device returns command aborted if:
a) NCQ is disabled and an Abort NCQ Queue command is issued to the device;
b) the value of the TTAG field equals the value of the TAG field;
c) the value of the TTAG field is an invalid TAG number; or
d) an unsupported Abort type parameter is specified.

165 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Output Parameters To The Device

Feature Current

Subcommand (bits 3-0) When bits(3:0) is 0h, Abort NCQ Queue Abort Subcommand.

Subcommand Specific Abort Type, bit(7:4), describes the action requested. The NCQ NON-DATA Log

(bits 7-4)

(see 9.17.4.3 Read Log Ext Log Page 12h) provides a list of abort types supported

by the device. The value of Abort type are defined in the below the table.

Feature Previous

Sector Count Current

TAG (bits 7-3)
Sector Count Previous Sector Number Current

The TAG value is assigned to be different from all other queued commands. The value does not exceed the maximum queue depth specified by the Word 75 of the Identify Device information.

TTAG (bits 7-3)

The TTAG field contains the value of the TAG of the outstanding command that is requested to be aborted. The TTAG value is only valid when the Abort Type field is set to 3h (Abort Selected). TTAG does not exceed the value specified in IDENTIFY DEVICE word 75.

Cylinder Low Current Cylinder Low Previous Cylinder High Current Cylinder High Previous Device/Head

Input Parameters From The Device Sector Number (HOB=0) Sector Number (HOB=1) Cylinder Low (HOB=0) Cylinder Low (HOB=1) Cylinder High (HOB=0) Cylinder High (HOB=1)

Abort Type Parameters

Abort Type Abort Type

0h

Abort All

1h

Abort Streaming

2h

Abort Non-Streaming

3h

Abort Selected

Table 126 Abort Type Field

Description The device attempts to abort all outstanding NCQ commands.
The device attempts to abort all outstanding NCQ Streaming commands. All non-streaming NCQ commands are unaffected.
The device attempts to abort all outstanding NCQ Non-Streaming commands. All NCQ Streaming commands are unaffected.
The device attempts to abort the outstanding NCQ command associated with the tag represented in TTAG field.

166 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Deadline handling Subcommand (1h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High Feature Sector Count Sector Number Cylinder Low Cylinder High Device/Head

- - - - - - - -
Current - - V V 0 0 0 1 Previous - - - - - - - -
Current V V V V V - - -
Previous - - - - - - - -
Current V V V V V - - Previous - - - - - - - Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - -
-1-0- - - -

Command

0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Error Sector Count Sector Number Cylinder Low Cylinder High Device/Head Status

...See Below...
HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - -
...See Below...

7

6

CRC UNC

V

V

Error Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

0

V

0

V

0

0

Table 127 Deadline handling Subcommand (1h)

7

6

BSY RDY

0

V

Status Register

5

4

3

2

1

DF DSC DRQ COR IDX

0

V

-

0

-

0 ERR
V

Normal Outputs If this Deadline Handling Subcommand command is supported, the device returns the command completed with no error. When a Deadline Handling Subcommand command completes successfully, a Set Device Bits FIS is sent to the host to complete the Deadline Handling subcommand. This SDB FIS may also indicate other completed commands.
Error Outputs The device returns command aborted if:
a) NCQ is disabled and a DEADLINE HANDLING command is issued to the device;
b) The value of the TTAG field equals the value of the TAG field;
c) The value of the TTAG field is an invalid TAG number; or
d) An unsupported Abort type parameter is specified.

167 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Output Parameters To The Device

Feature Current

Subcommand (bits 3-0) When bits (3:0) is 1h, Deadline Handling Subcommand.

WDNC(bits 4)

If the WDNC (Write Data Not Continue) bit is cleared to zero, then the device allows

WRITE FPDMA QUEUED command completion times to exceed what the ICC

parameter specified. If the WDNC bit is set to one, then the all WRITE FPDMA

QUEUED commands are completed by the time specified by the ICC timer value,

otherwise the device returns command aborted for all outstanding commands.

WDNC is only applicable to WRITE FPDMA QUEUED commands with PRIO is set to 01b (Isochronous ­ deadline dependent priority)

RDNC(bits 5)

If the RDNC (Read Data Not Continue) bit is cleared to zero, then the device allows READ FPDMA QUEUED command completion times to exceed what the ICC parameter specified. If the RDNC bit is set to one, then the all READ FPDMA QUEUED commands are completed by the time specified by the ICC timer value, otherwise the device returns command aborted for all outstanding commands. RDNC is only applicable to READ FPDMA QUEUED commands with PRIO is set to 01b (Isochronous ­ deadline dependent priority)

Feature Previous Sector Count Current
TAG (bits 7-3)
Sector Count Previous Sector Number Current Cylinder Low Current Cylinder Low Previous Cylinder High Current Cylinder High Previous Device/Head

The TAG value is assigned to be different from all other queued commands. The value does not exceed the maximum queue depth specified by the Word 75 of the Identify Device information.

Input Parameters From The Device Sector Number (HOB=0) Sector Number (HOB=1) Cylinder Low (HOB=0) Cylinder Low (HOB=1) Cylinder High (HOB=0) Cylinder High (HOB=1)

168 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Set Features Subcommand (5h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register Data Low Data High Feature
Sector Count
Sector Number
Cylinder Low
Cylinder High Device/Head Command

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
- - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - Current - - V V 0 1 0 1 Previous - - - - - - - -
Current V V V V V - - -
Previous - - - - - - - -
Current V V V V V - - Previous - - - - - - - Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - -
-1-0- - - -
0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1

Command Block Input Registers

Register Data Low Data High

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count Sector Number Cylinder Low Cylinder High Device/Head Status

HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - ...See Below...

7

6

CRC UNC

V

V

Error Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

0

V

0

V

0

0

Table 128 SET FEATURES Subcommand (5h)

7

6

BSY RDY

0

V

Status Register

5

4

3

2

1

DF DSC DRQ COR IDX

0

V

-

0

-

0 ERR
V

Normal Outputs Upon successful completion of one or more outstanding commands, the device shall transmit a Set Device Bits FIS with the Interrupt bit set to one and one or more bits set to one in the ACT field corresponding to the bit position for each command TAG that has completed since the last status notification was transmitted. The ERR bit in the Status register shall be cleared to zero and the value in the Error register shall be zero.
Error Outputs If the device has received a command that has not yet been acknowledged by clearing the BSY bit to zero and an error is encountered, the device shall transmit a Register Device to Host FIS (see Table 128) with the ERR bit set to one and the BSY bit cleared to zero in the Status field, the ATA error code in the Error field.

169 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Output Parameters To The Device

Feature Current

Subcommand (bits 3-0) When bits(3:0) is 5h, SET FEATURES Subcommand.

Subcommand Specific (bits 7-4)

Feature Previous

Contents of SET FEATURES (15:8) field

Sector Count Current

TAG (bits 7-3)

The TAG value is assigned to be different from all other queued commands. The value does not exceed the maximum queue depth specified by the Word 75 of the Identify Device information.

Sector Count Previous

Contents of SET FEATURES LBA(7:0) field LBA (7:0).

Sector Number Current

Contents of SET FEATURES LBA(27:24)

Cylinder Low Current

Contents of SET FEATURES LBA(15:8)

Cylinder Low Previous

Cylinder High Current

Contents of SET FEATURES LBA(23:16)

Cylinder High Previous

Device/Head

Input Parameters From The Device Sector Number (HOB=0) Sector Number (HOB=1) Cylinder Low (HOB=0) Cylinder Low (HOB=1) Cylinder High (HOB=0) Cylinder High (HOB=1)

170 Hard Disk Drive Specification

RECEIVE FPDMA QUEUED (65h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 543210

Data Low

- - ------

Data High

- - ------

Feature Sector Count Sector Number Cylinder Low Cylinder High Device/Head

Current V V V V V V V V
Previous - - - - - - - -
Current V V V V V - - -
Previous V V - - - - - -
Current V V V V V - - Previous - - - - - - - Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - -
- 1 -0- - - -

Command

0 1 100101

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count Sector Number Cylinder Low Cylinder High Device/Head

HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

7

6

CRC UNC

V

V

Error Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

0

V

0

V

0

0

Table 129 RECEIVE FPDMA QUEUED command (65h)

7

6

BSY RDY

0

V

Status Register

5

4

3

2

1

DF DSC DRQ COR IDX

0

-

0

-

-

0 ERR
V

Table 130 defines the RECEIVE FPDMA QUEUED subcommands. See the referenced sections for additional information in this table.

Subcommand 0h 1h 2h - Fh

Description Reserved READ LOG DMA EXT Reserved

Reference 11.16.1 READ LOG DMA EXT (1h) -

Table 130 RECEIVE FPDMA QUEUED Subcommand Field

The output from the host to the device, the command acceptance outputs for this command, the normal outputs for this command and the error outputs for this command are subcommand specific. See 11.16.1 READ LOG DMA EXT (1h).

171 Hard Disk Drive Specification

READ LOG DMA EXT (1h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Feature Sector Count Sector Number Cylinder Low Cylinder High Device/Head

Current V V V V 0 0 0 1 Previous - - - - - - - -
Current V V V V V - - Previous - - - - - - - Current V V V V V - - Previous - - - - - - - Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - -
-1-0- - - -

Command

0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Error Sector Count Sector Number Cylinder Low Cylinder High Device/Head Status

...See Below...
HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - -
...See Below...

7 CRC
V

6 UNC
V

Error Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

0

V

0

V

0

0

Table 131 READ LOG DMA EXT Subcommand (1h)

7 BSY
0

6 RDY
V

Status Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0

-

0

-

-

V

Normal Outputs Upon successful completion of one or more outstanding commands, the device shall transmit a Set Device Bits FIS with the Interrupt bit set to one and one or more bits set to one in the ACT field corresponding to the bit position for each command TAG that has completed since the last status notification was transmitted.

Error Outputs If the device has received a command that has not yet been acknowledged by clearing the BSY bit to zero and an error is encountered, the device shall transmit a Register Device to Host FIS.

Output Parameters To The Device

Feature Current

Contents of READ LOG DMA EXT Count(7:0) field

Subcommand (bits 4-0)

When bits (4:0) is 01h, Read Log DMA Ext Subcommand.

Subcommand Specific (bits 7-4)

Feature Previous

Contents of READ LOG DMA EXT Count(15:8) field

Sector Count Current

TAG (bits 7-3)

Sector Count Previous

Sector Number Current

Contents of READ LOG DMA EXT LBA(7:0) field

Sector Number Previous

Contents of READ LOG DMA EXT LBA(31:24) field

Cylinder Low Current Cylinder Low Previous Cylinder High Current

Contents of READ LOG DMA EXT LBA(15:8) field Contents of READ LOG DMA EXT LBA(39:32) field Contents of READ LOG DMA EXT LBA(23:16) field
172 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Cylinder High Previous Device/Head

Contents of READ LOG DMA EXT LBA(47:40) field

Input Parameters From The Device Sector Number (HOB=0) Sector Number (HOB=1) Cylinder Low (HOB=0) Cylinder Low (HOB=1) Cylinder High (HOB=0) Cylinder High (HOB=1)

173 Hard Disk Drive Specification

SEND FPDMA QUEUED (64h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 543210

Data Low

- - ------

Data High Feature Sector Count Sector Number Cylinder Low Cylinder High Device/Head

- - ------
Current V V V V V V V V Previous - - - - - - - -
Current V V V V V - - -
Previous V V - - - - - -
Current V V V V V - - Previous - - - - - - - Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - -
- 1 -0- - - -

Command

0 1 100100

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count Sector Number Cylinder Low Cylinder High Device/Head

HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

7

6

CRC UNC

V

V

Error Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

0

V

0

V

0

0

Table 132 SEND FPDMA QUEUED command (64h)

7

6

BSY RDY

0

V

Status Register

5

4

3

2

1

DF DSC DRQ COR IDX

0

-

0

-

-

0 ERR
V

Table 133 defines the SEND FPDMA QUEUED subcommands. See the referenced sections for additional information in this table.

Subcommand 0h ­ 1h 2h 3h ­ Fh

Description Reserved WRITE LOG DMA EXT Reserved

Reference 11.17.1 WRITE LOG DMA EXT (2h) -

Table 133 SEND FPDMA QUEUED Subcommand Field

The output from the host to the device, the command acceptance outputs for this command, the normal outputs for this command and the error outputs for this command are subcommand specific.

174 Hard Disk Drive Specification

WRITE LOG DMA EXT (2h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Feature Sector Count Sector Number Cylinder Low Cylinder High Device/Head

Current V V V V 0 0 1 0 Previous - - - - - - - -
Current V V V V V - - Previous - - - - - - - Current V V V V V - - Previous - - - - - - - Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - -
-1-0- - - -

Command

0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Error Sector Count Sector Number Cylinder Low Cylinder High Device/Head Status

...See Below...
HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - -
...See Below...

7 CRC
V

6 UNC
V

Error Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

0

V

0

V

0

0

Table 134 WRITE LOG DMA EXT Subcommand (2h)

7 BSY
0

6 RDY
V

Status Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0

-

0

-

-

V

Normal Outputs Upon successful completion of one or more outstanding commands, the device shall transmit a Set Device Bits FIS with one or more bits set to one in the ACT field corresponding to the bit position for each command TAG that has completed since the last status notification was transmitted.

Error Outputs If the device has received a command that has not yet been acknowledged by clearing the BSY bit to zero and an error is encountered, the device shall transmit a Register Device to Host FIS.

Output Parameters To The Device

Feature Current

Contents of WRITE LOG DMA EXT Count(7:0) field

Subcommand (bits 4-0) When bits (4:0) is 02h, Read Log DMA Ext Subcommand.

Subcommand Specific (bits 7-4)

Feature Previous

Contents of WRITE LOG DMA EXT Count(15:8) field

Sector Count Current

TAG (bits 7-3)

Sector Count Previous

Sector Number Current Sector Number Previous

Contents of WRITE LOG DMA EXT LBA(7:0) field Contents of WRITE LOG DMA EXT LBA(31:24) field

Cylinder Low Current Cylinder Low Previous

Contents of WRITE LOG DMA EXT LBA(15:8) field Contents of WRITE LOG DMA EXT LBA(39:32) field

175 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Cylinder High Current Cylinder High Previous Device/Head

Contents of WRITE LOG DMA EXT LBA(23:16) field Contents of WRITE LOG DMA EXT LBA(47:40) field

Input Parameters From The Device Sector Number (HOB=0) Sector Number (HOB=1) Cylinder Low (HOB=0) Cylinder Low (HOB=1) Cylinder High (HOB=0) Cylinder High (HOB=1)

176 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Read Buffer (E4h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

765 4 3210

Data

--- - ----

Feature

--- - ----

Sector Count

--- - ----

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

--- - ----

Cylinder High

--- - ----

Device/Head

1 - 1D- - - -

Command

111 0 0100

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count - - - - - - - -

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High - - - - - - - -

Device/Head - - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

Error Register

Status Register

7 6543210

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

CRC UNC 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0 0000V00

0V0 - - 0 - V

Table 135 Read Buffer Command (E4h)

The Read Buffer command transfers a sector of data from the sector buffer of device to the host.
The sector is transferred through the Data Register 16 bits at a time.
The sector transferred will be from the same part of the buffer written to by the last Write Buffer command. The contents of the sector may be different if any reads or writes have occurred since the Write Buffer command was issued.

177 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Read Buffer DMA (E9h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

765 4 3210

Data

--- - ----

Feature

--- - ----

Sector Count

--- - ----

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

--- - ----

Cylinder High

--- - ----

Device/Head

1 - 1D- - - -

Command

111 0 1001

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count - - - - - - - -

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High - - - - - - - -

Device/Head - - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

Error Register

Status Register

7 6543210

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

CRC UNC 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0 0000V00

0V0 - - 0 - V

Table 136 Read Buffer DMA Command (E9h)

The Read Buffer DMA command transfers a sector of data from the sector buffer of device to the host.
The sector is transferred through the Data Register 16 bits at a time.
The sector transferred will be from the same part of the buffer written to by the last Write Buffer command. The contents of the sector may be different if any reads or writes have occurred since the Write Buffer command was issued.

178 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Read DMA(C8h/C9h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Feature

- - - - - - - -

Sector Count

V V V V V V V V

Sector Number V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High

V V V V V V V V

Device/Head

1 L 1DHHHH

Command

1 10 0 1 0 0R

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count V V V V V V V V

Sector Number V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High V V V V V V V V

Device/Head - - - - H H H H

Status

...See Below...

7 6 CRC UNC

Error Register 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

V V0V0V0 0

Table 137 Read DMA Command (C8h/C9h)

Status Register

7 6 5 4 3

2

1 0

BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0V0V -

0

- V

The Read DMA command reads one or more sectors of data from disk media, then transfers the data from the device to the host.
The sectors are transferred through the Data Register 16 bits at a time.
The host initializes a slave-DMA channel prior to issuing the command. The data transfers are qualified by DMARQ and are performed by the slave-DMA channel. The device issues only one interrupt per command to indicate that data transfer has terminated and status is available.
If an uncorrectable error occurs, the read will be terminated at the failing sector.

179 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Output Parameters To The Device

Sector Count

The number of continuous sectors to be transferred. If zero is specified, then 256 sectors will be transferred.

Sector Number

The sector number of the first sector to be transferred. (L=0) In LBA mode, this register specifies LBA address bits 0-7 to be transferred. (L=1)

Cylinder High/Low

The cylinder number of the first sector to be transferred. (L=0) In LBA mode, this register specifies LBA address bits 8-15 (Low) 16-23 (High) to be transferred. (L=1)

H

The head number of the first sector to be transferred. (L=0)

In LBA mode, this register specifies LBA bits 24-27 to be transferred. (L=1)

R

The retry bit, but this bit is ignored.

Input Parameters From The Device

Sector Count

The number of requested sectors not transferred. This will be zero, unless an unrecoverable error occurs.

Sector Number Cylinder High/Low

The sector number of the last transferred sector. (L=0) In LBA mode, this register contains current LBA bits 0-7. (L=1) The cylinder number of the last transferred sector. (L=0) In LBA mode, this register contains current LBA bits 8-15 (Low), 16-23 (High). (L=1)

H

The head number of the sector to be transferred. (L=0)

In LBA mode, this register contains current LBA bits 24-27. (L=1)

180 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Read DMA Ext (25h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Feature

Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - -

Sector Count

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Current V V V V V V V V Sector Number
Previous V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Current V V V V V V V V Cylinder High
Previous V V V V V V V V

Device/Head

111D - - - -

Command

0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count

HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V Sector Number
HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V Cylinder High
HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

Device/Head

- - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

7

6

CRC UNC

V Vs

Error Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

0

V

0

V

0

0

Table 138 Read DMA Ext Command (25h)

7

6

BSY RDY

0

V

Status Register

5

4

3

2

1

DF DSC DRQ COR IDX

0

V

-

0

-

0 ERR
V

The Read DMA command reads one or more sectors of data from disk media, and then transfers the data from the device to the host.
The sectors are transferred through the Data Register 16 bits at a time.
The host initializes a slave-DMA channel prior to issuing the command. The data transfers are qualified by DMARQ and are performed by the slave-DMA channel. The device issues only one interrupt per command to indicate that data transfer has terminated and status is available.
If an uncorrectable error occurs, the read will be terminated at the failing sector.

181 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Output Parameters To The Device

Sector Count Current

The number of sectors to be transferred low order, bits (7:0).

Sector Count Previous

The number of sectors to be transferred high order, bits (15:8). If 0000h in the Sector Count register is specified, then 65,536 sectors will be transferred.

Sector Number Current

LBA (7:0)

Sector Number Previous LBA (31:24)

Cylinder Low Current

LBA (15:8)

Cylinder Low Previous

LBA (39:32)

Cylinder High Current

LBA (23:16)

Cylinder High Previous

LBA (47:40)

Input Parameters From The Device

Sector Number (HOB=0) LBA (7:0) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Sector Number (HOB=1) LBA (31:24) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder Low (HOB=0)

LBA (15:8) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder Low (HOB=1)

LBA (39:32) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder High (HOB=0)

LBA (23:16) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder High (HOB=1)

LBA (47:40) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

182 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Read FPDMA Queued (60h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Feature

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Sector Count

Current V V V V V - - -
Previous - - - - - - - -

Current V V V V V V V V Sector Number
Previous V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Current V V V V V V V V Cylinder High
Previous V V V V V V V V

Device/Head

V100 - - - -

Command

0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count

HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V Sector Number
HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V Cylinder High
HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

Device/Head

- - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

7

6

CRC UNC

V Vs

Error Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

0

V

0

V

0

0

Table 139 Read FPDMA Queued Command (60h)

7

6

BSY RDY

0

V

Status Register

5

4

3

2

1

DF DSC DRQ COR IDX

0

V

-

0

-

0 ERR
V

The Read FPDMA command reads one or more sectors of data from disk media, and then transfers the data from the device to the host.
If an uncorrectable error occurs, the read will be terminated at the failing sector.

Output Parameters To The Device

Feature Current

The number of sectors to be transferred low order, bits (7:0).

Feature Previous

The number of sectors to be transferred high order, bits (15:8).

Sector Count Current

TAG (bits 7-3)

The TAG value shall be assigned to be different from all other queued commands.

The value shall not exceed the maximum queue depth specified by the Word 75 of

the Identify Device information.

RARC (bits 0)

If the Rebuild Assist feature is not supported, then the RARC bit shall be ignored.

If the Rebuild Assist feature is supported and is disabled, then the RARC bit shall be

ignored.

If the Rebuild Assist feature is supported and enabled, then the RARC bit specifies

that read operations shall be processed as defined in 9.17.5 Rebuild Assist log (15h).

183 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Sector Count Previous PRIO (bits 7-6)
Sector Number Current Sector Number Previous Cylinder Low Current Cylinder Low Previous Cylinder High Current Cylinder High Previous ZCICC
Device/Head FUA (bit 7)

The Priority (PRIO) value shall be assigned by the host based on the priority of the command issued. The device makes a best effort to complete High priority requests in a more timely fashion than Normal and isochronous priority requests. The device tries to complete isochronous requests prior to its associated deadline. The Priority values are defined as follows:
00b Normal priority
01b Isochronous ­ deadline dependent priority 10b High priority
LBA (7:0)

LBA (31:24)

LBA (15:8)

LBA (39:32)

LBA (23:16)

LBA (47:40)

The Isochronous Command Completion (ICC) field is valid when PRIO is set to a value of 01b. It is assigned by the host based on the intended deadline associated with the command issued. When a deadline has expired, the device continues to complete the command as soon as possible. The host can modify this behavior if the device supports the NCQ NON-DATA command (see 11.15 NCQ NON-DATA (63h)) and supports the Deadline Handling subcommand (see 11.15.2 Deadline handling Subcommand (1h)). This subcommand allows the host to set whether the device aborts commands that have exceeded the time set in ICC.

There are several parameters encoded in the ICC field: Fine or Coarse timing, Interval and the Max Time. The Interval indicates the time units of the Time Limit parameter.

If ICC Bit 7 cleared to zero, then the time interval is fine-grained.

Interval

= 10msec

Time Limit = (ICC[6:0] + 1) * 10 msec

If ICC Bit 7 is set to one (coarse encoding), then the time interval is coarse grained.

Interval

= 0.5 sec

Time Limit = (ICC[6:0] + 1) * 0.5 sec

When the FUA bit is set to 1, the requested data is always retrieved from the media regardless of whether the data are held in the sector buffer or not.
When the FUA bit is set to 0, the data may be retrieved from the media or from the cached data left by previously processed Read or Write commands.

Input Parameters From The Device

Sector Number (HOB=0) LBA (7:0) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Sector Number (HOB=1) LBA (31:24) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder Low (HOB=0)

LBA (15:8) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder Low (HOB=1)

LBA (39:32) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder High (HOB=0)

LBA (23:16) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder High (HOB=1)

LBA (47:40) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

184 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Read Log Ext (2Fh)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Feature

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Sector Count

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Current V V V V V V V V Sector Number
Previous - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High

Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - -

Device/Head

1 - 1D- - - -

Command

0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count

HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

HOB=0 - - - - - - - Sector Number
HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High

HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

Device/Head

- - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

7 CRC
0

6 UNC
V

Error Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

0

V

0

V

0

0

Table 140 Read Log Ext Command (2Fh)

Status Register

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0 V 0 V

-

0

-

V

This command returns the specified log to the host. The device shall interrupt for each DRQ block transferred.

Output Parameters To The Device

Feature

Log Address Specific

Sector Count Current

The number of sectors to be read from the specified log low order, bits (7:0). The log transferred by the drive shall start at the sector in the specified log at the specified offset, regardless of the sector count requested.

Sector Count Previous The number of sectors to be read from the specified log high orders, bits (15:8).

Sector Number Current The log to be returned as described in Table 141.

Cylinder Low Current The first sector of the log to be read low order, bits (7:0).

Cylinder Low Previous The first sector of the log to be read high order, bits (15:8).

185 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Log address 00h 03h 06h 07h 08h 0Ch 10h 11h 12h 21h 22h 30h
80h-9Fh

Content Log directory Extended Comprehensive SMART error log SMART self-test log Extended SMART self-test log Power Conditions log Pending Defects log Command Error Phy Event Counters NCQ NON-DATA log Write Stream Error log Read Stream Error log Identify Device Data log Host vendor specific

Feature set N/A SMART error logging SMART self-test SMART self-test Extended Power Condition N/A Native Command Queuing Serial ATA NCQ NON-DATA Streaming Streaming N/A SMART

Type Read Only Read Only See Note Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read Only Read/Write

Note: If log address 06h is accessed using the Read Log Ext or Write Log Ext commands, command abort shall be returned. Note: Please see 9.17.3 about Phy Event Counters. Note: Please see 9.17.4 about NCQ NON-DATA (63h).
Table 141 Log Address Definition

Log Address 00h - 0Fh 10h 11h 12h 13h 14h 15h 16h - 17h 18h - FFh

Description As defined in the ACS-2 standard NCQ Queued Error log Phy Event Counters log NCQ NON-DATA log Reserved Reserved Rebuild Assist log Reserved As defined in the ACS-2 standard

Table 142 Log Address Definition for Serial ATA

The Extended SMART self-test log sector shall support 48-bit and 28-bit addressing. All 28-bit entries contained in the SMART self-test log sector shall also be included in the Comprehensive SMART self-test log sector with the 48bit entries.
If the feature set associated with the log specified in the Sector Number register is not supported or enabled, or if the values in the Sector Count, Sector Number or Cylinder Low registers are invalid, the device shall return command aborted.

186 Hard Disk Drive Specification

General Purpose Log Directory

Table 143 defines the 512 bytes that make up the General Purpose Log Directory.

Description General Purpose Logging Version Number of sectors in the log at log address 01h (7:0) Number of sectors in the log at log address 01h (15:8) Number of sectors in the log at log address 02h (7:0) Number of sectors in the log at log address 02h (15:8)
... Number of sectors in the log at log address 20h (7:0) Number of sectors in the log at log address 20h (15:8) Number of sectors in the log at log address 21h (7:0) Number of sectors in the log at log address 21h (15:8) Number of sectors in the log at log address 22h (7:0) Number of sectors in the log at log address 22h (15:8)
... Number of sectors in the log at log address 80h (7:0) Number of sectors in the log at log address 80h (15:8)
... Number of sectors in the log at log address FFh (7:0) Number of sectors in the log at log address FFh (15:8)

Bytes 2 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1
1 1 512

Table 143 General Purpose Log Directory

Offset 00h 02h 03h 04h 05h
40h 41h 42h 43h 44h 45h
100h 101h
1FEh 1FFh

The value of the General Purpose Logging Version word shall be 0001h. A value of 0000h indicates that there is no General Purpose Log Directory.

The logs at log addresses 80-9Fh shall each be defined as 16 sectors long.

Table 143 defines the 512 bytes that make up the General Purpose Log Directory for Serial ATA.

Byte

Log

Value

000h..01Fh

020h

10h

021h

10h

022h

11

023h

11h

024h

12h

025h

12h

026h

027h

028h

029h

02Ah

15h

02Bh

15h

02Ch..2Fh

030h..1FFh

As defined in the ACS-2 standard 1 if Native Command Queuing is supported, 0 if Native Command Queuing is not supported 0 1 if Phy Event Counters are supported 0 if Phy Event Counters are not supported 0 1 if NCQ NON-DATA is supported 0 if NCQ NON-DATA is not supported 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 1 if Rebuild Assist log is supported 0 if Rebuild Assist log is not supported 0 Reserved As defined in the ACS-2 standard

Table 144 General Purpose Log Directory for Serial ATA

187 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Extended Comprehensive SMART Error log

Table 145 defines the format of each of the sectors that comprise the Extended Comprehensive SMART error log. Error log data structure shall not include errors attributed to the receipt of faulty commands such as command codes not implemented by the device or requests with invalid parameters or in valid addresses.

Description SMART error log version Reserved Error log index (7:0) Error log index (15:8) 1st error log data structure 2nd error log data structure 3rd error log data structure 4th error log data structure Device error count Reserved Data structure checksum

Bytes 1 1 1 1
124 124 124 124
2 9 1

Offset 00h 01h 02h 03h 04h 80h FCh
178h 1F4h 1F6h 1FFh

512

Table 145 Extended Comprehensive SMART Error Log

Error log version

The value of this version shall be 01h.
Error log index

This indicates the error log data structure representing the most recent error. If there have been no error log entries, it is cleared to 0. Valid values for the error log index are 0 to 4.
Extended Error log data structure

An error log data structure shall be presented for each of the last four errors reported by the device. These error log data structure entries are viewed as a circular buffer. The fifth error shall create an error log structure that replaces the first error log data structure. The next error after that shall create an error log data structure that replaces the second error log structure, etc. Unused error log data structures shall be filled with zeros.

Data format of each error log structure is shown below.

Description 1st command data structure 2nd command data structure 3rd command data structure 4th command data structure 5th command data structure Error data structure

Bytes 18 18 18 18 18 34
124

Offset 00h 12h 24h 36h 48h 5Ah

Table 146 Extended Error log data structure

188 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Command data structure: Data format of each command data structure is shown below.

Description Device Control register Features register (7:0) (see Note) Features register (15:8) Sector count register (7:0) Sector count register (15:8) Sector number register (7:0) Sector number register (15:8) Cylinder Low register (7:0) Cylinder Low register (15:8) Cylinder High register (7:0) Cylinder High register (15:8) Device/Head register Command register Reserved Timestamp (milliseconds from Power-on)

Bytes 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4
18

Offset 00h 01h 02h 03h 04h 05h 06h 07h 08h 09h 0Ah 0Bh 0Ch 0Dh 0Eh

Note: bits (7:0) refer to the most recently written contents of the register. Bits (15:8) refer to the contents of the register prior to the most recent write to the register.
Table 147 Command data structure

Error data structure: Data format of error data structure is shown below.

Description Reserved Error register Sector count register (7:0) (see Note) Sector count register (15:8) (see Note) Sector number register (7:0) Sector number register (15:8) Cylinder Low register (7:0) Cylinder Low register (15:8) Cylinder High register (7:0) Cylinder High register (15:8) Device/Head register Status register Extended error data (vendor specific) State Life timestamp (hours)

Bytes 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
19 1 2
34

Offset 00h 01h 02h 03h 04h 05h 06h 07h 08h 09h 0Ah 0Bh 0Ch 1Fh 20h

Note: bits (7:0) refer to the contents if the register is read with bit 7 of the Device Control register cleared to zero. Bits (15:8) refer to the contents if the register is read with bit 7 of the Device Control register set to one.
Table 148 Error data structure

189 Hard Disk Drive Specification

State shall contain a value indicating the state of the device when the command was issued to the device or the reset occurred as described below.

Value

State

x0h

Unknown

x1h

Sleep

x2h

Standby (If the EPC feature set is enabled, Standby is standby_y or standby_z)

x3h

Active/Idle

(If the EPC feature set is enabled, Active/Idle is idle_a or idle_b or idle_c)

x4h

SMART Off-line or Self-test

x5h-xAh Reserved

xBh-xFh Vendor specific

Note: The value of x is vendor specific.

Device error count
This field shall contain the total number of errors attributable to the device that have been reported by the device during the life of the device. This count shall not include errors attributed to the receipt of faulty commands such as commands codes not implemented by the device or requests with invalid parameters or invalid addresses. If the maximum value for this field is reached the count shall remain at the maximum value when additional errors are encountered and logged.

190 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Device Statistics log

The Device Statistics log contains selected statistics about the device.
The number of log pages may be greater than one.
See Table 149 for a list of defined log pages. Each supported log page consists of a header field that may be followed by defined statistics fields. If the Revision Number field in the log page header is 0000h, then that log page is not supported. All log page data following the last defined statistic for that log page is reserved.
If an unsupported log page is requested, then 512 bytes of all zeros are returned for that log page.

Description List of supported log pages (11.23.3.1) General Statistics (11.23.3.2) Free Fall Statistics (Not Support) Rotating Media Statistics (11.23.3.3) General Errors Statistics (11.23.3.4) Temperature Statistics (11.23.3.5) Transport Statistics (11.23.3.6) Solid State Device Statistics (Not Support) Reserved

Log page 00h 01h 02h 03h 04h 05h 06h 07h
08h..Ffh

Table 149 Defined Device Statistics log pages

List of Supported Device Statistics log pages (log page 00h)

The List of Supported Device Statistics log pages contains a list of the supported device statistics log pages as described in Table 150. Entries are in order of ascending log page number. Every log page for which there is at least one supported statistic is listed.

Description Device Statistics Information Header. This device statistics log page lists the number of the supported device statistics log pages. Bit Description 63:24 Reserved 23:16 Log page number. (00h) 15:0 Revision number. (0001h) Number of entries (n) in the following list
Log page number of first supported device statistics log page (00h)
Log page number of second supported device statistics log page
...
Log page number of nth supported device statistics log page
Reserved

Bytes
8
1 1 1 1

Offset
00h
08h 09h 0ah n+08h n+09h..1Ffh

Table 150 List of supported Device Statistics log pages

191 Hard Disk Drive Specification

General Statistics (log page 01h)

The General Statistics log page contains general information about the device as described in Table 151.

Description
Device Statistics Information Header Bit Description
63:24 Reserved 23:16 Log page number. (01h) 15:0 Revision number. (0002h) Lifetime Power-On Resets
Bit Description 63:56 Device Statistics Flags 55:32 Reserved 31:0 Number of times that the device has processed a Power-On
Reset event (DWord) Power-on Hours
Bit Description 63:32 Reserved 31:0 Power-on Hours (DWord) Logical Sectors Written
Bit Description 63:56 Device Statistics Flags 55:48 Reserved 47:0 Logical Sectors Written Number of Write Commands
Bit Description 63:56 Device Statistics Flags 55:48 Reserved 47:0 Number of Write Commands Logical Sectors Read
Bit Description 63:56 Device Statistics Flags 55:48 Reserved 47:0 Logical Sectors Read Number of Read Commands
Bit Description 63:56 Device Statistics Flags 55:48 Reserved 47:0 Number of Read Commands
Reserved

Bytes

Offset

8

00h

8

08h

8

10h

8

18h

8

20h

8

28h

8

30h

1 38h..1Ffh

Table 151 General Statistics

192 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Rotating Media Statistics (log page 03h)

The Rotating Media Statics log page contains device rotating media information as described in Table 152.

Description
Device Statistics Information Header Bit Description
63:24 Reserved 23:16 Log page number. (03h) 15:0 Revision number. (0001h) Spindle Motor Power-on Hours
Bit Description 63:56 Device Statistics Flags 55:32 Reserved 31:0 Spindle Motor Power-on Hours (DWord) Head Flying Hours
Bit Description 63:56 Device Statistics Flags 55:32 Reserved 31:0 Head Flying Hours (DWord) Head Load Events
Bit Description 63:56 Device Statistics Flags 55:32 Reserved 31:0 Head Load Events (DWord) Number of Reallocated Logical Sectors
Bit Description 63:56 Device Statistics Flags 55:32 Reserved 31:0 Number of Reallocated Logical Sectors (DWord) Read Recovery Attempts
Bit Description 63:56 Device Statistics Flags 55:32 Reserved 31:0 Read Recovery Attempts (DWord) Number of Mechanical Start Failures
Bit Description 63:56 Device Statistics Flags 55:32 Reserved 31:0 Number of Mechanical Start Failures (DWord)
Reserved

Bytes

Offset

8

00h

8

08h

8

10h

8

18h

8

20h

8

28h

8

30h

1 38h..1Ffh

Table 152 Rotating Media Statistics

193 Hard Disk Drive Specification

General Errors Statistics (log page 04h)

General Errors Statistics log page contains general error information about the device as described in Table 153

Description
Device Statistics Information Header Bit Description
63:24 Reserved 23:16 Log page number. (04h) 15:0 Revision number. (0001h) Number of Reported Uncorrectable Errors
Bit Description 63:56 Device Statistics Flags 55:32 Reserved 31:0 Number of Reported Uncorrectable Errors (DWord) Number of Resets Between Command Acceptance and Command Completion
Bit Description 63:56 Device Statistics Flags 55:32 Reserved 31:0 Number of Resets Between Command Acceptance and
Command Completion (DWord)
Reserved

Bytes

Offset

8

00h

8

08h

8

10h

1 18h..1Ffh

Table 153 General Error Statistics

Temperature Statistics (log page 05h)

The Temperature Statistics log page contains general information about the device as described in Table 154. The value in the temperature field is a two's complement integer in degrees Celsius.

Description
Device Statistics Information Header Bit Description
63:24 Reserved 23:16 Log page number. (05h) 15:0 Revision number. (0001h) Current Temperature
Bit Description 63:56 Device Statistics Flags 55:8 Reserved
7:0 Current Temperature (signed byte) Average Short Term Temperature
Bit Description 63:56 Device Statistics Flags 55:8 Reserved
7:0 Average Short Term Temperature (signed byte) Average Long Term Temperature
Bit Description 63:56 Device Statistics Flags 55:8 Reserved
7:0 Average Long Term Temperature (signed byte)
Table 154 Temperature Statistics (part 1 of 2)

Bytes

Offset

8

00h

8

08h

8

10h

8

18h

194 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Highest Temperature Bit Description
63:56 Device Statistics Flags 55:8 Reserved 7:0 Highest Temperature (signed byte) Lowest Temperature Bit Description 63:56 Device Statistics Flags 55:8 Reserved 7:0 Lowest Temperature (signed byte) Highest Average Short Term Temperature Bit Description 63:56 Device Statistics Flags 55:8 Reserved 7:0 Highest Average Short Term Temperature (signed byte) Lowest Average Short Term Temperature Bit Description 63:56 Device Statistics Flags 55:8 Reserved 7:0 Lowest Average Short Term Temperature (signed byte) Highest Average Long Term Temperature Bit Description 63:56 Device Statistics Flags 55:8 Reserved 7:0 Highest Average Long Term Temperature (signed byte) Lowest Average Long Term Temperature Bit Description 63:56 Device Statistics Flags 55:8 Reserved 7:0 Lowest Average Long Term Temperature (signed byte) Time in Over-Temperature Bit Description 63:56 Device Statistics Flags 55:32 Reserved 31:0 Time in Over-Temperature (DWord) Specified Maximum Operating Temperature Bit Description 63:56 Device Statistics Flags 55:8 Reserved 7:0 Specified Maximum Operating Temperature (signed byte) Time in Under-Temperature Bit Description 63:56 Device Statistics Flags 55:32 Reserved 31:0 Time in Under-Temperature (DWord) Specified Minimum Operating Temperature Bit Description 63:56 Device Statistics Flags 55:8 Reserved 7:0 Specified Minimum Operating Temperature (signed byte) Reserved
Table 155 Temperature Statistics (part 2 of 2)
195 Hard Disk Drive Specification

8

20h

8

28h

8

30h

8

38h

8

40h

8

48h

8

50h

8

58h

8

60h

8

68h

1 70h..1Ffh

Transport Statistics (log page 06h)

The Transport Statistics log page contains interface transport information about the device as described in Table 156.

Description
Device Statistics Information Header Bit Description
63:24 Reserved 23:16 Log page number. (06h) 15:0 Revision number. (0001h) Number of hardware resets
Bit Description 63:56 Device Statistics Flags 55:32 Reserved 31:0 Number of hardware resets (DWord) Number of ASR Events
Bit Description 63:56 Device Statistics Flags 55:32 Reserved 31:0 Number of ASR Events (DWord) Head Load Events
Bit Description 63:56 Device Statistics Flags 55:32 Reserved 31:0 Head Load Events (DWord) Number of Interface CRC Errors
Bit Description 63:56 Device Statistics Flags 55:32 Reserved 31:0 Number of Interface CRC Errors (DWord)
Reserved

Bytes

Offset

8

00h

8

08h

8

10h

8

18h

8

20h

1 28h..1Ffh

Table 156 Transport Statistics

196 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Extended Self-test log sector

Table 157 defines the format of each of the sectors that comprise the Extended SMART self-test log.

The Extended SMART self-test log sector shall support 48-bit and 28-bit addressing. All 28-bit entries contained in the SMART self-test log, defined in 11.51.6 Self-test log data structure on page 287 shall also be included in the Extended SMART self-test log with all 48-bit entries.

Description Self-test log data structure revision number Reserved Self-test descriptor index (7:0) Self-test descriptor index (15:8) Descriptor entry 1 Descriptor entry 2 ... Descriptor entry 18 Vendor specific Reserved Data structure checksum

Bytes 1 1 1 1
26 26

Offset 00h 01h 02h 03h 04h 1Eh

26 1D8h

2

1F2h

11

1F4h

1

1FFh

512

Table 157 Extended Self-test log data structure

These descriptor entries are viewed as a circular buffer. The nineteenth self-test shall create a descriptor entry that replaces descriptor entry 1. The next self-test after that shall create a descriptor entry that replaces descriptor entry 2, etc. All unused self-test descriptors shall be filled with zeros.
Self-test log data structure revision number

The value of this revision number shall be 01h.
Self-test descriptor index

This indicates the most recent self-test descriptor. If there have been no self-tests, this is set to zero. Valid values for the Self-test descriptor index are 0 to 18.
Extended Self-test log descriptor entry

The content of the self-test descriptor entry is shown below.
Description Self-test number Self-test execution status Power-on life timestamp in hours Self-test failure check point Failing LBA (7:0) Failing LBA (15:8) Failing LBA (23:16) Failing LBA (31:24) Failing LBA (39:32) Failing LBA (47:40) Vendor specific
Table 158 Extended Self-test log descriptor entry

Bytes 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
15 26

Offset 00h 01h 02h 04h 05h 06h 07h 08h 09h 0Ah 0Bh

197 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Power Conditions log

Defines the Power Conditions log. If the Extended Power Conditions feature set is not supported, then the Power Conditions log not is supported. Each Power is composed of the following formats.

Idle power conditions (log page 00h)

Offset Type

0-63

Byte

64-127 Byte

128-191 Byte

192-511 Byte

Description Idle_a power conditions descriptor. Power condition supported is set to one to indicate that the idle_a power condition is supported. Idle_b power conditions descriptor. Power condition supported is set to one to indicate that the idle_b power condition is supported.
Idle_c power conditions descriptor. Power condition supported is set to one to indicate that the idle_c power condition is supported. Reserved

Table 159 Idle power conditions (log page 00h)

Standby power conditions (log page 01h)

Offset Type 0-383 Byte 384-447 Byte
448-511 Byte

Description Reserved Standby_y power conditions descriptor. Power condition supported is set to one to indicate that the standby_y power condition is supported.
Standby_z power conditions descriptor. Power condition supported is set to one to indicate that the standby_z power condition is supported.

Table 160 Standby power conditions (log page 01h)

198 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Power Conditions log descriptor

Offset 0 1

Type Byte Byte

Description

Reserved

Power Condition Flags

Bit Description

7

Power Condition Supported

The Power Condition Supported bit is valid if the EPC feature set is supported,

regardless of whether EPC is enabled or disabled. If the Power Condition Supported

bit is set to one, then the power condition is supported. If the Power Condition

Supported bit is cleared to zero, then the power condition is not supported.

6

Timer Savable

The Timer Savable bit is valid if the Power Condition Supported bit is set to one,

regardless of whether EPC is enabled or disabled. If the Timer Savable bit is set to

one, then the power condition is savable if EPC is enabled. If the Timer Savable bit

is cleared to zero, then the power condition is not savable.

5

Timer Changeable

The Timer Changeable bit is valid if the Power Condition Supported bit is set to one,

regardless of whether EPC is enabled or disabled. If the Timer Changeable bit is set

to one, then the power condition is changeable if EPC is enabled. If the Timer

Changeable bit is cleared to zero, then the power condition is not changeable.

4

Default Timer Enabled

The Default Timer Enabled bit is valid if the Power Condition Supported bit is set to

one, regardless of whether EPC is enabled or disabled.

3

Saved Timer Enabled

The Saved Timer Enabled bit is valid if the Power Condition Supported bit is set to

one, regardless of whether EPC is enabled or disabled.

2

Current Timer Enabled

If EPC is disabled, then the Current Timer Enabled bit shall be cleared to zero. If

EPC is enabled and the Current Timer Setting field is non-zero and the Current

Timer Enabled bit is set to one, then the power condition timer is enabled. If EPC is

enabled and the Current Timer Enabled bit is cleared to zero, then the power

condition timer is disabled.

2-3 4-7
8-11

Byte DWord
DWord

1-0 Reserved Reserved Default Timer setting The Default Timer field is set at the time of manufacture. The Default Timer Setting field is valid if the Power Condition Supported bit is set to one, regardless of whether EPC is enabled or disabled. A value of FFFF_FFFFh indicates that the time is greater than or equal to 429_496_729_500 milliseconds. Measurement Units: 100 milliseconds. Saved Timer setting The Saved Timer Setting field is a value that has been saved by a SET FEATURES Set Power Condition Timer subcommand. The Saved Timer Setting field is valid if the Power Condition Supported bit is set to one, regardless of whether EPC is enabled or disabled. A value of zero indicates that this power condition is disabled if the EPC feature set is enabled. A value of FFFF_FFFFh indicates that the time is greater than or equal to 429_496_729_500 milliseconds. Measurement Units: 100 milliseconds.

Table 161 Power condition log description

199 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Offset Type 12-15 DWord
16-19 DWord 20-23 DWord 24-27 DWord 28-63 DWord

Description Current Timer setting The Current Timer setting is the minimum time that the device shall wait after command completion before entering this power condition if the EPC feature set is enabled. The Current Timer Setting field shall be cleared to zero if:
a) EPC is disabled; b) the Power Condition Supported bit is cleared to zero; or c) the Current Timer Enabled field is cleared to zero. A value of FFFF_FFFFh indicates that the time is greater than or equal to 429_496_729_500 milliseconds. Measurement Units: 100 milliseconds
Nominal Recovery time from to PM0:Active power management state The Nominal Recovery time from power to PM0: Active is the nominal time required to transition from power to PM0: Active power management state. This time does not include processing time for the command that caused this transition to occur. A value of zero indicates that the nominal recovery time is not specified. A value of FFFF_FFFFh indicates that the recovery time is greater than or equal to 429 496 729 500 milliseconds. Measurement Units: 100 milliseconds. This value is preserved over all resets.
Minimum timer setting The Minimum timer setting is the minimum timer value allowed by the Set Power Condition Timer subcommand for the timer. A value of zero indicates that the minimum timer value is not specified. A value of FFFF_FFFFh indicates that the minimum timer value is greater than or equal to 429 496 729 500 milliseconds. Measurement Units: 100 milliseconds This value be preserved over all resets
Maximum timer setting The Maximum timer setting is the maximum timer value allowed by the Set Power Condition Timer subcommand for the timer. A value of zero indicates that the maximum timer value is not specified. A value of FFFF_FFFFh indicates that the maximum timer value is greater than or equal to 429 496 729 500 milliseconds. Measurement Units: 100 milliseconds This value be preserved over all resets
Reserved

Table 162 Power condition log description - Continued -

200 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Pending Defects log

The Pending Defects log contains an unsorted list of logical sectors for which the device has detected an uncorrectable media error. Table 163 defines the format of the Pending Defects log for page 0. Table 164 defines the format of all subsequent pages of the log. The size (i.e., number of pages) of the Pending Defects log is indicated in the General Purpose Directory log (see 11.23.1).

Description NUMBER OF LOG DESCRIPTORS field Reserved Pending Defects Log descriptor 0 Pending Defects Log descriptor 1 ... Pending Defects Log descriptor 30
Table 163 Pending Defects log (page 0)

Bytes 4
12 16 16

Offset 00h 04h 10h 20h

16

1F0h

512

Description Pending Defects Log descriptor 31 + ((log page number­1) * 32) Pending Defects Log descriptor 32 + ((log page number­1) * 32) ... Pending Defects Log descriptor 62 + ((log page number­1) * 32)
Table 164 Pending Defects log (page 1..n)

Bytes 16 16

Offset 00h 10h

16

1F0h

512

The NUMBER OF LOG DESCRIPTORS field indicates the number of Pending Defects descriptors in the Pending Defects log. Each Pending Defects descriptor indicates a logical sector that is associated with an uncorrectable media error. Unused Pending Defects descriptors shall be cleared to zero. Table 165 defines the format of each Pending Defects descriptor.

Description Reserved (Fixed to FFFF_FFFFh) Reserved LBA field

Bytes 4 4 8
16

Offset 00h 04h 08h

Table 165 Pending Defects descriptor format

The LBA field indicates the LBA that is associated with an uncorrectable media error.

201 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Queued Error Log

Table 166 defines the format of the Queued Error Log data structure.

Byte

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

0

NQ UNL R

TAG

1

Reserved

2

Status(7:0)

3

Error(7:0)

4

LBA(7:0)

5

LBA(15:8)

6

LBA(23:16)

7

Device(7:0)

8

LBA(31:24)

9

LBA(39:32)

10

LBA(47:40)

11

Reserved

12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 ­ 255 256 ­ 510 511

Count(7:0)
Count(15:8) Sense Key Additional Sense Code Additional Sense Code Qualifier Final LBA In Error(7:0) Final LBA In Error(15:8) Final LBA In Error(23:16) Final LBA In Error(31:24) Final LBA In Error(39:32) Final LBA In Error(47:40)
Reserved Vendor Unique Data Structure Checksum

Table 166 Queued Error Log data structure definition

The TAG field (Byte 0 Bits 4-0) contains the tag number corresponding to a queued command if the NQ bit is cleared. The NQ field (Byte 0 Bit 7) indicates whether the error condition was a result of a non-queued or not. If it is cleared the error information corresponds to a queued command specified by the tag number indicated in the TAG field. The bytes 1 to 13 correspond to the contents of Shadow Register Block when the error was reported. The Data Structure Checksum (Byte 511) contains the 2's complement of the sum of the first 511 bytes in the data structure. The sum of all 512 bytes of the data structure will be zero when the checksum is correct.

202 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Read Stream Error log

Table 167 defines the format of the Read Stream Error log. Entries are placed into the Read Stream Error log only when the SE bit is set to one in the Status Register. The 512 bytes returned shall contain a maximum of 31 error entries. The Read Stream Error Count shall contain the total number of Read Stream Errors detected since the last successful completion of the Read Log Ext command with LBA Low register set to 22h. This error count may be greater than 31, but only the most recent 31 errors are represented by entries in the log. If the Read Stream Error Count reaches the maximum value that can be represented after the next error is detected the Read Stream Error Count shall remain at the maximum value. After successful completion of a Read Log Ext command with the LBA Low Register set to 22h, the Read Stream Error Log shall be reset to a power-on or hardware reset condition, with the Error Log Index and Read Stream Error Count cleared to zero. The Read Stream Error Log is not preserved across power cycles and hardware reset.

Description Structure Version Error Log Index Read Stream Error Log Count Reserved Read Stream Error Log Entry #1 Read Stream Error Log Entry #2 ... Read Stream Error Log Entry #31

Bytes 1 1 2
12 16 16

Offset 00h 01h 02h 04h 10h 20h

16

1F0h

512

Table 167 Read Stream Error Log

The Data Structure Version field shall contain a value of 02h indicating the second revision of the structure format.

The Read Stream Error Log Count field shall contain the number of uncorrected sector entries currently reportable to the host. This value may exceed 31.

The Error Log Index indicates the error log data structure representing the most recent error. Only values (31:1) are valid.

Table 167 defines the format of each entry in the Read Stream Error Log.

Description Feature Register Contents Value (current) Feature Register Contents Value (previous) Status Register Contents Value Error Register Contents Value LBA (7:0) LBA (15:8) LBA (23:16) LBA (31:24) LBA (39:32) LBA (47:40) Reserved Sector Count (LSB) Sector Count (MSB) Reserved Table 168 Stream Error Log entry

Bytes 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2

Offset 00h 01h 02h 03h 04h 05h 06h 07h 08h 09h
0A-0Bh 0Ch 0Dh
0E-0Fh

Byte (1:0) contains the contents of the Feature Register when the error occurred. This Value shall be set to 0FFFFh for s deferred write error.

Byte 2 contains the contents of the Status Register when the error occurred.

203 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Byte 3 contains the contents of the Error Register when the error occurred.
Byte (9:4) indicates the starting LBA of the error.
Byte (13:12) indicate the length of the error. Therefore, each entry may describe a range of sectors at the given address and spanning the specified number of sectors.

Write Stream Error log

Table 169 defines the format of the Write Stream Error log. Entries are placed into the Write Stream Error log only when the SE bit is set to one in the Status Register. The 512 bytes returned shall contain a maximum of 31 error entries. The Write Stream Error Count shall contain the total number of Write Stream Errors detected since the last successful completion of the Read Log Ext command with LBA Low register set to 21h. This error count may be greater than 31, but only the most 31 errors are represented by entries in the log. If the Write Stream Error Count reaches the maximum value that can be represented after the next error is detected the Write Stream Error Count shall remain at the maximum value. After successful completion of a Read Log Ext command with the LBA Low Register set to 21h, the Write Stream Error Log shall be reset to a power-on or hardware reset condition, with the Error Log Index and Write Stream Error Count cleared to zero. The Write Stream Error Log is not reserved across power cycles and hardware reset.

Description Structure Version Error Log Index Write Stream Error Log Count Reserved Write Stream Error Log Entry #1 Write Stream Error Log Entry #2 ... Write Stream Error Log Entry #31

Bytes 1 1 2
12 16 16
16 512

Offset 00h 01h 02h 04h 10h 20h
1F0h

Table 169 Write Stream Error Log

The Data Structure Version field shall contain a value of 02h indicating the second revision of the structure format.
The Write Stream Error Log Count field shall contain the number of Write Stream command entries since the last power on, since this log was last read, or since hardware reset was executed.
The Error Log Index indicates the error log data structure representing the most recent error. Only values (31:0) are valid.
Table 167 defines the format of each entry in the Error Log.

204 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Identify Device Data log

IDENTIFY DEVICE data log reports device configuration information. This log is read-only. See table 99 for a list of defined pages. Each page consists of a header field that is followed by defined statistics fields. If the Revision Number field in the page header is 0000h, then that page is not supported. All page data following the last defined statistic for that page is reserved.

Description List of supported pages Copy of IDENTIFY DEVICE data Capacity Supported Capabilities Current Settings ATA Strings Security Reserved for Parallel ATA Serial ATA Reserved

Page 00h 01h 02h 03h 04h 05h 06h 07h 08h
09h..FFh

Table 170 Identify Device Data Log

List of Supported IDENTIFY DEVICE data log pages (Page 00h)

IDENTIFY DEVICE data log page 00h contains a list of the supported pages. Entries are in order of ascending page number (e.g., 00h, 01h, 07h).

Offset 0..7
8 9 10 n+8 n+9..511

Type QWord
Byte Byte Byte Byte

Content

IDENTIFY DEVICE data log Information Header. This log page lists the numbers

of the supported log pages

Bit

Meaning

63:24 Reserved

23:16 Page Number. Set to 00h.

15:0 Revision number. Set to 0001h

Number of entries (n) in the following list

Set to zero to indicate that page 00h is supported

Set to one to indicate that page 01h is supported

...

Page number of nth supported IDENTIFY DEVICE data log page

Reserved

Table 171 List of supported IDENTIFY DEVICE data pages

Copy of IDENTIFY DEVICE data (page 01h)
This page is a copy of IDENTIFY DEVICE data words 0..255.

205 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Capacity (page 02h)

The Capacity log page provides information about the capacity of the device.

Offset 0..7 8..15 16..23
24..31 32..39 40..511

Type QWord QWord QWord
QWord QWord

Content

Capacity page information header

Bit

Meaning

63

Set to one.

62:24 Reserved

23:16 Page Number. Shall be set to 02h.

15:0 Revision number. Shall be set to 0001h

Device Capacity

Bit

Meaning

63

Set to one.

62:48 Reserved

47:0 ACCESSIBLE CAPACITY field

Physical/Logical Sector Size

Bit

Meaning

63

Contents of the QWord are valid

62

LOGICAL TO PHYSICAL SECTOR RELATIONSHIP SUPPORTED bit

61

LOGICAL SECTOR SIZE SUPPORTED bit

60:22 Reserved

21:20 ALIGNMENT ERROR REPORTING field

19:16 LOGICAL TO PHYSICAL SECTOR RELATIONSHIP field

15:0 LOGICAL SECTOR OFFSET field

Logical Sector Size

Bit

Meaning

63

Contents of the QWord are valid

62..32 Reserved

31..0 LOGICAL SECTOR SIZE field

Nominal Buffer Size

Bit

Meaning

63

Contents of the QWord are valid

62:0 BUFFER SIZE field

Reserved

Table 172 Capacity log page

206 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Supported Capabilities (page 03h)

The Supported Capabilities log page provides a mechanism for the device to report support for feature sets, features, commands and other device capabilities.

Offset Type

0..7

QWord

8..15 QWord

Content

Supported Capabilities page information header.

Bit

Meaning

63

Set to one

62:24 Reserved

23:16 Page Number. Set to 03h

15:0 Revision number. Set to 0001h

Supported Capabilities

Bit

Meaning

63

Set to one

62:46 Reserved

45

REQUEST SENSE DEVICE FAULT SUPPORTED bit

44

DSN SUPPORTED bit

43

LOW POWER STANDBY SUPPORTED bit

42

SET EPC POWER SOURCE SUPPORTED bit

41

AMAX ADDR SUPPORTED bit

40

Reserved for CFA

39

DRAT SUPPORTED bit

38

LPS MISALIGNMENT REPORTING SUPPORTED bit

37

Reserved

36

READ BUFFER DMA SUPPORTED bit

35

WRITE BUFFER DMA SUPPORTED bit

34

Reserved

33

DOWNLOAD MICROCODE DMA SUPPORTED bit

32

28-BIT SUPPORTED bit

31

RZAT SUPPORTED bit

30

Reserved

29

NOP SUPPORTED bit

28

READ BUFFER SUPPORTED bit

27

WRITE BUFFER SUPPORTED bit

26

Reserved

25

READ LOOK-AHEAD SUPPORTED bit

24

VOLATILE WRITE CACHE SUPPORTED bit

23

SMART bit

22

FLUSH CACHE EXT SUPPORTED bit

21

Reserved

20

48-BIT SUPPORTED bit

19

Reserved

18

SPIN-UP SUPPORTED bit

17

PUIS SUPPORTED bit

16

APM SUPPORTED bit

15

CFA SUPPORTED bit

14

DOWNLOAD MICROCODE SUPPORTED bit

13

UNLOAD SUPPORTED bit

12

The WRITE DMA FUA EXT and WRITE MULTIPLE FUA EXT commands are

Supported

Table 173 Supported Capabilities log page

207 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Offset 8..15
16..23
24..31 32..39 40..47 48..55 56..71

Type QWord
QWord
QWord QWord QWord QWord DQWord

Content

Supported Capabilities

11

GPL SUPPORTED bit

10

STREAMING SUPPORTED bit

9

Reserved

8

SMART SELF-TEST SUPPORTED bit

7

SMART ERROR LOGGING SUPPORTED bit

6

EPC SUPPORTED bit

5

SENSE DATA SUPPORTED bit

4

FREE-FALL SUPPORTED bit

3

DM MODE 3 SUPPORTED bit

2

GPL DMA SUPPORTED bit

1

WRITE UNCORRECTABLE SUPPORTED bit

0

WRV SUPPORTED bit

DOWNLOAD MICROCODE Capabilities

Bit

Meaning

63

Contents of the QWord are valid

62:35 Reserved

34

DM OFFSETS DEFERRED SUPPORTED bit

33

DM IMMEDIATE SUPPORTED bit

32

DM OFFSETS IMMEDIATE SUPPORTED bit

31:16 DM MAXIMUM TRANSFER SIZE field

15:0

DM MINIMUM TRANSFER SIZE field

Nominal Media Rotation Rate

Bit

Meaning

63

Set to one

62:16 Reserved

15:0

NOMINAL MEDIA ROTATION RATE field

Nominal Form Factor [was word 168]

Bit

Meaning

63

Contents of the QWord are valid

62:4

Reserved

3:0

Nominal Form Factor

Write-Read-Verify Sector Count Mode 3

Bit

Meaning

63

Contents of the QWord are valid

62:32 Reserved

31:0

WRV MODE 3 COUNT field

Write-Read-Verify Sector Count Mode 2

Bit

Meaning

63

Contents of the QWord are valid

62:32 Reserved

31:0

WRV MODE 2 COUNT field

World wide name [was word 108]

Bit

Meaning

127

Set to one

126:64 Reserved

63:0

World wide name

Table 174 Supported Capabilities log page - Continued -

208 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Offset 72..79
80..511

Type QWord

Content

DATA SET MANAGEMENT

Bit

Meaning

63

Set to one

62:1

Reserved

0

TRIM SUPPORTED bit

Reserved

Table 175 Supported Capabilities log page - Continued -

209 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Current Settings (page 04h)

The Current Settings log page provides a mechanism for the device to report the current settings for feature sets, features, and other device capabilities.

Offset 0..7 8..15
16..23 24..31 32..39

Type QWord QWord
QWord QWord QWord

Content

Supported Capabilities page information header.

Bit

Meaning

63

Set to one

62:24 Reserved

23:16 Page Number. Set to 04h.

15:0 Revision number. Set to 0001h

Current Settings

Bit

Meaning

63

Set to one

62:17 Reserved

16

DSN ENABLED bit

15

EPC ENABLED bit

14

8-BIT PIO ENABLED bit

13

VOLATILE WRITE CACHE ENABLED bit

12

Reserved for CFA

11

REVERTING TO DEFAULTS ENABLED bit

10

SENSE DATA ENABLED bit

9

Reserved

8

NON-VOLATILE WRITE CACHE bit

7

READ LOOK-AHEAD ENABLED bit

6

SMART ENABLED bit

5

Reserved

4

Reserved

3

PUIS ENABLED bit

2

APM ENABLED bit

1

FREE-FALL ENABLED bit

0

WRV ENABLED bit

Feature Settings

Bit

Meaning

63

Contents of the QWord are valid

62:16 Reserved

17:16 POWER SOURCE field

15:8 APM LEVEL field

7:0

WRV MODE field

DMA Host Interface Sector Times

Bit

Meaning

63

Contents of the QWord are valid

62:16 Reserved

15:0 DMA SECTOR TIME field

PIO Host Interface Sector Times

Bit

Meaning

63

Contents of the QWord are valid

62:16 Reserved

15:0 PIO SECTOR TIME field

Table 176 Current Settings log page

210 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Offset 40..47 48..55 56..63 64..71 72..79
80..511

Type QWord QWord QWord QWord QWord

Content

Streaming minimum request size

Bit

Meaning

63

Contents of the QWord are valid

62:16 Reserved

15:0 STREAM MIN REQUEST SIZE field

Streaming access latency

Bit

Meaning

63

Contents of the QWord are valid

62:16 Reserved

15:0 STREAM ACCESS LATENCY field

Streaming Performance Granularity

Bit

Meaning

63

Contents of the QWord are valid

62:32 Reserved

31:0 STREAM GRANULARITY field

Free-fall Control Sensitivity

Bit

Meaning

63

Contents of the QWord are valid

62:16 Reserved

7:0

FREE-FALL SENSITIVITY field

Device Maintenance Schedule

Bit

Meaning

63

Contents of the QWord are valid

62:48 Reserved

47:32 Time scheduled for device maintenance

31:16 Time to performance degradation

15:0 Minimum inactive time

Reserved

Table 177 Current Settings log page - Continued -

Strings (page 05h)

The Strings log page provides a mechanism for the device to report ATA String based information.

Offset 0..7

Type QWord

8..27 28..31 32..39 40..47 48..87 88..95 96..103 104..511

ATA String ATA String ATA String ATA String

Content

Strings page information header.

Bit

Meaning

63

Set to one

62:24 Reserved

23:16 Page Number. Set to 05h

15:0 Revision number. Set to 0001h

Serial number

Reserved

Firmware revision

Reserved

Model number

Reserved

Additional Product Identifier

Reserved

Table 178 Strings log page

211 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Security (page 06h)

The Security log page provides a mechanism for the device to report Security based information.

Offset 0..7 8..15 16..23
24..31 32..39 40..47 48..55
56..511

Type QWord QWord QWord
QWord QWord QWord QWord

Content

Security page information header.

Bit

Meaning

63

Set to one

62:24 Reserved

23:16 Page Number. Set to 06h.

15:0 Revision number. Set to 0001h

Master Password Identifier [was word 92]

Bit

Meaning

63

Contents of the QWord are valid.

62:16 Reserved

15:0 Master Password Identifier

Security Status

Bit

Meaning

63

Contents of the QWord are valid

62:7 Reserved

6

SECURITY SUPPORTED bit

5

MASTER PASSWORD CAPABILITY bit

4

ENHANCED SECURITY ERASE SUPPORTED bit

3

SECURITY COUNT EXPIRED bit

2

SECURITY FROZEN bit

1

SECURITY LOCKED bit

0

SECURITY ENABLED bit

Time required for an Enhanced Erase mode SECURITY ERASE UNIT command

[was word 90]

Bit

Meaning

63

Contents of the QWord are valid

62:15 Reserved

14:0 ENHANCED SECURITY ERASE TIME field

Time required for a Normal Erase mode SECURITY ERASE UNIT command

[was word 89]

Bit

Meaning

63

Contents of the QWord are valid

62:15 Reserved

14:0 NORMAL SECURITY ERASE TIME field

Trusted Computing feature set

Bit

Meaning

63

Contents of the QWord are valid

62:1 Reserved

0

TRUSTED COMPUTING SUPPORTED bit

Security Capabilities

Bit

Meaning

63

Contents of the QWord are valid

62:5 Reserved

4

BLOCK ERASE SUPPORTED bit

3

OVERWRITE SUPPORTED bit

2

CRYPTO SCRAMBLE SUPPORTED bit

1

SANITIZE SUPPORTED bit

0

ENCRYPT ALL SUPPORTED bit

Reserved

Table 179 Security log page

212 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Parallel ATA (page 07h)
The Parallel ATA log page provides information about the Parallel ATA Transport. This page is not supported.
213 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Serial ATA (page 08h)

The Serial ATA log page provides information about the Serial ATA Transport.

Offset Type

Content

0..7 8..15

QWord QWord

Serial ATA page information header.

Bit

Meaning

63

Set to one

62:24 Reserved

23:16 Page Number. Set to 08h.

15:0 Revision number. Set to 0001h

SATA Capabilities

Bit 63 62:29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
7 6:3 2 1 0

Meaning Set to one Reserved for Serial ATA DIPM SSP PRESERVATION SUPPORTED Reserved DEVSLEEP_TO_REDUCEDPWRSTATE CAPABILITY SUPPORTED DEVICE SLEEP SUPPORTED NCQ AUTOSENSE SUPPORTED bit SOFTWARE SETTINGS PRESERVATION SUPPORTED bit HARDWARE FEATURE CONTROL SUPPORTED bit IN-ORDER DATA DELIVERY SUPPORTED bit DEVICE INITIATED POWER MANAGEMENT SUPPORTED bit DMA SETUP AUTO-ACTIVATION SUPPORTED bit NON-ZERO BUFFER OFFSETS SUPPORTED bit SEND AND RECEIVE QUEUED COMMANDS SUPPORTED bit NCQ NON-DATA COMMAND SUPPORTED bit NCQ STREAMING SUPPORTED bit READ LOG DMA EXT AS EQUIVALENT TO READ LOG EXT SUPPORTED bit DEVICE AUTOMATIC PARTIAL TO SLUMBER TRANSITIONS SUPPORTED bit HOST AUTOMATIC PARTIAL TO SLUMBER TRANSITIONS SUPPORTED bit NCQ PRIORITY INFORMATION SUPPORTED bit UNLOAD WHILE NCQ COMMANDS ARE OUTSTANDING SUPPORTED bit SATA PHY EVENT COUNTERS LOG SUPPORTED bit RECEIPT OF HOST INITIATED POWER MANAGEMENT REQUESTS SUPPORTED bit NCQ FEATURE SET SUPPORTED bit Reserved SATA GEN3 SIGNALING SPEED SUPPORTED bit SATA GEN2 SIGNALING SPEED SUPPORTED bit SATA GEN1 SIGNALING SPEED SUPPORTED bit

Table 180 Serial ATA log page

214 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Offset 16..23
24..39 40..41 42..43 44..47 48..55
56..63

Type QWord
Word Word QWord
QWord

Content

Current SATA Settings

Bit

Meaning

63

Set to one

62:11 Reserved

10

DEVICE SLEEP ENABLED bit

9

AUTOMATIC PARTIAL TO SLUMBER TRANSITIONS ENABLED bit

8

SOFTWARE SETTINGS PRESERVATION ENABLED bit

7

HARDWARE FEATURE CONTROL IS ENABLED bit

6

IN-ORDER DATA DELIVERY ENABLED bit

5

DEVICE INITIATED POWER MANAGEMENT ENABLED bit)

4

DMA SETUP AUTO-ACTIVATION ENABLED bit

3

NON-ZERO BUFFER OFFSETS ENABLED bit

2:0

CURRENT SERIAL ATA SIGNAL SPEED field

Reserved

CURRENT HARDWARE FEATURE CONTROL IDENTIFIER field

SUPPORTED HARDWARE FEATURE CONTROL IDENTIFIER field

Reserved

DEVSLP TIMING VARIABLES

Bit

Meaning

63

DEVSLP SUPPORTED

62:16 Reserved

15:8 DEVSLEEP EXIT TIMEOUT (DETO)

7:5

Reserved

4:0

MINIMUM DEVSLP ASSERTION TIME (MDAT)

TRANSITIONAL ENERGY REPORTING

Bit

Meaning

63

TER SUPPORTED

62:55 Reserved

54:53 IN-STATE DEVSLEEP POWER UNIT

52:48 TYPICAL IN-STATE DEVSLEEP POWER

47:46 OFF TO GOOD STS LATENCY TIME UNIT

45:40 OFF TO GOOD STS LATENCY

39:38 BETWEEN POWER CYCLES TIME UNIT

37:24 RECOMMENDED TIME BETWEEN POWER CYCLES

23:22 OFF TO GOOD STS TIME UNIT

21:16 OFF TO GOOD STS RECOUP COST

15:14 DEVSLEEP TO PHYRDY TIME UNIT

13:8 DEVSLEEP TO PHYRDY RECOUP COST

7:6

SLUMBER TO DEVSLEEP TIME UNIT

5:0

SLUMBER TO DEVSLEEP RECOUP COST

Table 181 Serial ATA log page - Continued -

215 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Offset 64..71
72..511

Type QWord

Content

TRANSITIONAL ENERGY REPORTING EXTENDED

Bit

Meaning

63

TERE SUPPORTED

62:47 Reserved

46:45 IN-STATE SLUMBER POWER UNITS

44:40 TYPICAL IN-STATE SLUMBER POWER

39:38 PM2 TO PM0 LATENCY TIME UNIT

37:32 PM2 TO PM0 LATENCY

31:30 OFF TO GOOD STS RELATIVE TO DEVSLEEP/PM2 TIME UNIT

29:24 OFF TO GOOD STS RELATIVE TO DEVSLEEP/PM2 RECOUP COST

23:22 DEVSLEEP/PM2 TO OFF TIME UNIT

21:16 DEVSLEEP/PM2 TO OFF RECOUP COST

15:14 PM2 TO PM0 TIME UNIT

13:8 PM2 TO PM0 RECOUP COST

7:6

PM0 TO PM2 TIME UNIT

5:0

PM0 TO PM2 RECOUP COST

Reserved

Table 182 Serial ATA log page - Continued -

216 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Read Log DMA Ext(47h)

Command Block Output Registers

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Register

7654321 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - - Data Low

------- -

Data High

- - - - - - - - Data High

------- -

Feature

Current - - - - - - - RError
Previous - - - - - - - -

...See Below...

Sector Count

Current V V V V V V V V

HOB=0 - - - - - - - -

Sector Count

Previous V V V V V V V V

HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

LBA Low

Current V V V V V V V V LBA Low
Previous - - - - - - - -

HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

LBA Mid

Current V V V V V V V V LBA Mid
Previous V V V V V V V V

HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

LBA High

Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - -

LBA High

HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

Device Command

- - - - - - - - Device 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 Status

------- ...See Below...

7

6

CRC UNC

V

V

Error Register 5 4 3 2 0 IDN 0 ABT 0 V 0 V

1

0

T0N AMN

0

0

Table 183 Read Log DMA Ext Command (47h)

Status Register

7

6 5 4

3

2

1

0

BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0

V 0 V

-

0

0

V

The content of this command is the same as Read Log Ext. See 11.23 Read Log Ext (2Fh)

217 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Read Multiple (C4h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Feature

- - - - - - - -

Sector Count

V V V V V V V V

Sector Number V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High

V V V V V V V V

Device/Head

1 L 1DHHHH

Command

1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count V V V V V V V V

Sector Number V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High V V V V V V V V

Device/Head - - - - H H H H

Status

...See Below...

7 6 CRC UNC

Error Register 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

0 V0V0V0 0

Status Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR 0V0V - 0 - V

Table 184 Read Multiple Commands (C4h)

The Read Multiple command reads one or more sectors of data from disk media, and then transfers the data from the device to the host.
The sectors are transferred through the Data Register 16 bits at a time. Command execution is identical to the Read Sector(s) command except that an interrupt is generated for each block (as defined by the Set Multiple command) instead of for each sector.

218 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Read Multiple Ext (29h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Feature Sector Count Sector Number Cylinder Low Cylinder High Device/Head

Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V
-1 -D- - - -

Command

0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count

HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V Sector Number
HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

Device/Head

- - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

7

6

CRC UNC

Error Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

Status Register

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0

V

0

V

0

V

0

0

0

V

0

V

-

0

-

V

Table 185 Read Multiple Ext Command (29h)

The Read Multiple Ext command reads one or more sectors of data from disk media, and then transfers the data from the device to the host.
The sectors are transferred through the Data Register 16 bits at a time. Command execution is identical to the Read Sector(s) command except that an interrupt is generated for each block (as defined by the Set Multiple command) instead of for each sector.

219 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Output Parameters To The Device

Sector Count Current

The number of continuous sectors to be transferred low order, bits (7:0).

Sector Count Previous

The number of continuous sectors to be transferred high order, bits (15:8). If 0000h is specified in the Sector Count register, then 65,536 sectors will be transferred.

Sector Number Current LBA (7:0).

Sector Number Previous LBA (31:24).

Cylinder Low Current

LBA (15:8).

Cylinder Low Previous LBA (39:32).

Cylinder High Current

LBA (23:16).

Cylinder High Previous LBA (47:40).

Input Parameters From The Device

Sector Number (HOB=0) LBA (7:0) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Sector Number (HOB=1) LBA (31:24) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder Low (HOB=0)

LBA (15:8) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder Low (HOB=1)

LBA (39:32) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder High (HOB=0) LBA (23:16) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder High (HOB=1) LBA (47:40) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

220 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Read Native Max Address (F8h)

Block Output Registers Command

Register

765 4 3210

Data

--- - ----

Feature

--- - ----

Sector Count

--- - ----

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

--- - ----

Cylinder High

--- - ----

Device/Head

1L1D - - - -

Command

111 1 1000

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count - - - - - - - -

Sector Number V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High V V V V V V V V

Device/Head - - - - H H H H

Status

...See Below...

Error Register

Status Register

7 6543210

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

CRC UNC 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0 0000V00

0V0 - - 0 - V

Table 186 Read Native Max ADDRESS (F8h)

This command returns the native max LBA/CYL of HDD which is not affected by Set Max Address command.
The 48-bit native max address is greater than 268,435,455; the Read Native Max Address command shall return a value of 268,435,455.

Input Parameters From The Device

Sector Number

In LBA mode, this register contains native max LBA bits 0-7. (L=1) In CHS mode, this register contains native max sector number. (L=0)

Cylinder High/Low In LBA mode, this register contains native max LBA bits 8-15 (Low), 16-23 (High). (L=1) In CHS mode, this register contains native max cylinder number. (L=0)

H

In LBA mode, this register contains native max LBA bits 24-27. (L=1)

In CHS mode, this register contains native max head number.(L=0)

221 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Read Native Max Address Ext (27h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Feature

Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - -

Sector Count

Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - -

Sector Number

Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High

Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - -

Device/Head

111D - - - -

Command

0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count

HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V Sector Number
HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

Device/Head

- - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

7 CRC
0

6 UNC
0

Error Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

0

0

0

V

0

0

Table 187 Read Native Max Address Ext (27h)

7 BSY
0

6 RDY
V

Status Register

5

4

3

2

1

DF DSC DRQ COR IDX

0

-

-

0

-

0 ERR
V

This command returns the native max LBA of HDD which is not affected by Set Max Address Ext command.
Input Parameters From The Device Sector Number (HOB=0) LBA (7:0) of the address of the Native max address. Sector Number (HOB=1) LBA (31:24) of the address of the Native max address. Cylinder Low (HOB=0) LBA (15:8) of the address of the Native max address. Cylinder Low (HOB=1) LBA (39:32) of the address of the Native max address. Cylinder High (HOB=0) LBA (23:16) of the address of the Native max address. Cylinder High (HOB=1) LBA (47:40) of the address of the Native max address.

222 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Read Sector(s) (20h/21h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Feature

- - - - - - - -

Sector Count

V V V V V V V V

Sector Number

V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High

V V V V V V V V

Device/Head

1 L 1DHHHH

Command

001 0 0 0 0R

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count V V V V V V V V

Sector Number V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High V V V V V V V V

Device/Head

- - - - HHHH

Status

...See Below...

7 6 CRC UNC
0 V

Error Register 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN 0 V 0 V 0 0

Table 188 Read Sector(s) Command (20h/21h)

Status Register

76543 2 1 0

BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0V0V -

0

-

V

The Read Sector(s) command reads one or more sectors of data from disk media, and then transfers the data from the device to the host.

The sectors are transferred through the Data Register 16 bits at a time.

If an uncorrectable error occurs, the read will be terminated at the failing sector.

Output Parameters To The Device

Sector Count

The number of continuous sectors to be transferred. If zero is specified, then 256 sectors will be transferred.

Sector Number

The sector number of the first sector to be transferred. (L=0) In LBA mode, this register contains LBA bits 0 ­ 7. (L=1)

Cylinder High/Low

The cylinder number of the first sector to be transferred. (L=0) In LBA mode, this register contains LBA bits 8 ­ 15 (Low), 16 ­ 23 (High). (L=1)

H

The head number of the first sector to be transferred. (L=0)

In LBA mode, this register contains LBA bits 24 ­ 27. (L=1)

R

The retry bit, but this bit is ignored.

Input Parameters From The Device

Sector Count

The number of requested sectors not transferred. This will be zero, unless an unrecoverable error occurs.

Sector Number

The sector number of the last transferred sector. (L=0) In LBA mode, this register contains current LBA bits 0 ­ 7. (L=1)

Cylinder High/Low

The cylinder number of the last transferred sector. (L=0) In LBA mode, this register contains current LBA bits 8 ­ 15 (Low), 16 ­ 23 (High). (L=1)

H

The head number of the last transferred sector. (L=0)

In LBA mode, this register contains current LBA bits 24 ­ 27. (L=1)

223 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Read Sector(s) Ext (24h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Feature

Current Previous

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Sector Count

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Sector Number

Current Previous

V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Device/Head

111D - - - -

Command

0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

HOB=0 - - - - - - - Sector Count
HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

Sector Number

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V Cylinder Low
HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

Device/Head

- - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

7 CRC
0

6 UNC
V

Error Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

0

V

0

V

0

0

Table 189 Read Sector(s) Ext Command (24h)

7 BSY
0

6 RDY
V

Status Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0

V

-

0

-

V

The Read Sector(s) Ext command reads from 1 to 65,536 sectors of data from disk media, and then transfers the data from the device to the host.

The sectors are transferred through the Data Register 16 bits at a time.

If an uncorrectable error occurs, the read will be terminated at the failing sector.

Output Parameters To The Device

Sector Count Current

The number of continuous sectors to be transferred low order, bits (7:0)

Sector Count Previous

The number of continuous sectors to be transferred high order, bits (15:8). If zero is specified in the Sector Count register, then 65,536 sectors will be transferred.

Sector Number Current LBA (7:0).

Sector Number Previous LBA (31:24).

Cylinder Low Current

LBA (15:8).

Cylinder Low Previous

LBA (39:32).

Cylinder High Current

LBA (23:16).

Cylinder High Previous LBA (47:40).

Input Parameters From The Device

Sector Number (HOB=0) Sector Number (HOB=1) Cylinder Low (HOB=0) Cylinder Low (HOB=1) Cylinder High (HOB=0) Cylinder High (HOB=1)

LBA (7:0) of the address of the first unrecoverable error. LBA (31:24) of the address of the first unrecoverable error. LBA (15:8) of the address of the first unrecoverable error. LBA (39:32) of the address of the first unrecoverable error. LBA (23:16) of the address of the first unrecoverable error. LBA (47:40) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

224 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Read Stream DMA Ext(2Ah)

Command Block Output Registers

Register Data Low

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Feature

Current V V V V - V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Sector Count

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Sector Number

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High
Device/Head Command

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V
111D - - - 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count

HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V Sector Number
HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High
Device/Head Status

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V HOB=1 V V V V V V V V
- - - - - - - ...See Below...

7

6

CRC UNC

Error Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

0 IDN 0 ABT T0N CCTO

V

V

0

V

0

V

0

V

Table 190 Read Stream DMA Ext Command (2Ah)

7

6

BSY RDY

0

V

Status Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

SE DWE DRQ COR IDX ERR

V

0

-

0

-

V

The Read Stream DMA Ext command reads one to 65536 sectors as specified in the Sector Count register. A value of 0000h in the Sector Count register requests 65536 sectors.
The RC bit indicates that the drive operate in a continuous read mode for the Read Stream command. When RC is cleared to zero the drive shall operate in normal Streaming read mode.
When the Read Continuous mode is enabled, the device shall transfer data of the requested length without setting the ERR bit to one. The SE bit shall be set to one if the data transferred includes errors. The data may be erroneous in this case.
If the Read Continuous bit is set to one, the device shall not stop execution of the command due to errors. If the RC bit is set to one and errors occur in reading or transfer of the data, the device shall continue to transfer the amount of data requested and then provide ending status with the BSY bit cleared to zero, the SE bit set to one, the ERR bit cleared to zero, and the type of error, ICRC,UNC,IDNF or ABRT, reported in the error log. If the RC bit is set to one and the Command Completion Time Limit expires, the device shall stop execution of the command and provide ending status with BSY bit cleared to zero, the SE bit set to one, the ERR bit cleared to zero, and report the fact that the Command Completion Time Limit expired by setting the CCTO bit in the error log to one, In all cases, the device shall attempt to transfer the amount of data requested within the Command Completion Time Limit event if some data transferred is in error.

225 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Output Parameters To The Device Feature Current

URG (bit7) RC (bit6)
NS (bit5)

URG specifies an urgent transfer request. The Urgent bit specifies that the command should be completed in the minimum possible time by the device and shall be completed within the specified Command Completion Time Limit.
RC specifies Read Continuous mode enabled. If the Read Continuous bit is set to one, the device shall not stop execution of the command due to errors.
If the RC bit is set to one and errors occur in reading or transfer of the data, the device shall continue to transfer the amount of data requested and then provide ending status with BSY bit cleared to zero, the SE bit set to one, the ERR bit cleared to zero, and the type of error, ICRC, UNC, IDNF or ABRT reported in the error log.
If the RC bit is set to one and the CCTL expires, the device shall stop execution of the command and provide ending status with the BSY bit cleared to zero, the SE bit set to one, the ERR bit cleared to zero, and report the fact that the CCTL expired by setting the CCTO bit in the error log to one.
In all cases, the device shall attempt to transfer the amount of data requested within the CCTL even if some data transferred is in error.
NS (Not Sequential) may be set to one if the next read stream command with the same Stream ID may not be sequential in LBA space.

HSE (bit4) Stream ID (bit 0..2)

HSE (Handle Stream Error) specifies that this command starts at the LBA of the last reported error for this stream, so the device may attempt to continue its corresponding error recovery sequence where it left off earlier.
Stream ID specifies the stream to be read. The device shall operate according to the Stream ID set by the Read Stream command.

Feature Previous CCTL (7:0)
Sector Count Current Sector Count Previous

The time allowed for the current command's completion is calculated as follows:
Command Completion Time Limit = (content of the Feature register Previous) * (Identify Device words (99:98)) microseconds
If the value is zero, the device shall use the Default CCTL supplied with a previous Configure Stream command for this Stream ID. If the Default CCTL is zero, or no previous Configure Stream command was defined for this Stream ID, the drive will ignore the CCTL. The time is measured from the write of the command register to the final INTRQ for command completion. The device has minimum CCTL value. When the specified value is shorter than the minimum value, CCTL is set to the minimum value. Actual minimum CCTL value is described in the "Deviations from Standard" section.
The number of continuous sectors to be transferred low order, bits (7:0)
The number of continuous sectors to be transferred high order, bits (15:8). If zero is specified in the Sector Count register, then 65,536 sectors will be transferred.

Sector Number Current Sector Number Previous Cylinder Low Current Cylinder Low Previous Cylinder High Current Cylinder High Previous

LBA (7:0). LBA (31:24). LBA (15:8). LBA (39:32). LBA (23:16). LBA (47:40).

226 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Input Parameters From The Device

Sector Number (HOB=0) LBA (7:0) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Sector Number (HOB=1) LBA (31:24) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder Low (HOB=0)

LBA (15:8) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder Low (HOB=1)

LBA (39:32) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder High (HOB=0)

LBA (23:16) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder High (HOB=1)

LBA (47:40) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

CCTO (Error, bit 0)

CCTO bit shall be set to one if a Command Completion Time Limit Out error has occurred.

SE (Status, bit 5)

SE (Stream Error) shall be set to one if an error has occurred during the execution of the command and the RC bit is set to one, In this case the LBA returned in the Sector Number registers shall be the address of the first sector in error, and the Sector Count registers shall contain the number of consecutive sectors that may contain errors. If the RC bit is set to one when the command is issued and ICRC, UNC, IDNF, ABRT, or CCTO error occurs, the SE bit shall be set to one, the ERR bit shall be cleared to zero, and the bits that would normally be set in the Error register shall be set in the error log.

227 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Read Stream Ext (2Bh)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Feature

Current V V V V - V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Sector Count

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Current V V V V V V V V Sector Number
Previous V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Device/Head

111D - - - -

Command

0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count

HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V Sector Number
HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

Device/Head

- - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

7

6

CRC UNC

V

V

Error Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

0 IDN 0 ABT T0N CCTO

0

V

0

V

0

V

Status Register

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

BSY RDY SE DWE DRQ COR IDX ERR

0

V

V

0

-

0

-

V

Table 191 Read Stream Ext Command (2Bh)

The Read Stream DMA Ext command reads one to 65536 sectors as specified in the Sector Count register. A value of 0000h in the Sector Count register requests 65536 sectors.
The RC bit indicates that the drive operate in a continuous read mode for the Read Stream command. When RC is cleared to zero the drive shall operate in normal Streaming read mode.
When the Read Continuous mode is enabled, the device shall transfer data of the requested length without setting the ERR bit. The SE bit shall be set to one if the data transferred includes errors. The data may be erroneous in this case.
If the Read Continuous bit is set to one, the device shall not stop execution of the command due to errors. If the RC bit is set to one and errors occur in reading or transfer of the data, the device shall continue to transfer the amount of data requested and then provide ending status with the BSY bit cleared to zero, the SE bit set to one, the ERR bit cleared to zero, and the type of error, ICRC,UNC,IDNF, or ABRT, reported in the error log. If the RC bit is set to one and the Command Completion Time Limit expires, the device shall stop execution of the command and provide ending status with BSY bit cleared to zero, the SE bit set to one, the ERR bit cleared to zero, and report the fact that the Command Completion Time Limit expired by setting the CCTO bit in the error log to one, In all cases, the device shall attempt to transfer the amount of data requested within the Command Completion Time Limit event if some data transferred is in error.

228 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Output Parameters To The Device Feature Current

URG (bit7) RC (bit6)
NS (bit5) HSE (bit4) Stream ID (bit 0..2) Feature Previous CCTL (7:0)
Sector Count Current Sector Count Previous

URG specifies an urgent transfer request. The Urgent bit specifies that the command should be completed in the minimum possible time by the device and shall be completed within the specified Command Completion Time Limit.
RC specifies Read Continuous mode enabled. If the Read Continuous bit is set to one, the device shall not stop execution of the command due to errors.
If the RC bit is set to one and errors occur in reading or transfer of the data, the device shall continue to transfer the amount of data requested and then provide ending status with BSY bit cleared to zero, the SE bit set to one, the ERR bit cleared to zero, and the type of error, UNC, IDNF or ABRT reported in the error log.
If the RC bit is set to one and the CCTL expires, the device shall stop execution of the command and provide ending status with the BSY bit cleared to zero, the SE bit set to one, the ERR bit cleared to zero, and report the fact that the CCTL expired by setting the CCTO bit in the error log to one.
In all cases, the device shall attempt to transfer the amount of data requested within the CCTL even if some data transferred is in error.
NS (Not Sequential) may be set to one if the next read stream command with the same Stream ID may not be sequential in LBA space.
HSE (Handle Stream Error) specifies that this command starts at the LBA of the last reported error for this stream, so the device may attempt to continue its corresponding error recovery sequence where it left off earlier.
Stream ID specifies the stream to be read. The device shall operate according to the Stream ID set by the Read Stream command.
The time allowed for the current command's completion is calculated as follows:
Command Completion Time Limit = (content of the Feature register Previous)* (Identify Device words (99:98)) microseconds
If the value is zero, the device shall use the Default CCTL supplied with a previous Configure Stream command for this Stream ID. If the Default CCTL is zero, or no previous Configure Stream command was defined for this Stream ID, the device will ignore the CCTL. The time is measured from the write of the command register to command completion. The device has minimum CCTL value. When the specified value is shorter than the minimum value, CCTL is set to the minimum value. Actual minimum CCTL value is described in the "Deviations from Standard" section.
The number of continuous sectors to be transferred low order, bits (7:0)
The number of continuous sectors to be transferred high order, bits (15:8). If zero is specified in the Sector Count register, then 65,536 sectors will be transferred.

Sector Number Current Sector Number Previous Cylinder Low Current Cylinder Low Previous Cylinder High Current Cylinder High Previous

LBA (7:0). LBA (31:24). LBA (15:8). LBA (39:32). LBA (23:16). LBA (47:40).

229 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Input Parameters From The Device

Sector Number (HOB=0) LBA (7:0) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Sector Number (HOB=1) LBA (31:24) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder Low (HOB=0) LBA (15:8) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder Low (HOB=1) LBA (39:32) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder High (HOB=0) LBA (23:16) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder High (HOB=1) LBA (47:40) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

CCTO (Error, bit 0)

CCTO bit shall be set to one if a Command Completion Time Limit Out error has occurred.

SE (Status, bit 5)

SE (Stream Error) shall be set to one if an error has occurred during the execution of the command and the RC bit is set to one. In this case the LBA returned in the Sector Number registers shall be the address of the first sector in error, and the Sector Count registers shall contain the number of consecutive sectors that may contain errors. If the RC bit is set to one when the command is issued and a UNC, IDNF, ABRT, or CCTO error occurs, the SE bit shall be set to one, the ERR bit shall be cleared to zero, and the bits that would normally be set in the Error register shall be set in the error log.

230 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Read Verify Sector(s) (40h/41h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Feature

- - - - - - - -

Sector Count

V V V V V V V V

Sector Number V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High

V V V V V V V V

Device/Head

1 L 1DHHHH

Command

001 0 0 0 0R

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count V V V V V V V V

Sector Number V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High V V V V V V V V

Device/Head - - - - H H H H

Status

...See Below...

7 6 CRC UNC
0 V

Error Register 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN 0 V 0 V 0 0

Status Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR 0V0V - 0 - V

Table 192 Read Verify Sector(s) Command (40h/41h)

The Read Verify Sector(s) verifies one or more sectors on the device. No data is transferred to the host.

The difference between Read Sector(s) command and Read Verify Sector(s) command is whether the data is transferred to the host or not.

If an uncorrectable error occurs, the read verify will be terminated at the failing sector.

Output Parameters To The Device

Sector Count

The number of continuous sectors to be verified. If zero is specified, then 256 sectors will be verified.

Sector Number

The sector number of the first sector to be transferred. (L=0) In LBA mode, this register contains LBA bits 0 ­ 7. (L=1)

Cylinder High/Low

The cylinder number of the first sector to be transferred. (L=0) In LBA mode, this register contains LBA bits 8 ­ 15 (Low), 16 ­ 23 (High). (L=1)

H

The head number of the first sector to be transferred. (L=0)

In LBA mode, this register contains LBA bits 24 ­ 27. (L=1)

R

The retry bit, but this bit is ignored.

Input Parameters From The Device

Sector Count

The number of requested sectors not verified. This will be zero, unless an unrecoverable error occurs.

Sector Number

The sector number of the last transferred sector. (L=0) In LBA mode, this register contains current LBA bits 0 ­ 7. (L=1)

Cylinder High/Low

The cylinder number of the last transferred sector. (L=0) In LBA mode, this register contains current LBA bits 8 ­ 15 (Low), 16 ­ 23 (High). (L=1)

H

The head number of the last transferred sector. (L=0)

In LBA mode, this register contains current LBA bits 24 ­ 27. (L=1)

231 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Read Verify Sector(s) Ext (42h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register Data Low Data High
Feature

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - -

Sector Count

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Current V V V V V V V V Sector Number
Previous V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Device/Head Command

111D - - - 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0

Command Block Input Registers

Register Data Low Data High

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count Sector Number Cylinder Low
Cylinder High Device/Head Status

HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - HOB=0 V V V V V V V V HOB=1 V V V V V V V V HOB=0 V V V V V V V V HOB=1 V V V V V V V V HOB=0 V V V V V V V V HOB=1 V V V V V V V V
- - - - - - - ...See Below...

7 CRC
0

6 UNC
V

Error Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

0

V

0

V

0

0

Table 193 Read Verify Sector(s) Ext Command (42h)

Status Register

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0

V

0

V

-

0

-

V

The Read Verify Sector(s) Ext verifies one or more sectors on the device. No data is transferred to the host.

The difference between the Read Sector(s) Ext command and the Read Verify Sector(s) Ext command is whether the data is transferred to the host or not.

If an uncorrectable error occurs, the Read Verify Sector(s) Ext will be terminated at the failing sector.

Output Parameters To The Device

Sector Count Current

The number of continuous sectors to be verified low order, bits (7:0).

Sector Count Previous

The number of continuous sectors to be verified high order, bits (15:8). If zero is specified in the Sector Count register, then 65,536 sectors will be verified.

Sector Number Current

LBA (7:0).

Sector Number Previous LBA (31:24)

Cylinder Low Current

LBA (15:8).

Cylinder Low Previous

LBA (39:32).

Cylinder High Current

LBA (23:16).

Cylinder High Previous

LBA (47:40).

Input Parameters From The Device

Sector Number (HOB=0)

LBA (7:0) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Sector Number (HOB=1)

LBA (31:24) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder Low (HOB=0)

LBA (15:8) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder Low (HOB=1)

LBA (39:32) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder High (HOB=0)

LBA (23:16) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder High (HOB=1)

LBA (47:40) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

232 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Recalibrate (1xh)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

765 4 3210

Data

--- - ----

Feature

--- - ----

Sector Count

--- - ----

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

--- - ----

Cylinder High

--- - ----

Device/Head

1 - 1D- - - -

Command

0001 - - - -

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count - - - - - - - -

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High - - - - - - - -

Device/Head - - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

Error Register 7 6543210 CRC UNC 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN 0 0 0 0 0VV0
Table 194 Recalibrate Command (1xh)

Status Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR 0V0V - 0 - V

The Recalibrate command moves the read/write heads from anywhere on the disk to cylinder 0. If the device cannot reach cylinder 0, T0N (Track 0 Not Found) will be set in the Error Register.

233 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Request Sense Data Ext (0Bh)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Feature Sector Count

Current Previous Current Previous

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Sector Number

Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High

Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - -

Device/Head

111D- - - -

Command

0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count Sector Number Cylinder Low Cylinder High Device/Head Status

HOB=0 HOB=1 HOB=0 HOB=1 HOB=0 HOB=1 HOB=0 HOB=1

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - V V V V V V V V - - - - - - - V V V V V V V V - - - - - - - - - - - VVVV - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
...See Below...

7 CRC
0

6 UNC
0

Error Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

0

0

0

V

0

0

Table 195 Request Sense Data Ext command (0Bh)

7 BSY
0

6 RDY
V

Status Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0

-

-

0

V

V

The Request Sense Data Ext command allows the reporting of the most recent sense data from the device. When sense data is available, the sense key (K), additional sense code (C), and additional sense code qualifier (Q) fields shall be set to values that are defined in the SPC-4 standard. Otherwise, the sense key, additional sense code, and additional sense code qualifier shall be cleared to zero. Default of Sense Data Reporting feature set is invalid. Request Sense Data Ext returns KCQ of the latest command execution result except C3 Command. KCQ is deleted after Request Sense Data Ext execution. If another command is executed before Request Sense Data Ext execution, KCQ will be overwritten at the result of another command. Request Sense Data Ext is not dependent on a setup of NCQ Auto Sense. Request Sense Data Ext returns KCQ of Error which occurred in NCQ Command. In Error of the command Aborted in the state of CA, KCQ of Error which occurred in NCQ Command is not updated. Error of Non NCQ Command can perform acquisition of Sense Data in Read Log Ext (Page = 10h). However, if Request Sense Data Ext is performed before Read Log Ext execution, Sense Data will become invalid, and the contents of Sense Data acquired by Read Log Ext are not guaranteed. About Status Register bit 1(Sense Data Available) The Sense Data Available bit shall be set to one if:
a) IDENTIFY DEVICE data word 119 bit 6 is set to one; b) IDENTIFY DEVICE data word 120 bit 6 is set to one; and c) Device has sense data to report after processing any command.
234 Hard Disk Drive Specification

The Error bit and the Sense Data Available may both be set to one. Bit 1 of the Status Register is obsolete if: a) IDENTIFY DEVICE data word 119 bit 6 is cleared to zero; or b) IDENTIFY DEVICE data word 120 bit 6 is cleared to zero.

Input Parameters From The Device

Sector Number (HOB=0) Additional Sense Code Qualifier (Bit 7:0)

Cylinder Low (HOB=0)

Additional Sense Code (Bit 15:8)

Cylinder High (HOB=0)

Sense Key (Bit 19:16)

Table 196 Sanitize Device Feature Set (B4h)

235 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Sanitize Device Feature Set (B4h)

Crypto Scramble Ext Command (feature: 0011h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Feature

Current 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 Previous 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Sector Count

Current - - - V - - - Previous - - - - - - - -

Current 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 Sector Number
Previous 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1

Cylinder Low

Current 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 Previous - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High

Current 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 Previous - - - - - - - -

Device/Head

111D - - - -

Command

1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 43210

Data Low

- - - -----

Data High

- - - -----

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count

HOB=0 - - - - - - - -
HOB=1 V V V - - - - -

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V Sector Number
HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High

HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

Device/Head

- - - -----

Status

...See Below...

7

6

CRC UNC

V Vs

Error Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

0

V

0

V

0

0

Table 197 Crypto Scramble Ext Command (B4h/0011h)

7

6

BSY RDY

0

V

Status Register

5

4

3

2

1

DF DSC DRQ COR IDX

0

V

-

0

-

0 ERR
V

The CRYPTO SCRAMBLE EXT command supports an encryption model only.
The CRYPTO SCRAMBLE EXT command starts a crypto scramble operation (i.e., a sanitize operation that changes the internal encryption keys that are used for user data) causing the user data to become irretrievable.
The CRYPTO SCRAMBLE EXT command only is reported as supported if all user data is affected by changing internal encryption keys.
After a successful crypto scramble operation, the contents of the user data area may be indeterminate.
The CRYPTO SCRAMBLE EXT command only is processed if: a) the Sanitize Device feature set is supported b) the device is in the SD0: Sanitize Idle state, the SD3: Sanitize Operation Failed state, or the SD4: Sanitize Operation Succeeded state.

236 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Output Parameters To The Device

Sector Count Current bit 4

The FAILURE MODE 1: the device may exit the SD3: Sanitize Operation Failed state with successful processing of a SANITIZE STATUS EXT command. 0: the SD3: Sanitize Operation Failed state returns command aborted for sanitize operations with the FAILURE MODE bit set to one until the device returns to the SD1: Sanitize Idle state.

Input Parameters From The Device

Sector Count Current bit 15

Sanitize Operation Completed Without Error. 1: the Sanitize Device state machine enters SD4: Sanitize Operation Succeeded. 0: the Sanitize Device state machine enters SD2: Sanitize Operation. The value of this bit is maintained across power-on resets.

Sector Count Current bit 14 Sanitize operation in progress

Sector Count Current bit 13 Device is in the SD1: Sanitize Frozen state

Cylinder Low (HOB=0)

The Sanitize Progress Indication (15:8). Progress indicator for the current sanitizes operation when the Sanitize Device state machine is in the SD2: Sanitize Operation state. This value is FFFFh if the Sanitize Device state machine is not in the SD2: Sanitize Operation state (i.e., a sanitize operation is not in process). The returned value is a numerator that has 65536 (10000h) as its denominator.

Sector Number (HOB=0)

The Sanitize Progress Indication (7:0). Ditto.

Error Output The ABORT bit is set to one if a SANITIZE DEVICE FREEZE LOCK EXT command has successfully completed since the last power-on reset. The device returns command aborted if:

a) the device is in the SD3:Sanitize Operation Failed state

b) the completed sanitize command (i.e., CRYPTO SCRAMBLE EXT, or OVERWRITE EXT) specified the FAILURE MODE bit cleared to zero; and

c) a CRYPTO SCRAMPLE EXT command with the FAILURE MODE bit set to one is received.

Sector Number (HOB=0)

Sanitize Device Error (7:0) 00h Reason not reported 01h Sanitize Command Unsuccessful. The sanitize operation completed with physical sectors that are available to be allocated for user data that were not successfully sanitized. 02h Invalid or unsupported Sanitize Device Feature Field Value 03h Device is in the Sanitize Frozen state 04h..FFh Reserved

237 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Overwrite Ext Command (feature: 0014h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Feature

Current 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 Previous 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Sector Count

Current V Previous - -

- VVVVV - - - - - -

Current V V V V V V V V Sector Number
Previous V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

Current V V V V V V V V Previous 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1

Cylinder High

Current V V V V V V V V Previous 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1

Device/Head

11 1D - - - -

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 43210

Data Low

- - - -----

Data High

- - - -----

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count

HOB=0 - - - - - - - -
HOB=1 V V V - - - - -

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V Sector Number
HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High

HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

Device/Head

- - - -----

Command

1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 Status

...See Below...

7

6

CRC UNC

V Vs

Error Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

0

V

0

V

0

0

Table 198 Overwrite Ext Command (B4h/0014h)

7

6

BSY RDY

0

V

Status Register

5

4

3

2

1

DF DSC DRQ COR IDX

0

V

-

0

-

0 ERR
V

The OVERWRITE EXT command starts an overwrite operation (i.e., a sanitize operation on the internal media that stores user data) which fills the user data area with a four byte pattern specified in the LBA field of the command. Parameters for the OVERWRITE EXT command include a count for multiple overwrites and the option to invert the four byte pattern between consecutive overwrite passes.
After the overwrite operation has been successfully applied, affected data blocks are readable without error.
The OVERWRITE EXT command only is processed if: a) the Sanitize Device feature set is supported b) the device is in the SD0: Sanitize Idle state, the SD3: Sanitize Operation Failed state, or the SD4: Sanitize
Operation Succeeded state.

238 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Output Parameters To The Device

Sector Count Current bit 7 Invert pattern between overwrite operations

Sector Count Current bit 4

The FAILURE MODE 1: the device may exit the SD3: Sanitize Operation Failed state with successful processing of a SANITIZE STATUS EXT command. 0: the SD3: Sanitize Operation Failed state returns command aborted for sanitize operations with the FAILURE MODE bit set to one until the device returns to the SD1: Sanitize Idle state.

Sector Count Current bit 3:0

OVERWRITE OPERATION COUNT This specifies how many write operations occur in the overwrite operation. A count of zero requests sixteen write operations.

Sector Number Previous

OVERWRITE PATTERN (31:24) The OVERWRITE PATTERN specifies a DWord pattern to be written across each physical sector affected by this command.

Cylinder High Current

OVERWRITE PATTERN (23:16). Ditto.

Cylinder Low Current

OVERWRITE PATTERN (15:8). Ditto.

Sector Number Current

OVERWRITE PATTERN (7:0). Ditto.

Input Parameters From The Device

Sector Count Current bit 15

Sanitize Operation Completed Without Error. 1: the Sanitize Device state machine enters SD4: Sanitize Operation Succeeded. 0: the Sanitize Device state machine enters SD2: Sanitize Operation. The value of this bit is maintained across power-on resets.

Sector Count Current bit 14 Sanitize operation in progress

Sector Count Current bit 13 Device is in the SD1: Sanitize Frozen state

Cylinder Low (HOB=0)

The Sanitize Progress Indication (15:8). Progress indicator for the current sanitizes operation when the Sanitize Device state machine is in the SD2: Sanitize Operation state. This value is FFFFh if the Sanitize Device state machine is not in the SD2: Sanitize Operation state (i.e., a sanitize operation is not in process). The returned value is a numerator that has 65536 (10000h) as its denominator.

Sector Number (HOB=0)

The Sanitize Progress Indication (7:0). Ditto.

Error Output The ABORT bit is set to one if a SANITIZE DEVICE FREEZE LOCK EXT command has successfully completed since the last power-on reset.
The device returns command aborted if: a) the device is in the SD3:Sanitize Operation Failed state b) the completed sanitize command (i.e., CRYPTO SCRAMBLE EXT, or OVERWRITE EXT) contained the
FAILURE MODE bit cleared to zero c) an OVERWRITE EXT command with the FAILURE MODE bit set to one is received.

Sector Number (HOB=0)

Sanitize Device Error (7:0) 00h Reason not reported 01h Sanitize Command Unsuccessful. The sanitize operation completed with physical sectors that are available to be allocated for user data that were not successfully sanitized. 02h Invalid or unsupported Sanitize Device Feature Field Value 03h Device is in the Sanitize Frozen state 04h..FFh Reserved

239 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Sanitize Freeze Lock Ext Command (feature: 0020h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Feature

Current 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 Previous 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Sector Count

Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - -

Current 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 Sector Number
Previous 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0

Cylinder Low

Current 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 Previous - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High

Current 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 Previous - - - - - - - -

Device/Head

111D - - - -

Command

1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 43210

Data Low

- - - -----

Data High

- - - -----

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count Sector Number Cylinder Low
Cylinder High Device/Head Status

HOB=0 HOB=1 HOB=0 HOB=1 HOB=0 HOB=1 HOB=0 HOB=1

- - - -----
V V V - - - - -
V V V VVVVV - - - ----V V V VVVVV - - - ----- - - ----- - - ----- - - -----
...See Below...

7 CRC
V

6 UNC Vs

Error Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

0

V

0

V

0

0

7 BSY
0

6 RDY
V

Table 199 Sanitize Freeze Lock Ext Command (B4h/0020h)

Status Register

5

4

3

2

1

DF DSC DRQ COR IDX

0

V

-

0

-

0 ERR
V

The SANITIZE FREEZE LOCK EXT command sets the Sanitize Device state machine to the SD1: Sanitize Frozen state. After command completion all sanitize commands other than SANITIZE STATUS EXT command returns command aborted. The Sanitize Device state machine transitions from the SD1: Sanitize Frozen state to the SD0: Sanitize Idle state after a power-on reset or hardware reset.

Input Parameters From The Device

Sector Count Current bit 15

Sanitize Operation Completed Without Error. 1: the Sanitize Device state machine enters SD4: Sanitize Operation
Succeeded. 0: the Sanitize Device state machine enters SD2: Sanitize Operation. The
value of this bit is maintained across power-on resets.

Sector Count Current bit 14 Sanitize operation in progress

Sector Count Current bit 13 Device is in the SD1: Sanitize Frozen state

Cylinder Low (HOB=0)

The Sanitize Progress Indication (15:8). Progress indicator for the current sanitizes operation when the Sanitize Device state machine is in the SD2: Sanitize Operation state. This value is FFFFh if the Sanitize Device state machine is not in the SD2: Sanitize Operation state (i.e., a sanitize operation is not in process). The returned value is a numerator that has 65536 (10000h) as its denominator.

Sector Number (HOB=0)

The Sanitize Progress Indication (7:0). Ditto.

240 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Error Output Sector Number (HOB=0)

Sanitize Device Error (7:0) 00h Reason not reported 01h Sanitize Command Unsuccessful. The sanitize operation completed with physical sectors that are available to be allocated for user data that were not successfully sanitized. 02h Invalid or unsupported Sanitize Device Feature Field Value 03h Device is in the Sanitize Frozen state 04h..FFh Reserved

241 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Sanitize Status Ext Command (feature: 0000h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Feature

Current 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Previous 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Sector Count

Current - - - - - - - V Previous - - - - - - - -

Current - - - - - - - Sector Number
Previous - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High

Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - -

Device/Head

111D - - - -

Command

1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 43210

Data Low

- - - -----

Data High

- - - -----

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count

HOB=0 - - - - - - - -
HOB=1 V V V - - - - -

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V Sector Number
HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High

HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

Device/Head

- - - -----

Status

...See Below...

7 CRC
V

6 UNC
Vs

Error Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

0

V

0

V

0

0

Table 200 Sanitize Status Ext Command (B4h/0000h)

Status Register

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0 V

0

V

-

0

-

V

The SANITIZE STATUS EXT command returns information about current or previously completed sanitizes operations. This includes: a) progress indication on a current sanitize operation b) whether a previous sanitize operation completed successfully or unsuccessfully c) if an unsupported sanitize device command was received. The SANITIZE STATUS EXT command is valid in every state of the Sanitize Device state machine.

Output Parameters To The Device

Sector Count Current bit 0

CLEAR SANITIZE OPERATION FAILED If Sanitize Device state machine is in the SD3: Sanitize Failed state: a) the FAILURE MODE bit was set to one in the Sanitize Device command that caused the sanitize operation b) the sanitize operation failed c) the CLEAR SANITIZE OPERATION FAILED bit is set to one in the SANITIZE STATUS EXT command then the Sanitize Device state machine transitions to the SD0: Sanitize Idle state. If the CLEAR SANITIZE OPERATION FAILED bit is set to one in the SANITIZE STATUS EXT command, and the FAILURE MODE bit was set to zero in the Sanitize Device command that caused the sanitize operation, the SANITIZE STATUS EXT command returns command aborted.

242 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Input Parameters From The Device

Sector Count Current bit 15

Sanitize Operation Completed Without Error. 1: the Sanitize Device state machine enters SD4: Sanitize Operation Succeeded. 0: the Sanitize Device state machine enters SD2: Sanitize Operation. The value of this bit is maintained across power-on resets.

Sector Count Current bit 14 Sanitize operation in progress

Sector Count Current bit 13 Device is in the SD1: Sanitize Frozen state

Cylinder Low (HOB=0)

The Sanitize Progress Indication (15:8). Progress indicator for the current sanitizes operation when the Sanitize Device state machine is in the SD2: Sanitize Operation state. This value is FFFFh if the Sanitize Device state machine is not in the SD2: Sanitize Operation state (i.e., a sanitize operation is not in process). The returned value is a numerator that has 65536 (10000h) as its denominator.

Sector Number (HOB=0)

The Sanitize Progress Indication (7:0). Ditto.

Error Output After the sanitize operation has completed, if any physical sector that is available to be allocated for user data was not successfully sanitized, then this command returns the ABORT bit set to one.

Sector Number (HOB=0)

Sanitize Device Error (7:0) 00h Reason not reported 01h Sanitize Command Unsuccessful. The sanitize operation completed with physical sectors that are available to be allocated for user data that were not successfully sanitized. 02h Invalid or unsupported Sanitize Device Feature Field Value 03h Device is in the Sanitize Frozen state 04h..FFh Reserved

243 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Security Disable Password (F6h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

765 43210

Data

---- ----

Feature

---- ----

Sector Count

---- ----

Sector Number

---- ----

Cylinder Low

---- ----

Cylinder High

---- ----

Device/Head

1 -1D- - - -

Command

111 10110

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count - - - - - - - -

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High - - - - - - - -

Device/Head - - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

Error Register

Status Register

7 6543210

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

CRC UNC 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0 0000V00

0V0V - 0 - V

Table 201 Security Disable Password Command (F6h)

The Security Disable Password command disables the security mode feature (device lock function).

The Security Disable Password command requests a transfer of a single sector of data from the host including information specified in Table 194 on the page 233. Then the device checks the transferred password. If the User Password or Master Password matches the given password, the device disables the security mode feature (device lock function). This command does not change the Master Password which may be re-activated later by setting User Password. This command should be executed in device unlock mode.

When security is disabled and the Identifier bit is set to User, then the device shall return command aborted.

Word 00
01-16 17-255

Description

Control word

bit 0

: Identifier (1-Mater, 0-User)

bit 1-15

: Reserved

Password (32 bytes)

Reserved

Table 202 Password Information for Security Disable Password command

The device will compare the password sent from this host with that specified in the control word.

Identifier

Zero indicates that the device should check the supplied password against the user password stored internally. One indicates that the device should check the given password against the master password stored internally.

244 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Security Erase Prepare (F3h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

765 4 3210

Data

--- - ----

Feature

--- - ----

Sector Count

--- - ----

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

--- - ----

Cylinder High

--- - ----

Device/Head

1 - 1D- - - -

Command

111 1 0011

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count - - - - - - - -

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High - - - - - - - -

Device/Head - - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

Error Register

Status Register

7 6543210 CRC UNC 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0 0000V00

0V0V - 0 - V

Table 203 Security Erase Prepare Command (F3h)

The Security Erase Prepare Command must be issued immediately before the Security Erase Unit Command to enable device erasing and unlocking.
The Security Erase Prepare Command must be issued immediately before the Format Unit Command. This command is to prevent accidental erasure of the device.
This command does not request to transfer data.

245 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Security Erase Unit (F4h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

765 4 3210

Data

--- - ----

Feature

--- - ----

Sector Count

--- - ----

Sector Number

--- - ----

Cylinder Low

--- - ----

Cylinder High

--- - ----

Device/Head

1 - 1D - - - -

Command

111 1 0100

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count - - - - - - - -

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High - - - - - - - -

Device/Head - - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

7 6 CRC UNC
0 0

Error Register 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN 0 V 0 V 0 0

Table 204 Security Erase Unit Command (F4h)

7 6 BSY RDY
0 V

Status Register 5 4 3 2 1 0 DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR 0V - 0 - V

The Security Erase Unit command initializes all user data sectors, and then disables the device lock function.

Note that the Security Erase Unit command initializes from LBA 0 to Native MAX LBA. Host MAX LBA set by Initialize Drive Parameter, Device Configuration Overlay, or Set MAX Address command is ignored. So the protected area by Set MAX Address command is also initialized.

This command requests to transfer a single sector data from the host including information specified in Table 204 on the page 246.

When security is disabled and the Identifier bit is set to User, then the device shall return command aborted.

If the password does not match, then the device rejects the command with an Aborted error.

Word 00
01-16 17-255

Description

Control word

bit 0

: Identifier (1-Mater, 0-User)

bit 1 bit 2-15

: Erase mode (1- Enhanced, 0- Normal) Enhanced mode is not supported
: Reserved

Password (32 bytes) Reserved

Table 205 Erase Unit Information

Identifier

Zero indicates that the device should check the supplied password against the user password stored internally. One indicates that the device should check the given password against the master password stored internally.

The Security Erase Unit command erases all user data and disables the security mode feature (device lock function). So after completing this command, all user data will be initialized to zero with write operation. At this time, it is not verified with read operation whether the sector of data is initialized correctly. Also, the defective sector information and the reassigned sector information for the device are not updated. The security erase prepare

246 Hard Disk Drive Specification

command should be completed immediately prior to the Security Erase Unit command. If the device receives a Security Erase Unit command without a prior Security Erase Prepare command, the device aborts the security erase unit command. This command disables the security mode feature (device lock function), however the master password is still stored internally within the device and may be re-activated later when a new user password is set. If you execute this command on disabling the security mode feature (device lock function), the password sent by the host is NOT compared with the password stored in the device for both the Master Password and the User Password, and then the device only erases all user data. The execution time of this command is set in word 89 of Identify device information.
247 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Security Freeze Lock (F5h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

765 4 3210

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - - Data

- - - - - - - -

Feature

- - - - - - - - Error

...See Below...

Sector Count

- - - - - - - - Sector Count - - - - - - - -

Sector Number - - - - - - - - Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

- - - - - - - - Cylinder Low - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High

- - - - - - - - Cylinder High - - - - - - - -

Device/Head

1 - 1 D - - - - Device/Head - - - - - - - -

Command

1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 Status

...See Below...

Error Register 7 6543210 CRC UNC 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN 0 0000V00

Status Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0 V 0

-

-

0

-

V

Table 206 Security Freeze Lock Command (F5h)

The Security Freeze Lock Command allows the device to enter frozen mode immediately.
After this command is completed, the command which updates Security Mode Feature (Device Lock Function) is rejected.
Frozen mode is quit only by Power off.
The following commands are rejected when the device is in frozen mode. For detail, refer to Table 34 and Table 35 on the page 63-64.
 Security Set Password  Security Unlock  Security Disable Password  Security Erase Unit

248 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Security Set Password (F1h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

765 4 3210

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - - Data

- - - - - - - -

Feature

- - - - - - - - Error

...See Below...

Sector Count

- - - - - - - - Sector Count - - - - - - - -

Sector Number - - - - - - - - Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

- - - - - - - - Cylinder Low - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High

- - - - - - - - Cylinder High - - - - - - - -

Device/Head

1 - 1 D - - - - Device/Head - - - - - - - -

Command

1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 Status

...See Below...

Error Register 7 6543210 CRC UNC 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN 0 0000V00

Status Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0 V 0

-

-

0

-

V

Table 207 Security Set Password Command (F1h)

The Security Set Password command enables security mode feature (device lock function), and sets the master password or the user password.

The security mode feature (device lock function) is enabled by this command, and the device is not locked immediately. The device is locked after next power on reset. When the MASTER password is set by this command, the master password is registered internally, but the device is NOT locked after next power on reset or hard reset.

This command requests a transfer of a single sector of data from the host including the information specified in Table 207 on the page 249.

The data transferred controls the function of this command.

Word 00
01-16 17
18-255

Description

Control word

bit 0

: Identifier (1-Mater, 0-User)

bit 1-7 : Reserved

bit 8

: Security level

(1-Maximum, 0-High)

bit 9-15 : Reserved

Password (32 byte)

Master Password Revision Code

(valid if Word 0 bit 0 = 1)

Reserved

Table 208 Security Set Password Information

249 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Identifier Security Level
Password Master Password Revision Code

Zero indicates that the device regards Password as User Password. One indicates that device regards Password as Master Password.
Zero indicates High level, one indicates Maximum level. If the host sets High level and the password is forgotten, then the Master Password can be used to unlock the device. If the host sets Maximum level and the user password is forgotten, only a Security Erase Prepare/Security Unit command can unlock the device and all data will be lost.
The text of the password ­ all 32 bytes are always significant.
The revision code field is returned in the IDENTIFY DEVICE word 92.
The valid revision codes are 0001h through FFFEh. The device accepts the command with a value of 0000h or FFFFh in this field, but does not change Master Password Revision code.

The setting of the Identifier and Security level bits interact as follows.
Identifier=User / Security level = High The password supplied with the command will be saved as the new user password. The security mode feature (lock function) will be enabled from the next power on. The file may then be unlocked by either the user password or the previously set master password.
Identifier=Master / Security level = High This combination will set a master password but will NOT enable the security mode feature (lock function).
Identifier=User / Security level = Maximum The password supplied with the command will be saved as the new user password. The security mode feature (lock function) will be enabled from the next power on. The file may then be unlocked by only the user password. The master password previously set is still stored in the file but may NOT be used to unlock the device.
Identifier=Master / Security level = Maximum This combination will set a master password but will NOT enable the security mode feature (lock function).

250 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Security Unlock (F2h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

765 4 3210

Data

--- - ----

Feature

--- - ----

Sector Count

--- - ----

Sector Number

--- - ----

Cylinder Low

--- - ----

Cylinder High

--- - ----

Device/Head

1 -1D - - - -

Command

111 1 0010

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count - - - - - - - -

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High - - - - - - - -

Device/Head - - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

7 6 CRC UNC
0 V

Error Register 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN 0 0 0 V 0 0

Table 209 Security Unlock Command (F2h)

7 6 BSY RDY
0 V

Status Register

5 4 3 2 1 0

DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0

-

-

0

-

V

This command unlocks the password and causes the device to enter device unlock mode. If power on reset or hard reset is done without executing the Security Disable Password command after this command is completed, the device will be in device lock mode. The password has not been changed yet.

The Security Unlock command requests to transfer a single sector of data from the host including information specified in Table 209 on the page 251.

If the Identifier bit is set to master and the file is in high security mode then the password supplied will be compared with the stored master password. If the file is in maximum security mode then the security unlock will be rejected.

If the Identifier bit is set to user, then the file compares the supplied password with the stored user password.

If the password compare fails, then the device returns an abort error to the host and decrements the unlock attempt counter. This counter is initially set to 5 and is decremented for each password mismatch.

When security is disabled and the Identifier bit is set to User, then the device shall return command aborted.

When this counter reaches zero then all password protected commands are rejected until a hard reset or a power off.

Word 00
01-16 17-255

Description
Control word bit 0 bit 1-15
Password Reserved

: Identifier (1-Mater, 0-User) : Reserved
(32 bytes)

Table 210 Security Unlock Information

Identifier

Zero indicates that device regards Password as User Password. One indicates that device regards Password as Master Password.

The user can detect if the attempt to unlock the device has failed due to a mismatched password as this is the only reason that an abort error will be returned by the file AFTER the password information has been sent to the device. If an abort error is returned by the device BEFORE the password data has been sent to the file then another problem exists.

251 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Seek (7xh)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Feature

- - - - - - - -

Sector Count

- - - - - - - -

Sector Number V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High

V V V V V V V V

Device/Head

1 L 1DHHHH

Command

0111 - - - -

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count - - - - - - - -

Sector Number V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High V V V V V V V V

Device/Head - - - - H H H H

Status

...See Below...

Error Register 7 6543210 CRC UNC 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN 0 00V0V00
Table 211 Seek Command (7xh)

Status Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR 0V0V - 0 - V

The Seek command initiates a seek to the designated track and selects the designated head. The device need not be formatted for a seek to execute properly.

Output Parameters To The Device

Sector Number

In LBA mode, this register specifies LBA address bits 0 ­ 7 for seek. (L=1)

Cylinder High/Low

The cylinder number of the seek. In LBA mode, this register specifies LBA address bits 8 ­ 15 (Low), 16 ­ 23 (High) for seek. (L=1)

H

The head number of the seek.

In LBA mode, this register specifies LBA address bits 24 ­ 27 for seek. (L=1)

Input Parameters From The Device

Sector Number

In LBA mode, this register contains current LBA bits 0 ­ 7. (L=1)

Cylinder High/Low In LBA mode, this register contains current LBA bits 8 ­ 15 (Low), 16 ­ 23 (High). (L=1)

H

In LBA mode, this register contains current LBA bits 24 ­ 27. (L=1)

252 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Sense Condition (F0h : Vendor specific)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Feature

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1

Sector Count

- - - - - - - -

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

- - - - - - - -

Cylinder High

- - - - - - - -

Device/Head

- - - - - - - -

Command

1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count V V V V V V V V

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High - - - - - - - -

Device/Head - - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

Error Register 7 6543210 CRC UNC 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN 0 0000V00
Table 212 Sense Condition command(F0h)

Status Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR VVV - V - 0V

The Sense Condition command is used to sense temperature in a device.

This command is executable even if a device is in Power up in standby mode.

Output Parameters To The Device

Feature

The Feature register must be set to 01h. All other value is rejected with setting ABORT bit in status register.

Input Parameters From The Device

Sector Count The Sector Count register contains result value.

Value Description

00h

Temperature is equal to or lower than -20 deg C

01h-FEh Temperature is (Value / 2 - 20) deg C

FFh

Temperature is higher than 107 deg C

253 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Set Features (EFh)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Feature

V V V V V V V V

Sector Count

Note.1

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

- - - - - - - -

Cylinder High

- - - - - - - -

Device/Head

1 - 1D- - - -

Command

1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count - - - - - - - -

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High - - - - - - - -

Device/Head - - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

7 6 CRC UNC
0 0

Error Register 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN 0 0 0V0 0

Table 213 Set Features Command (EFh)

Status Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0 V 0

-

-

0

-

V

The Set Feature command is to establish the following parameters which affect the execution of certain features as shown in below table.

ABT will be set to 1 in the Error Register if the Feature register contains any undefined values.

Output Parameters To The Device Feature Destination code for this command
02H Enable write cache 03H Set transfer mode based on value in sector count register 05H Enable Advanced Power Management 06H Enable Power-up in Standby feature set 07H Power-Up In Standby feature set device spin-up 10H Enable use of Serial ATA feature 43H Set Maximum Host Interface Sector Time 4Ah Extended Power Conditions 55H Disable read look-ahead feature 66H Disable reverting to power on defaults 82H Disable write cache 85H Disable Advanced Power Management 86H Disable Power-up in Standby mode 90H Disable use of Serial ATA feature AAH Enable read look-ahead feature CCH Enable reverting to power on defaults

Note.

After power on reset or hard reset, the device is set to the following features as default.

Write cache

: Enable

Read look-ahead

: Enable

Reverting to power on defaults : Disable

Release interrupt

: Disable

254 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Set Transfer Mode

When Feature register is 03h (=Set Transfer Mode), the Sector Count Register specifies the transfer mechanism. The upper 5 bits define the type of transfer and the low order 3 bits encode the mode value.

PIO Default Transfer Mode

00000

000

PIO Default Transfer Mode

00000

001

Disable IORDY

PIO Flow Control Transfer Mode x

00001

nnn

(nnn=000,001,010,011,100)

Multiword DMA mode x

00100

nnn

(nnn=000,001,010)

Ultra DMA mode x

01000

nnn

(nnn=000,001,010,011,100,101,110)

Write Cache
If the number of auto reassigned sector reaches the device's reassignment capacity, the write cache function will be automatically disabled. Although the device still accepts the Set Features command with Feature register = 02h without error, but the write cache function will remains disabled. For current write cache function status, please refer to Identify Device Information (word 85 or 129) by Identify Device command.

Serial ATA Feature

When the Feature register is set to 10h or 90h, the value set to the Sector Count register specifies the specific Serial ATA feature to enable or disable.

Sector Count Value Description

01h

Non-zero buffer offset in DMA Setup FIS

02h

DMA Setup FIS Auto-Activate optimization

03h

Device-initiated interface power state transitions

04h

Guaranteed In-Order Data Delivery

06h

Software Settings Preservation

255 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Advanced Power Management

When the value in the Feature register is 05h (=Enable Advanced Power Management), the Sector Count Register specifies the Advanced Power Management level.

FFh --C0 ­ FEh ---
80 ­ BFh --01 ­ 7Fh --00h ---

Aborted The deepest power saving mode is Idle mode (the same as Disable Advanced Power Management) The deepest power saving mode is Low power Idle mode The deepest power saving mode is Low RPM Idle mode Aborted

The idle time to Low power idle mode and Low RPM idle mode vary according to the value in Sector Count Register as follows:

When Low power idle mode is the deepest power saving mode,

Y1=(x-80h) * 5+120 [sec] (120<= Y1<=435)
Y2=N/A(the device does not go to Low RPM idle mode)
When Low RPM idle mode is the deepest power saving mode and the value in Sector Count Register is between 40h and 7Fh,

120<=Y1<=435 [sec] (default: 120 [sec])
Y2=(x-40h) * 60 + 600[sec] (600<=Y2<=4380)
When Low RPM idle mode is the deepest power saving mode and the value in Sector Count Register is between 01h and 3Fh,

120<=Y1<=435 [sec] (default: 120 [sec])
Y2=600 [sec]
Where x is the value in Sector Count Register, y1 is the idle time to Low Power Idle mode, and y2 is the idle time to Low RPM idle mode.

If Low power idle mode has already been enabled (i.e., y1 has been set) before Low RPM idle mode is enabled, y1 is preserved. If Low power idle mode is disabled (i.e., y1 has not been set yet), y1 becomes 120[sec] when Low RPM idle mode is enabled.

Enabled power saving mode and idle time (y1 and y2) are preserved until Advanced Power Management is disabled, the deepest power saving mode becomes Idle mode, or new time is set. They are initialized with a hard/soft reset unless Reverting to power on defaults is disabled and the device receives a soft reset.

Set Maximum Host Interface Sector Time

Sector Count LBA Low LBA Mid LBA High

Typical PIO Mode Host Interface Sector Time (7:0) Typical PIO Mode Host Interface Sector Time (15:8) Typical DMA Mode Host Interface Sector Time (7:0) Typical DMA Mode Host Interface Sector Time (15:8)

Subcommand code 43h allows the host to inform the device of a host interface rate limitation. The typical Host Interface Sector Times have the same units as Identify Device word 96 for DMA and word 104 for PIO. A value of zero indicates that the host interface shall be capable of transferring data at the maximum rate allowed by the selected transfer mode. The Typical PIO Mode Host Interface Sector Time includes the host's interrupt service time.

256 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Extended Power Conditions (EPC) feature

Restore Power Condition Settings subcommand

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Feature

0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0

Sector Count

V V V V V V V V

Sector Number

- V- V0000

Cylinder Low

- - - - - - - -

Cylinder High

- - - - - - - -

Device/Head

1 - 1D - - - -

Command

1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count - - - - - - - -

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High - - - - - - - -

Device/Head - - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

7 6 CRC UNC
0 0

Error Register 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN 0 0 0V0 0

Status Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0 V 0

-

-

0

-

V

Table 214 Restore Power Condition Settings subcommand

On successful completion of this EPC subcommand, the device updates the Power Conditions log for the selected Power Condition ID as follows: 1) if Default is set to one, then:
A) copy the Default Timer Settings field to the Current Timer Settings field; and B) copy the Default Timer Enabled field to the Current Timer Enabled field; 2) if Default is cleared to zero, then: A) copy the Saved Timer Settings field to the Current Timer Settings field; and B) copy the Saved Timer Enabled field to the Current Timer Enabled field; and 3) if Save is set to one and the power condition is savable, then: A) copy the Current Timer Settings field to the Saved Timer Settings field;
Output Parameters To The Device Sector Count Power Condition ID (See Table 72) Sector Number bit Description
7 Reserved 6 Default
1 Restore from Default settings 0 Restore from Saved settings 5 Reserved 4 Save 1 Save settings on completion 0 Do not save settings on completion 3-0 0h Restore Power Condition subcommand (See Table 71)

Error Output If any selected Power Condition is not supported, or is not changeable, or if Extended Power Condition feature set is disable, or if Save is set to one and any selected power condition is not savable, then the device returns command aborted .

257 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Go To Power Condition subcommand

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Feature

0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0

Sector Count

V V V V V V V V

Sector Number

- - - - 0001

Cylinder Low

- - - - - - - -

Cylinder High

- - - - - - - -

Device/Head

1 - 1D - - - -

Command

1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count - - - - - - - -

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High - - - - - - - -

Device/Head - - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

7 6 CRC UNC

Error Register 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

0 0000V00

Table 215 Go To Power Condition subcommand

Status Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0 V 0

-

-

0

-

V

On successful completion of this EPC subcommand, the device: 1) stops all enabled EPC timers; 2) enters the selected EPC power condition after command completion of the SET FEATURES command without having to wait for any timers to expire; and 3) the device remains in the selected power condition until the device processes the next command or reset.
Output Parameters To The Device Sector Count Power Condition ID (See Table 72) Sector Number bit Description
7-4 Reserved 3-0 1h Go To Power Condition subcommand (See Table 71)

Error Output If the Power condition ID is FFh, a reserved value, or is not supported, or if Extended Power Condition feature set is disable, then the device returns command aborted .

258 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Set Power Condition Timer subcommand

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Feature

0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0

Sector Count

V V V V V V V V

Sector Number V - V V 0 0 1 0

Cylinder Low

V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High

V V V V V V V V

Device/Head

1 - 1D - - - -

Command

1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count - - - - - - - -

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High - - - - - - - -

Device/Head - - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

7 6 CRC UNC

Error Register 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

Status Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0 0000V00

0 V 0

-

-

0

-

V

Table 216 Set Power Condition Timer subcommand

On successful completion of this EPC subcommand, the device updates the Power Conditions log for the selected and supported Power Condition as follows:
1) copy the Timer field to the Current Timer Settings field; 2) if Enable is set to one and the Timer field is non-zero, then enable the Current Timer; 3) if Enable is set to one and the Timer field is zero, then disable the Current Timer; 4) if Enable is cleared to zero, then disable the Current Timer; and 5) if Save is set to one and the Power Condition settings are savable, then:
A) copy the Current Timer Settings field to the Saved Timer Settings field; and B) copy the Current Timer Enabled field to the Saved Timer Enabled field.

259 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Output Parameters To The Device

Sector Count Power Condition ID (See Table 72)

Sector Number bit Description

7 Timer Units

If the Timer Units bit is cleared to zero, then the Timer (Cylinder High and Cylinder Low bit 15-0) are specified in units of 100 milliseconds. If the Timer Units bit is set to one, then the Timer (Cylinder High and Cylinder Low bit 15-0) are specified in units of 1 minute.

6 Reserved

5 Enable

1 Enable the selected power condition

0 Disable the selected power condition

4 Save

1 Save settings on completion

0 Do not save settings on completion

3-0 2h Set Power Condition Timer subcommand (See Table 71)

Cylinder Low Cylinder High

15-0 If the new timer value is greater than the maximum value setting, then the device set the value to the maximum setting. If the new timer value is less than the minimum setting, then the device set the value to the minimum setting.

(Cylinder High and Cylinder Low bit 15-0)

Error Output The device returns command aborted If: a) the new timer value is:
A) less than the maximum setting. B) greater than the minimum setting. C) not supported by the device. b) the Extended Power Condition feature set is disabling. c) the power condition is not changeable or not supported. d) the Save bit is set to one and the selected power condition is not savable. e) the new time value is greater than the maximum setting and the device did not set the timer to the maximum setting. f) the new time value is less than the minimum setting and the device did not set the timer to the minimum setting. If command aborted is returned, then the device makes no modifications to the power condition settings. Maximum Setting is 3BFFC4h (100ms unit). Minimum Setting is zero.

260 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Set Power Condition State subcommand

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Feature

0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0

Sector Count

V V V V V V V V

Sector Number

- - VV0011

Cylinder Low

- - - - - - - -

Cylinder High

- - - - - - - -

Device/Head

1 - 1D - - - -

Command

1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count - - - - - - - -

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High - - - - - - - -

Device/Head - - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

Error Register

Status Register

7 6543210

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

CRC UNC 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0 0000V00

0 V 0

-

-

0

-

V

Table 217 Set Power Condition State subcommand

On successful completion of this EPC subcommand, the device updates the Power Conditions log for the Power Condition as follows: 1) If the Enable bit is set to one, then enable the Current Timer; otherwise disable the Current Timer; and 2) If the Save bit is set to one, then copy the Current Timer Enabled field to the Saved Timer Enabled field.
Output Parameters To The Device Sector Count Power Condition ID (See Table 72) Sector Number bit Description
7-6 Reserved 5 Enable
1 Enable the selected power condition 0 Disable the selected power condition 4 Save 1 Save settings on completion 0 Do not save settings on completion 3-0 3h Set Power Condition State subcommand (See Table 71)
Error Output If the Power Condition is not changeable, or not supported, or if Extended Power Conditions feature set is disabling, then the device returns command aborted. If the Save bit is set to one and the selected power condition is not savable, then the device returns command aborted. If command aborted is returned, then the device makes no modifications to the power condition settings.

261 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Enable the EPC feature subcommand

Command Block Output Registers

Register

765 4 3210

Data

--- - ----

Feature

010 0 1010

Sector Count

--- - ----

Sector Number - - - - 0 1 0 0

Cylinder Low

--- - ----

Cylinder High

--- - ----

Device/Head

1 - 1D- - - -

Command

111 0 1111

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count - - - - - - - -

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High - - - - - - - -

Device/Head - - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

Error Register 7 6543210 CRC UNC 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN 0 0000V00
Table 218 Enable the EPC feature subcommand

Status Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0 V 0

-

-

0

-

V

On successful completion of this EPC subcommand, the device: a) enables the EPC feature set; b) sets IDENITFY DEVICE data word 120 bit 7 to one; and c) disables the APM feature set. d) if the Saved Timer Setting field is cleared to zero, then:
copy the value of the Default Timer Setting to the Current Timer Setting; and e) if the Saved Timer Setting field is non-zero, then:
copy the value of the Saved Timer Setting to the Current Timer Setting; and f) if the Current Timer Setting field is non-zero and the Current Timer Enabled is set to one,
then initialize and start the timer.
If the EPC feature set is enabled, then the EPC feature set remains enabled across all resets (i.e., power-on reset, hardware reset, and software reset).
Output Parameters To The Device Sector Number bit Description
7-4 Reserved 3-0 4h Enable the EPC feature subcommand (See Table 71)

Error Output If the Extended Power Condition feature set is not supported then the device returns command aborted.

262 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Disable the EPC feature subcommand

Command Block Output Registers

Register

765 43210

Data

---- ----

Feature

010 01010

Sector Count

---- ----

Sector Number

- - - - 0101

Cylinder Low

---- ----

Cylinder High

---- ----

Device/Head

1 -1D- - - -

Command

111 01111

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count - - - - - - - -

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High - - - - - - - -

Device/Head - - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

Error Register 7 6543210 CRC UNC 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN 0 0000V00
Table 219 Disable the EPC feature subcommand

Status Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0 V 0

-

-

0

-

V

On successful completion of this EPC subcommand, the device: a) stop all EPC timers b) disables the EPC feature set; and c) clears IDENITFY DEVICE data word 120 bit 7 to zero.
If the EPC feature set is disabled, then the EPC feature set remains disabled across all resets (i.e., power-on reset, hardware reset, and software reset).
Output Parameters To The Device Sector Number bit Description
7-4 Reserved 3-0 5h Disable the EPC feature subcommand (See Table 71)

Error Output If the Extended Power Condition feature set is disabling, not supported then the device returns command aborted.

263 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Set Max Address (F9h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Feature

V V V V V V V V

Sector Count

- - - - - - -B

Sector Number V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High

V V V V V V V V

Device/Head

1 L 1DHHHH

Command

1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count - - - - - - - -

Sector Number V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High V V V V V V V V

Device/Head - - - - H H H H

Status

...See Below...

Error Register 7 6543210 CRC UNC 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN 0 0000V00
Table 220 Set Max ADDRESS (F9h)

Status Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR 0V0 - - 0 - V

The device regards as Set Max Address command, if this command is immediately preceded by a Read Native Max Address command. The device receives this command without a prior Read Native Max Address command, the device regards as Set Max security extensions command according to feature register value. Valid features values are as follows:
1. 01h indicates Set Max Set Password command 2. 02h indicates Set Max Lock command 3. 03h indicates Set Max Unlock command 4. 04h indicates Set Max Freeze LOCK command
This command overwrites the maximum number of Address of HDD in a range of actual device capacity. Once device receives this command, all accesses beyond that Address are rejected with setting ABORT bit in status register. Identify device command returns the Address which is set via this command as a default value.
Device returns command aborted for a second non-volatile Set Max Address command until next power on or hardware reset.
Device returns command aborted during Set Max Locked mode or Set Max Frozen mode.
After a successful command completion, Identify Device response words (61:60) shall reflect the maximum address set with this command.
If the 48-bit Address feature set is supported, the value placed in Identify Device response words (103:100) shall be the same as the value placed in words (61:60). However, if the device contains greater than 268,435,455 sectors, the capacity addressable with 28-bit commands, and the address requested is 268,435,455, the max address shall be changed to the native maximum address, the value placed in words (61:60) shall be 268,435,455 and the value placed in words (103:100) shall be the native maximum address.
If a host protected area has been established by a Set Max Address Ext command, the device shall return command aborted.

264 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Output Parameters To The Device

B

Option bit for selection whether nonvolatile or volatile. B=0 is volatile condition. When B=1,

MAX Address which is set by Set Max Address command is preserved by POR. When

B=0, MAX Address which is set by Set Max Address command will be lost by POR. B=1 is

not valid when the device is in Address Offset mode.

Sector Number

In LBA mode, this register contains LBA bits 0 ­ 7 which is to be input.(L=1) In CHS mode, this register is ignored. (L=0)

Cylinder High/Low

In LBA mode, this register contains LBA bits 8 ­ 15 (Low), 16 ­ 23 (High) which is to be set. (L=1) In CHS mode, this register contains cylinder number which is to be set.(L=0)

H

In LBA mode, this register contains LBA bits 24 ­ 27 which is to be set.(L=1)

In CHS mode, this register is ignored. (L=0)

Input Parameters From The Device

Sector Number

In LBA mode, this register contains max LBA bits 0 ­ 7 which is set.(L=1) In CHS mode, this register contains max sector number (= 63). (L=0)

Cylinder High/Low

In LBA mode, this register contains max LBA bits 8 ­ 15 (Low), 16 ­ 23 (High) which is set. (L=1) In CHS mode, this register contains max cylinder number which is set. (L=0)

H

In LBA mode, this register contains max LBA bits 24 ­ 27 which is set. (L=1)

In CHS mode, this register contains max head number.(L=0)

265 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Set Max Set Password (Feature = 01h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

765 4 3210

Data

--- - ----

Feature

000 0 0001

Command Block Input Registers

Register

765 4 3210

Data

--- - ----

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count

--- - ----

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

--- - ----

Cylinder High

--- - ----

Device/Head

1 - 1D- - - -

Command

111 1 1001

Sector Count - - - - - - - -

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High - - - - - - - -

Device/Head 1 - 1 D - - - -

Status

...See Below...

Error Register 7 6543210 CRC UNC 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN 0 0000V00
Table 221 Set Max set Password

Status Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0 V 0

-

-

0

-

V

The device regards as Set Max Address command, if this command is immediately preceded by a Read Native Max Address command.

This command requests a transfer of a single sector of data from the host including the information specified in Table 221.

The password is retained by the device until the next power cycle. When the device accepts this command the device is in Set_Max_Unlocked state.

Word 0 01-16 17-255

Description Reserved Password (32 byte) Reserved

Table 222 Set Max Set Password data contents

266 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Set Max Lock (Feature = 02h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

765 4 3210

Data

--- - ----

Feature

000 0 0010

Sector Count

--- - ----

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

--- - ----

Cylinder High

--- - ----

Device/Head

1 - 1D- - - -

Command

111 1 1001

Command Block Input Registers

Register

765 4 3210

Data

--- - ----

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count - - - - - - - -

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High - - - - - - - -

Device/Head 1 - 1 D - - - -

Status

...See Below...

Error Register 7 6543210 CRC UNC 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN 0 0000V00
Table 223 Set Max Lock

Status Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0 V 0

-

-

0

-

V

The device regards as Set Max Address command, if this command is immediately preceded by a Read Native Max Address command.
This command sets the device into Set_Max_Locked state. After this command is completed any other Set Max commands except Set Max Unlock and Set Max Freeze Lock are rejected. The device remains in this state until a power cycle or the acceptance of a Set Max Unlock or Set Max Freeze Lock command.

267 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Set Max Unlock (Feature = 03h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

765 4 3210

Data

--- - ----

Feature

000 0 0011

Sector Count

--- - ----

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

--- - ----

Cylinder High

--- - ----

Device/Head

1 - 1D- - - -

Command

111 1 1001

Command Block Input Registers

Register

765 4 3210

Data

--- - ----

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count - - - - - - - -

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High - - - - - - - -

Device/Head 1 - 1 D - - - -

Status

...See Below...

Error Register 7 6543210 CRC UNC 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN 0 0000V00
Table 224 Set Max Unlock (F9h)

Status Register

7654321 0

BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0 V 0

-

-

0

-

V

The device regards as Set Max Address command, if this command is immediately preceded by a Read Native Max Address command.
This command requests a transfer of a single sector of data from the host including the information specified in Table 221 on the page 266 with the stored SET MAX password.
If the password compare fails then the device returns an abort error to the host and decrements the unlock attempt counter. This counter is initially set to 5 and is decremented for each password mismatch. When this counter reaches zero then all Set Max Unlock commands are rejected until a hard reset or a power off.
If the password compares matches, then the device set the Set_Max_Unlocked state and all Set Max commands shall be accepted.

268 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Set Max Freeze Lock (Feature = 04h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

765 4 3210

Data

--- - ----

Feature

000 0 0100

Sector Count

--- - ----

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

--- - ----

Cylinder High

--- - ----

Device/Head

1 - 1D- - - -

Command

111 1 1001

Command Block Input Registers

Register

765 4 3210

Data

--- - ----

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count - - - - - - - -

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High - - - - - - - -

Device/Head 1 - 1 D - - - -

Status

...See Below...

Error Register 7 6543210 CRC UNC 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN 0 0000V00
Table 225 Set Max Freeze Lock (F9h)

Status Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0 V 0

-

-

0

-

V

The device regards as Set Max Address command, if this command is immediately preceded by a Read Native Max Address command.
The Set Max Freeze Lock command sets the device to Set_Max_Frozen state. After command completion any subsequent Set Max commands are rejected. Commands disabled by Set Max Freeze Lock are:
1. Set Max Address 2. Set Max Set PASSWORD 3. Set Max Lock 4. Set Max Unlock

269 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Set Max Address Ext (37h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Feature

Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - -

Sector Count

Current - - - - - - - B Previous - - - - - - - -

Current V V V V V V V V Sector Number
Previous V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Device/Head

-1-D- - - -

Command

0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count

HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V Sector Number
HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

Device/Head

- - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

7 CRC
0

6 UNC
0

Error Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

0

0

0

V

0

0

Table 226 Set Max Address Ext Command (37h)

Status Register

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0

V

0

-

-

0

-

V

This command is immediately preceded by a Read Native Max Address Ext command.

This command overwrites the maximum number of Address of HDD in a range of actual device capacity. Once device receives this command, all accesses beyond that Address are rejected with setting ABORT bit in status register.

When the address requested is greater than 268,435,455, words (103:100) shall be modified to reflect the requested value, but words (61:60) shall not be modified. When the address requested is equal to or less than 268,435,455, words (103:100) shall be modified to reflect the requested value, and words (61:60) shall also be modified.

If this command is not supported, the maximum value to be set exceeds the capacity of the device, a host protected area has been established by a Set Max Address command, the command is not immediately preceded by a Read Native Max Address Ext command, or the device is in the Set Max Locked or Set Max Frozen state, the device shall return command aborted.

The device returns the command aborted for a second non-volatile Set Max Address Ext command until next power on or hardware reset.

Output Parameters To The Device

B Sector Number Current

Option bit for selection whether nonvolatile or volatile. B=0 is volatile condition. When B=1, MAX Address which is set by Set Max Address Ext command is preserved by POR. When B=0, MAX Address which is set by Set Max Address Ext command will be lost by POR. B=1 is not valid when the device is in Address Offset mode.
Set Max LBA (7:0).

Sector Number Previous Set Max LBA (31:24).

Cylinder Low Current

Set Max LBA (15:8).

270 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Cylinder Low Previous

Set Max LBA (39:32).

Cylinder High Current

Set Max LBA (23:16).

Cylinder High Previous

Set Max LBA (47:40).

Input Parameters From The Device

Sector Number (HOB=0) Set Max LBA (7:0).

Sector Number (HOB=1) Set Max LBA (31:24).

Cylinder Low (HOB=0)

Set Max LBA (15:8).

Cylinder Low (HOB=1)

Set Max LBA (39:32).

Cylinder High (HOB=0)

Set Max LBA (23:16).

Cylinder High (HOB=1)

Set Max LBA (47:40).

271 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Set Multiple (C6h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Feature

- - - - - - - -

Sector Count

V V V V V V V V

Sector Number

- - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

- - - - - - - -

Cylinder High

- - - - - - - -

Device/Head

1 - 1D - - - -

Command

1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count - - - - - - - -

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High - - - - - - - -

Device/Head - - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

Error Register 7 6543210 CRC UNC 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN 0 0000V00
Table 227 Set Multiple Commands (C6h)

Status Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0 V 0

-

-

0

-

V

The Set Multiple command enables the device to perform Read and Write Multiple commands and establishes the block size for these commands. The block size is the number of sectors to be transferred for each interrupt.
If an invalid block size is specified, an Abort error will be returned to the host, and Read Multiple and Write Multiple commands will be disabled.
Output Parameters To The Device
Sector Count. The block size to be used for Read Multiple and Write Multiple commands. Valid block sizes can be selected from 0, 1, 2, 4, 8 or 16. If 0 is specified, then Read Multiple and Write Multiple commands are disabled.

272 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Sleep (E6h/99h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

765 4 3210

Data

--- - ----

Feature

--- - ----

Sector Count

--- - ----

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

--- - ----

Cylinder High - - - - - - - -

Device/Head

1 -1D- - - -

Command

111 0 0110

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count - - - - - - - -

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High - - - - - - - -

Device/Head - - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

Error Register 7 6543210 CRC UNC 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN 0 0000V00
Table 228 Sleep Command (E6h/99h)

Status Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR 0V0V - 0 - V

This command causes the device to enter Sleep Mode.
The device is spun down and the interface becomes inactive. If the device is already spun down, the spin down sequence is not executed.
The only way to recover from Sleep Mode is with software reset or hardware reset.

273 Hard Disk Drive Specification

SMART Function Set (B0h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Data

- - - - - - - -

Feature

V V V V V V V V Error

...See Below...

Sector Count

V V V V V V V V Sector Count - - - - - - - -

Sector Number

V V V V V V V V Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 Cylinder Low - - - - - - - -

Cylinder High

1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 Cylinder High - - - - - - - -

Device/Head

1 - 1D - - - -

Device/Head - - - - - - - -

Command

1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 Status

...See Below...

7 6 CRC UNC

Error Register 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

Status Register 7654321 0 BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0 V0V0V00

0V0V - 0 - V

Table 229 SMART Function Set Command (B0h)

The SMART Function Set command provides access to Attribute Values, Attribute Thresholds and other low level subcommands that can be used for logging and reporting purposes and to accommodate special user needs. The SMART Function Set command has several separate subcommands which are selectable via the device's Features Register when the SMART Function Set command is issued by the host.

274 Hard Disk Drive Specification

SMART Subcommand
In order to select a subcommand the host must write the subcommand code to the device's Features Register before issuing the SMART Function Set command. The subcommands and their respective codes are listed below.
Code Subcommand D0h SMART Read Attribute Values D1h SMART Read Attribute Thresholds D2h SMART Enable/Disable Attribute Autosave D3h SMART Save Attribute Values D4h SMART Execute Off-line Immediate D5h SMART Read Log Sector D6h SMART Write Log Sector D8h SMART Enable Operations D9h SMART Disable Operations DAh SMART Return Status DBh SMART Enable/Disable Automatic Off-Line
SMART Read Attribute Values (Subcommand D0h)
This subcommand returns the device's Attribute Values to the host. Upon receipt of the SMART Read Attribute Values subcommand from the host, the device saves any updated Attribute Values to the Attribute Data sectors, and then transfers the 512 bytes of Attribute Value information to the host.
SMART Read Attribute Thresholds (Subcommand D1h)
This subcommand returns the device's Attribute Thresholds to the host. Upon receipt of the SMART Read Attribute Thresholds subcommand from the host, the device reads the Attribute Thresholds from the Attribute Threshold sectors, and then transfers the 512 bytes of Attribute Thresholds information to the host.
SMART Enable/Disable Attribute Autosave (Subcommand D2h)
This subcommand Enables and Disables the Attribute Autosave feature of the device. The SMART Enable/Disable Attribute Autosave subcommand either allows the device to automatically save its updated Attribute Values to the Attribute Data Sector periodically; or this subcommand causes the Autosave feature to be disabled. The state of the Attribute Autosave feature (either enabled or disabled) will be preserved by the device across power cycle. A value of 00h written by the host into the device's Sector Count Register before issuing the SMART Enable/Disable Attribute Autosave subcommand will cause this feature to be disabled. Disabling this feature does not preclude the device from saving Attribute Values to the Attribute Data sectors during some other normal operation such as during a power-up or power-down. A value of F1h written by the host into the device's Sector Count Register before issuing the SMART Enable/Disable Attribute Autosave subcommand will cause this feature to be enabled. Any other non-zero value written by the host into this register before issuing the SMART Enable/Disable Attribute Autosave subcommand will not change the current Autosave status but the device will respond with the error code specified in Table 243. The SMART Disable Operations subcommand disables the Autosave feature along with the device's SMART operations. Upon the receipt of the subcommand from the host, the device asserts BSY, Enables or Disables the Autosave feature, clears BSY and asserts INTRQ.
275 Hard Disk Drive Specification

SMART Save Attribute Values (Subcommand D3h)

This subcommand causes the device to immediately save any updated Attribute Values to the device's Attribute Data sector regardless of the state of the Attribute Autosave feature. Upon receipt of the SMART Save Attribute Values subcommand from the host, the device writes any updated Attribute Values to the Attribute Data sector.

SMART Execute Off-line Immediate (Subcommand D4h)

This subcommand causes the device to immediately initiate the set of activities that collect Attribute data in an offline mode (off-line routine) or execute a self-test routine in either captive or off-line mode.
The Sector Number register shall be set to specify the operation to be executed.

Sector Number Operation to be executed

0

Execute SMART off-line data collection routine immediately

1

Execute SMART Short self-test routine immediately in off-line mode

2

Execute SMART Extended self-test routine immediately in off-line mode

4

Execute SMART Selective self-test routine immediately in off-line mode

127

Abort off-line mode self-test routine

129

Execute SMART Short self-test routine immediately in captive mode

130

Execute SMART Extended self-test routine immediately in captive mode

132

Execute SMART Selective self-test routine immediately in captive mode

Off-line mode: The device executes command completion before executing the specified routine. During execution of the routine the device will not set BSY nor clear DRDY. If the device is in the process of performing its routine and is interrupted by a new command from the host, the device will abort or suspend its routine and service the host within two seconds after receipt of the new command. After servicing the interrupting command, the device will resume its routine automatically or not start its routine depending on the interrupting command.
Captive mode: When executing self-test in captive mode, the device sets BSY to one and executes the specified self-test routine after receipt of the command. At the end of the routine, the device sets the execution result in the Self-test execution status byte (Table 231) and ATA registers as below and executes command completion.
Status Set ERR to one when self-test has failed

Error Cyl Low

Set ABRT to one when self-test has failed Set to F4h when self-test has failed

Cyl High Set to 2Ch when self-test has failed

276 Hard Disk Drive Specification

SMART Read Log Sector (Subcommand D5h)

This command returns the specified log sector contents to the host.

The 512 bytes data are returned at a command and the Sector Count value shall be set to one. The Sector Number shall be set to specify the log sector address.

Log sector address 00h 01h 03h 06h 07h 09h
80h-9Fh

Content Log directory Summary SMART Error Log Extended Comprehensive SMART Error Log SMART Self-test Log Extended Self-test Log Selective self-test Log
Host vendor specific

Type Read Only Read Only See Note Read Only See Note Read/Write
Read/Write

Note: Log addresses 03h and 07h are used by the Read Log Ext and Write Log Ext commands. If these log addresses are used with the SMART Read Log Sector command, the device shall return command aborted.
Table 230 Log sector addresses

SMART Write Log Sector (Subcommand D6h)
This command writes 512 bytes data to the specified log sector.
The 512 bytes data are transferred at a command and the Sector Count value shall be set to one. The Sector Number shall be set to specify the log sector address (Table 230). If Read Only log sector is specified, the device returns ABRT error.
SMART Enable Operations (Subcommand D8h)
This subcommand enables access to all SMART capabilities within the device. Prior to receipt of a SMART Enable Operations subcommand, Attribute Values are neither monitored nor saved by the device. The state of SMART (either enabled or disabled) will be preserved by the device across power cycles. Once enabled, the receipt of subsequent SMART Enable Operations subcommands will not affect any of the Attribute Values.
Upon receipt of the SMART Enable Operations subcommand from the host, the device enables SMART capabilities and functions, and then saves any updated Attribute Values to the Attribute Data sector.
SMART Disable Operations (Subcommand D9h)
This subcommand disables all SMART capabilities within the device including the device's attribute autosave feature. After receipt of this subcommand the device disables all SMART operations. Non self-preserved Attribute Values will no longer be monitored. The state of SMART (either enabled or disabled) is preserved by the device across power cycles.
Upon receipt of the SMART Disable Operations subcommand from the host, the device disables SMART capabilities and functions, and then saves any updated Attribute Values to the Attribute Data sector.
After receipt of the device of the SMART Disable Operations subcommand from the host, all other SMART subcommands ­ with the exception of SMART Enable Operations ­ are disabled, and invalid and will be aborted by the device (including the SMART Disable Operations subcommand), returning the error code as specified in Table 243 on the page 289.
Any Attribute Values accumulated and saved to volatile memory prior to receipt of the SMART Disable Operations command will be preserved in the device's Attribute Data Sectors. If the device is re-enabled, these Attribute Values will be updated, as needed, upon receipt of a SMART Read Attribute Values or SMART Save Attribute Values command.

277 Hard Disk Drive Specification

SMART Return Status (Subcommand DAh)
This command is used to communicate the reliability status of the device to the host's request. Upon receipt of the SMART Return Status subcommand the device saves any updated Pre-failure type Attribute Values to the reserved sector and compares the updated Attribute Values to the Attribute Thresholds. If the device does not detect a Threshold Exceeded Condition, the device loads 4Fh into the Cylinder Low register, C2h into the Cylinder High register. If the device detects a Threshold Exceeded Condition, the device loads F4h into the Cylinder Low register, 2Ch into the Cylinder High register.
SMART Enable/Disable Automatic Off-Line (Subcommand DBh)
This subcommand enables and disables the optional feature that causes the device to perform the set of off-line data collection activities that automatically collect attribute data in an off-line mode and then save this data to the device's non-volatile memory. This subcommand may either cause the device to automatically initiate or resume performance of its off-line data collection activities or cause the automatic off-line data collection feature to be disabled. A value of zero written by the host into the device's Sector Count Register before issuing this subcommand shall cause the feature to be disabled. Disabling this feature does not preclude the device from saving attribute values to non-volatile memory during some other normal operation such as during a power-on or power-off sequence or during an error recovery sequence. A value of F8h written by the host into the device's Sector Count Register before issuing this subcommand shall cause this feature to be enabled. Any other non-zero value written by the host into this register before issuing this subcommand is vender specific and will not change the current Automatic Off-Line Data Collection, but the device may respond with the error code specified in Table 243 on the page.289
278 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Device Attributes Data Structure

The following defines the 512 bytes that make up the Attribute Value information. This data structure is accessed by the host in its entirety using the SMART Read Attribute Values subcommand. All multi-byte fields shown in these data structures are in byte ordering, namely that the least significant byte occupies the lowest numbered byte address location in the field.

Description Data Structure Revision Number 1st Device Attribute ... ... 30th Device Attribute Off-line data collection status Self-test execution status Total time in seconds to complete off-line data collection activity Vender specific Off-line data collection capability SMART capability SMART device error logging capability Self-test failure check point Short self-test completion time in minutes Extended self-test completion time in minutes. If 0FFh, use bytes 177h and 178h for completion time. Reserved Extended self-test completion time in minutes. (word) Reserved Vendor specific Data structure checksum

Bytes 2
12 .. ..
12 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1
1
1 2 9 125 1 512

Offset 00h 02h
15Eh 16Ah 16Bh 16Ch 16Eh 16Fh 170h 172h 173h 174h
175h
176h 177h 179h 182h 1FFh

Value 0010h
1Bh 0003h
01h

Table 231 Device Attribute Data Structure

Data Structure Revision Number
The Data Structure Revision Number identifies which version of this data structure is implemented by the device. This revision number identifies both the Attribute Value and Attribute Threshold Data structures.

279 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Individual Attribute Data Structure

The following defines the 12 bytes that make up the information for each Attribute entry in the Device Attribute Data Structure.

Description Attribute ID Number (01h to FFh) Status Flags Attribute Value (valid values from 01h to FDh) Vender specific Total Bytes

Bytes 1 2 1 8
12

Offset 00h 01h 03h 04h

Table 232 Individual Attribute Data Structure

Attribute ID Numbers: Any non-zero value in the Attribute ID Number indicates an active attribute. The device supports following Attribute ID Numbers.

ID

Attribute Name

0

Indicates that this entry in the data structure is not used

1

Raw Read Error Rate

2

Throughput Performance

3

Spin Up Time

4

Start/Stop Count

5

Reallocated Sector Count

7

Seek Error Rate

8

Seek Time Performance

9

Power-On Hours Count

10

Spin Retry Count

12

Device Power Cycle Count

22

Internal Environment status

192 Power off Retract count

193 Load Cycle count

194 Temperature

196 Reallocation Event Count

197 Current Pending Sector Count

198 Off-Line Scan Uncorrectable Sector Count

199 Ultra DMA CRC Error Count

Status Flag Definitions Bit Definition

0

Pre-failure/advisory bit

0

An Attribute Value less than or equal to its corresponding Attribute Threshold indicates an

advisory condition where the usage or age of the device has exceeded its intended design life

period.

1

An Attribute Value less than or equal to its corresponding attribute threshold indicates a pre-

Failure condition where imminent loss of data is being predicted.

1

On-Line Collective bit

0

The Attribute Value is updated only during Off-Line testing

1

The Attribute Value is updated during On-Line testing or during both On-Line and Off-Line testing.

2-5 Vendor specific

6-15 Reserved (0)

Normalized Values: The device will perform conversion of the raw Attribute Values to transform them into normalized values, which the host can then compare with the Threshold values. A Threshold is the excursion limit for a normalized Attribute Value.

280 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Off-Line Data Collection Status

The value of this byte defines the current status of the off-line activities of the device. Bit 7 indicates Automatic OffLine Data Collection Status.

Bit 7 Automatic Off-Line Data Collection Status

0

Automatic Off-Line Data Collection is disabled.

1

Automatic Off-Line Data Collection is enabled.

Bits 0 thru 6 represent a hexadecimal status value reported by the device.

Value Definition

0

Off-line data collection never started

2

All segments completed without errors.

4

Off-line data collection suspended by interrupting command

5

Off-line data collecting aborted by interrupting command

6

Off-line data collection aborted with fatal error

Self-test execution status
Bit Definition 0-3 Percent Self-test remaining
An approximation of the percent of the self-test routine remaining until completion in ten percent increments. Valid values are 0 through 9. 4-7 Current Self-test execution status 0 The self-test routine completed without error or has never been run 1 The self-test routine aborted by the host 2 The self-test routine interrupted by the host with a hard or soft reset 3 The device was unable to complete the self-test routine due to a fatal error or unknown test error 4 The self-test routine completed with unknown element failure 5 The self-test routine completed with electrical element failure 6 The self-test routine completed with servo element failure 7 The self-test routine completed with read element failure 15 The self-test routine in progress

Total Time in Seconds to Complete Off-line Data Collection Activity
This field tells the host how many seconds the device requires completing the off-line data collection activity.

281 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Off-Line Data Collection Capability

Bit Definition

0

Execute Off-line Immediate implemented bit

0

SMART Execute Off-line Immediate subcommand is not implemented

1

SMART Execute Off-line Immediate subcommand is implemented

1

Enable/disable Automatic Off-line implemented bit

0

SMART Enable/disable Automatic Off-line subcommand is not implemented

1

SMART Enable/disable Automatic Off-line subcommand is implemented

2

abort/restart off-line by host bit

0 The device will suspend off-line data collection activity after an interrupting command and resume it after some vendor specific event

1 The device will abort off-line data collection activity upon receipt of a new command

3

Off-line Read Scanning implemented bit

0 The device does not support Off-line Read Scanning

1 The device supports Off-line Read Scanning

4

Self-test implemented bit

0 Self-test routine is not implemented

1 Self-test routine is implemented

5-7 Reserved (0)

6

Selective self-test implemented bit

0 Selective self-test routine is not implemented

1 Selective self-test routine is implemented

SMART Capability

This word of bit flags describes the SMART capabilities of the device. The device will return 03h indicating that the device will save its Attribute Values prior to going into a power saving mode and supports the SMART ENABLE/DISABLE ATTRIBUTE AUTOSAVE command.

Bit Definition

0

Pre-power mode attribute saving capability

If bit = 1, the device will save its Attribute Values prior to going into a power saving mode (Standby or

Sleep mode).

1

Attribute autosave capability

If bit = 1, the device supports the SMART ENABLE/DISABLE ATTRIBUTE AUTOSAVE command.

2-15 Reserved (0)

Error Logging Capability

Bit Definition

7-1 Reserved (0)

0

Error Logging support bit

If bit = 1, the device supports the Error Logging

Self-test failure check point
This byte indicates the section of self-test where the device detected a failure.

282 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Self-test completion time
These bytes are the minimum time in minutes to complete self-test.
Data Structure Checksum
The Data Structure Checksum is the 2's compliment of the result of a simple 8-bit addition of the first 511 bytes in the data structure.
283 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Device Attribute Thresholds Data Structure

The following defines the 512 bytes that make up the Attribute Threshold information. This data structure is accessed by the host in its entirety using the SMART Read Attribute Thresholds. All multi-byte fields shown in these data structures follow the ATA/ATAPI-7 specification for byte ordering, namely that the least significant byte occupies the lowest numbered byte address location in the field.

The sequence of active Attribute Thresholds will appear in the same order as their corresponding Attribute Values.

Description Data Structure Revision Number 1st Attribute Threshold ... ... 30th Attribute Threshold Reserved Vendor specific Data structure checksum

Bytes 2
12 .. ..
12 18 131
1 512

Offset 00h 02h
15Eh 16Ah 17Ch 1FFh

Value 0010h
00h 00h

Table 233 Device Attribute Thresholds Data Structure

Data Structure Revision Number

This value is the same as the value used in the Device Attributes Values Data Structure.

Individual Thresholds Data Structure

The following defines the 12 bytes that make up the information for each Threshold entry in the Device Attribute Thresholds Data Structure. Attribute entries in the Individual Threshold Data Structure are in the same order and correspond to the entries in the Individual Attribute Data Structure.

Description Attribute ID Number (01h to FFh) Attribute Threshold Reserved (00h) Total Bytes

Bytes 1 1
10 12

Offset 00h 01h 02h

Table 234 Individual Threshold Data Structure

Attribute ID Numbers
Attribute ID Numbers supported by the device are the same as Attribute Values Data Structures.
Attribute Threshold
These values are preset at the factory and are not meant to be changeable.
Data Structure Checksum
The Data Structure Checksum is the 2's compliment of the result of a simple 8-bit addition of the first 511 bytes in the data structure.

284 Hard Disk Drive Specification

SMART Log Directory

Table 235 defines the 512 bytes that make up the SMART Log Directory. The SMART Log Directory is SMART Log Address zero and is defined as one sector long.

Description SMART Logging Version Number of sectors in the log at log address 1 Reserved Number of sectors in the log at log address 2 Reserved ... Number of sectors in the log at log address 255 Reserved

Bytes 2 1 1 1 1 ... 1 1
512

Offset 00h 02h 03h 04h 05h ...
1Feh 1FFh

Table 235 SMART Log Directory

The value of the SMART Logging Version word shall be 01h. The logs at log addresses 80-9Fh shall each be defined as 16 sectors long.

SMART summary error log sector

The following defines the 512 bytes that make up the SMART summary error log sector. All multi-byte fields shown in this data structure follow the ATA/ATAPI-7 specifications for byte ordering.

Description SMART error log version Error log index 1st error log data structure 2nd error log data structure 3rd error log data structure 4th error log data structure 5th error log data structure Device error count Reserved Data structure checksum

Bytes 1 1
90 90 90 90 90
2 57
1 512

Offset 00h 01h 02h 5Ch B6h
110h 16Ah 1C4h 1C6h 1FFh

Table 236 SMART summary error log sector

SMART error log version
This value is set to 01h.
Error log index
This points the most recent error log data structure. Only values 1 through 5 are valid.
Device error count
This field contains the total number of errors. The value will not roll over.

285 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Error log data structure
Data format of each error log structure is shown below. Description 1st error log data structure 2nd error log data structure 3rd error log data structure 4th error log data structure 5th error log data structure Error data structure
Table 237 Error log data structure

Bytes 12 12 12 12 12 30 90

Offset 00h 0Ch 18h 24h 30h 3Ch

Command data structure: Data format of each command data structure is shown below.

Description Device Control register Features register Sector count register Sector number register Cylinder Low register Cylinder High register Device/Head register Command register Timestamp (milliseconds from Power On)

Bytes 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4
12

Offset 00h 01h 02h 03h 04h 05h 06h 07h 08h

Table 238 Command data structure

Error data structure: Data format of error data structure is shown below.

Description Reserved Error register Sector count register Sector number register Cylinder Low register Cylinder High register Device/Head register Status register Extended error data (vendor specific) State Life timestamp (hours)

Bytes 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
19 1 2
30

Table 239 Error data structure

Offset 00h 01h 02h 03h 04h 05h 06h 07h 08h 1Bh 1Ch

286 Hard Disk Drive Specification

State field contains a value indicating the device state when command was issued to the device.

Value

State

x0h

Unknown

x1h

Sleep

x2h

Standby (If the EPC feature set is enabled, Standby is standby_y or standby_z)

x3h

Active/Idle

(If the EPC feature set is enabled, Active/Idle is idle_a or idle_b or idle_c)

x4h

SMART Off-line or Self-test

x5h-xAh Reserved

xBh-xFh Vendor specific

Note: The value of x is vendor specific.

Self-test log data structure

The following defines the 512 bytes that make up the Self-test log sector. All multi-byte fields shown in these data structures follow the ATA/ATAPI-7 specifications for byte ordering.

Description Data structure revision Self-test number Self-test execution status Life time power on hours Self-test failure check point LBA of first failure Vendor specific ... Vendor specific Self-test index Reserved Data structure checksum

Bytes 2 1 1 2 1 4
15

Offset 00h
n*18h+02h n*18h+03h n*18h+04h n*18h+06h n*18h+07h n*18h+0Bh

2

1Fah

1

1FCh

2

1FDh

1

1FFh

512

Note: n is 0 through 20
Table 240 Self-test log data structure

The data structure contains the descriptor of Self-test that the device has performed. Each descriptor is 24 bytes long and the self-test data structure is capable to contain up to 21 descriptors.
After 21 descriptors have been recorded, the oldest descriptor will be overwritten with new descriptor.
Self-test index points the most recent descriptor. When there is no descriptor the value is 0. When there is descriptor(s) the value is 1 through 21.

287 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Selective self-test log data structure

The Selective self-test log is a log that may be both written and read by the host. This log allows the host to select the parameters for the self-test and to monitor the progress of the self-test. The following table defines the contents of the Selective self-test log which is 512 bytes long. All multi-byte fields shown in these data structures follow the ATA/ATAPI-7 specifications for byte ordering.

Description Data structure revision Starting LBA for test span 1 Ending LBA for test span 1 Starting LBA for test span 2 Ending LBA for test span 2 Starting LBA for test span 3 Ending LBA for test span 3 Starting LBA for test span 4 Ending LBA for test span 4 Starting LBA for test span 5 Ending LBA for test span 5 Reserved Vendor specific Current LBA under test Current span under test Feature flags Vendor specific Selective self-test pending time Reserved Data structure checksum

Bytes 2 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
256 154
8 2 2 4 2 1 1 512

Offset 00h 02h 0Ah 12h 1Ah 22h 2Ah 32h 3Ah 42h 4Ah 52h
152h 1Ech 1F4h 1F6h 1F8h 1FCh 1Feh 1FFh

Read/Write R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W
Reserved Vendor specific
Read Read R/W Vendor specific R/W Reserved R/W

Table 241 Selective self-test log data structure

Feature flags

The Feature flags define the features of Selective self-test to be executed.

Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5-15

Description Vendor specific When set to one, perform off-line scan after selective test. Vendor specific When set to one, off-line scan after selective test is pending. When set to one, off-line scan after selective test is active. Reserved.

Table 242 Selective self-test feature flags

288 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Error Reporting

The following table shows the values returned in the Status and Error Registers when specific error conditions are encountered by a device.

Error Condition
A SMART FUNCTION SET command was received by the device without the required key being loaded into the Cylinder High and Cylinder Low registers.
A SMART FUNCTION SET command was received by the device with a subcommand value in the Features Register that is either invalid or not supported by this device.
A SMART FUNCTION SET command subcommand other than SMART ENABLE OPERATIONS was received by the device while the device was in a "SMART disabled" state.
The device is unable to read its Attribute Values or Attribute Thresholds data structure.
The device is unable to write to its Attribute Values data structure.

Status Register 51h
51h
51h 51h 51h

Error Register 04h
04h
04h 10h or 40h
10h

Table 243 SMART Error Codes

289 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Standby (E2h/96h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Feature

- - - - - - - -

Sector Count

V V V V V V V V

Sector Number

- - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

- - - - - - - -

Cylinder High

- - - - - - - -

Device/Head

1 - 1D - - - -

Command

1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7654321 0

Data

------- -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count

------- -

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

------- -

Cylinder High

------- -

Device/Head

------- -

Status

...See Below...

7 6 CRC UNC
0 0

Error Register 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN 0 0 0V0 0

Table 244 Standby Command (E2h/96h)

Status Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR 0V0V - 0 - V

The Standby command causes the device to enter the Standby Mode immediately, and set auto power down timeout parameter (standby timer).

When the Standby mode is entered, the drive is spun down but the interface remains active. If the drive is already spun down, the spin down sequence is not executed.

During the Standby mode the device will respond to commands, but there is a delay while waiting for the spindle to reach operating speed.

The automatic power down sequence is enabled and the timer starts counting down when the drive returns to Idle mode.

If the EPC feature set is enabled, device enters into the Standby_Z power condition.

Output Parameters To The Device Sector Count Timeout Parameter. If zero, the timeout interval (Standby Timer) is NOT disabled. If non-zero,
then the automatic power down sequence is enabled, and the timeout interval is shown blow:

Value ------------
0 1-240 241-251 252 253 254 255

Description ------------------------------Timer disabled Value * 5 seconds (Value-240) * 30 minutes 21 minutes 8 hours Aborted 21 minutes 15 seconds

When the automatic power down sequence is enabled, the drive will enter Standby mode automatically if the timeout interval expires with no drive access from the host. The timeout interval will be reinitialized if there is a drive access before the timeout interval expires.

290 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Standby Immediate (E0h/94h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

765 4 3210

Data

--- - ----

Feature

--- - ----

Sector Count

--- - ----

Sector Number

--- - ----

Cylinder Low

--- - ----

Cylinder High

--- - ----

Device/Head

1 - 1D - - - -

Command

111 0 0000

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count

- - - - - - - -

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

- - - - - - - -

Cylinder High

- - - - - - - -

Device/Head

- - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

Error Register

Status Register

7 654321

0

CRC UNC 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0 0000V0

0

0V0V - 0 - V

Table 245 Standby Immediate Command (E0h/94h)

The Standby Immediate command causes the device to enter Standby mode immediately.
The device is spun down but the interface remains active. If the device is already spun down, the spin down sequence is not executed.
During the Standby mode, the device will respond to commands, but there is a delay while waiting for the spindle to reach operating speed.
The Standby Immediate command will not affect the auto power down timeout parameter.
If the EPC feature set is enabled, device enters into the Standby_Z power condition.

291 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Trusted Receive (5Ch)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

765 4 3210

Data

--- - ----

Feature

VVVV VVVV

Sector Count

VVVV VVVV

Sector Number

VVVV VVVV

Cylinder Low

VVVV VVVV

Cylinder High

VVVV VVVV

Device/Head

--- - ----

Command

010 1 1100

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count

- - - - - - - -

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

- - - - - - - -

Cylinder High

- - - - - - - -

Device/Head

- - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

Error Register

7 654321

0

CRC UNC 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

0 0000V0

0

Table 246 Trusted Receive Command (5Ch)

Status Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0 V 0

-

-

0

0 V

The Trusted Receive command reads one or more 512 byte packets from the drive. The returned packets depend on the Security Protocol selected (feature). See Trusted Command Feature for details.
The sectors are transferred through the Data Register 16 bits at a time.

292 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Trusted Receive DMA (5Dh)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

765 4 3210

Data

--- - ----

Feature

VVVV VVVV

Sector Count

VVVV VVVV

Sector Number

VVVV VVVV

Cylinder Low

VVVV VVVV

Cylinder High

VVVV VVVV

Device/Head

--- - ----

Command

010 1 1101

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count

- - - - - - - -

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

- - - - - - - -

Cylinder High

- - - - - - - -

Device/Head

- - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

Error Register

Status Register

7 654321

0

CRC UNC 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0 0000V0

0

0 V 0

-

-

0

0 V

Table 247 Trusted Receive DMA Command (5Dh)

The Trusted Receive DMA command reads one or more 512 byte packets from the drive. The returned packets depend on the Security Protocol selected (feature). See Trusted Command Feature for details.
The host initializes a slave-DMA channel prior to issuing the command. The data transfers are qualified by DMARQ and are performed by the slave-DMA channel. The device issues only one interrupt per command to indicate that data transfer has terminated and status is available.

293 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Trusted Send (5Eh)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

765 4 3210

Data

--- - ----

Feature

VVVV VVVV

Sector Count

VVVV VVVV

Sector Number

VVVV VVVV

Cylinder Low

VVVV VVVV

Cylinder High

VVVV VVVV

Device/Head

--- - ----

Command

010 1 1110

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count

- - - - - - - -

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

- - - - - - - -

Cylinder High

- - - - - - - -

Device/Head

- - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

Error Register

7 654321

0

CRC UNC 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

0 0000V0

0

Table 248 Trusted Send Command (5Eh)

Status Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0 V 0

-

-

0

0 V

The Trusted Send command writes one or more 512 byte packets to the drive. The content of the packets depend on the Security Protocol selected (feature). See Trusted Command Feature for details.
The sectors are transferred through the Data Register 16 bits at a time.

294 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Trusted Send DMA (5Fh)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

765 4 3210

Data

--- - ----

Feature

VVVV VVVV

Sector Count

VVVV VVVV

Sector Number

VVVV VVVV

Cylinder Low

VVVV VVVV

Cylinder High

VVVV VVVV

Device/Head

--- - ----

Command

010 1 1111

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count

- - - - - - - -

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

- - - - - - - -

Cylinder High

- - - - - - - -

Device/Head

- - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

Error Register

7 654321

0

CRC UNC 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

0 0000V0

0

Table 249 Trusted Send DMA Command (5Fh)

Status Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0 V 0

-

-

0

0 V

The Trusted Send DMA command writes one or more 512 byte packets to the drive. The content of the packets depend on the Security Protocol selected (feature). See Trusted Command Feature for details.
The host initializes a slave-DMA channel prior to issuing the command. The data transfers are qualified by DMARQ and are performed by the slave-DMA channel. The device issues only one interrupt per command to indicate that data transfer has terminated and status is available.

295 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Write Buffer (E8h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

765 4 3210

Data

--- - ----

Feature

--- - ----

Sector Count

--- - ----

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

--- - ----

Cylinder High

--- - ----

Device/Head

1 - 1D - - - -

Command

111 0 1000

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count

- - - - - - - -

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

- - - - - - - -

Cylinder High

- - - - - - - -

Device/Head

- - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

7 6 CRC UNC

Error Register 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

0 0000V00

Table 250 Write Buffer Command (E8h)

Status Register

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0 V 0

-

-

0

-

V

The Write Buffer command transfers a sector of data from the host to the sector buffer of the device. The sectors of data are transferred through the Data Register 16 bits at a time.
The Read Buffer and Write Buffer commands are synchronized such that sequential Write Buffer and Read Buffer commands access the same 512 byte within the buffer.

296 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Write Buffer DMA (EBh)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

765 4 3210

Data

--- - ----

Feature

--- - ----

Sector Count

--- - ----

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

--- - ----

Cylinder High

--- - ----

Device/Head

1 - 1D - - - -

Command

111 0 1011

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7654321 0

Data

------- -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count

------- -

Sector Number - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

------- -

Cylinder High - - - - - - - -

Device/Head

------- -

Status

...See Below...

7 6 CRC UNC

Error Register 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

0 0000V00

Table 251 Write Buffer DMA Command (EBh)

Status Register

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0 V 0

-

-

0

-

V

The Write Buffer DMA command transfers a sector of data from the host to the sector buffer of the device. The sectors of data are transferred through the Data Register 16 bits at a time.
The Read Buffer and Write Buffer commands are synchronized such that sequential Write Buffer and Read Buffer commands access the same 512 byte within the buffer.

297 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Write DMA (CAh/CBh)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Feature

- - - - - - - -

Sector Count

V V V V V V V V

Sector Number

V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High

V V V V V V V V

Device/Head

1 L 1DHHHH

Command

110 0 1 0 1R

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count V V V V V V V V

Sector Number V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High V V V V V V V V

Device/Head - - - - H H H H

Status

...See Below...

7 6 CRC UNC
V 0

Error Register 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN 0 V 0 V 0 0

Table 252 Write DMA Command (CAh/CBh)

Status Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR 0V0V - 0 - V

The Write DMA command transfers one or more sectors of data from the host to the device, then the data is written to the disk media.

The sectors of data are transferred through the Data Register 16 bits at a time.

The host initializes a slave-DMA channel prior to issuing the command. Data transfers are qualified by DMARQ and are performed by the slave-DMA channel. The device issues only one interrupt per command to indicate that data transfer has terminated and status is available.

If an uncorrectable error occurs, the write will be terminated at the failing sector.

Output Parameters To The Device

Sector Count

The number of continuous sectors to be transferred. If zero is specified, then 256 sectors will be transferred.

Sector Number

The sector number of the first sector to be transferred. (L=0) In LBA mode, this register contains LBA bits 0 ­ 7. (L=1)

Cylinder High/Low

The cylinder number of the first sector to be transferred. (L=0) In LBA mode, this register contains LBA bits 8 ­ 15 (Low), 16 ­ 23 (High). (L=1)

H

The head number of the first sector to be transferred. (L=0)

In LBA mode, this register contains LBA bits 24 ­ 27. (L=1)

R

The retry bit, but this bit is ignored.

Input Parameters From The Device

Sector Count

The number of requested sectors not transferred. This will be zero, unless an unrecoverable error occurs.

Sector Number

The sector number of the last transferred sector. (L=0) In LBA mode, this register contains current LBA bits 0 ­ 7. (L=1)

Cylinder High/Low

The cylinder number of the last transferred sector. (L=0) In LBA mode, this register contains current LBA bits 8 ­ 15 (Low), 16 ­ 23 (High). (L=1)

H

The head number of the last transferred sector. (L=0) In LBA mode, this register

contains current LBA bits 24 ­ 27. (L=1)

298 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Write DMA FUA Ext (3Dh)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Feature

Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - -

Sector Count

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Current V V V V V V V V Sector Number
Previous V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Device/Head

-1-D- - - -

Command

0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count

HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V Sector Number
HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

Device/Head

- - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

7 CRC
V

6 UNC
0

Error Register

5

4

3

2

1

0 IDN 0 ABT T0N

0

V

0

V

0

Table 253 Write DMA FUA Ext Command (3Dh)

0 AMN
0

7 BSY
0

6 RDY
V

Status Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0

V

-

0

-

V

The Write DMA FUA Ext command transfers one or more sectors of data from the host to the device, and then the data is written to the disk media. This command provides the same function as the Write DMA Ext command except that the transferred data shall be written to the media before the ending status for this command is reported also when write caching is enabled.

The sectors of data are transferred through the Data Register 16 bits at a time.

The host initializes a slave-DMA channel prior to issuing the command. Data transfers are qualified by DMARQ and are performed by the slave-DMA channel. The device issues only one interrupt per command to indicate that data transfer has terminated and status is available.

If an unrecoverable error occurs, the write will be terminated at the failing sector.

Output Parameters To The Device

Sector Count Current Sector Count Previous
Sector Number Current Sector Number Previous Cylinder Low Current Cylinder Low Previous Cylinder High Current Cylinder High Previous

The number of continuous sectors to be transferred low order, bits (7:0). The number of continuous sectors to be transferred high order bits (15:8). If zero is specified in the Sector Count register, then 65,536 sectors will be transferred. LBA (7:0). LBA (31:24). LBA (15:8). LBA (39:32). LBA (23:16). LBA (47:40).

299 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Input Parameters From The Device

Sector Number (HOB=0)

LBA (7:0) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Sector Number (HOB=1)

LBA (31:24) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder Low (HOB=0)

LBA (15:8) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder Low (HOB=1)

LBA (39:32) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder High (HOB=0)

LBA (23:16) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder High (HOB=1)

LBA (47:40) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

300 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Write DMA Ext (35h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Feature

Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - -

Sector Count

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Current V V V V V V V V Sector Number
Previous V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Current V V V V V V V V Cylinder High
Previous V V V V V V V V

Device/Head

-1-D- - - -

Command

0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count

HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V Sector Number
HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V Cylinder High
HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

Device/Head

- - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

7 CRC
V

6 UNC
0

Error Register

5

4

3

2

1

0 IDN 0 ABT T0N

0

V

0

V

0

Table 254 Write DMA Ext Command (35h)

0 AMN
0

7 BSY
0

6 RDY
V

Status Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0

V

-

0

-

V

The Write DMA Ext command transfers one or more sectors of data from the host to the device, and then the data is written to the disk media.

The sectors of data are transferred through the Data Register 16 bits at a time.

The host initializes a slave-DMA channel prior to issuing the command. Data transfers are qualified by DMARQ and are performed by the slave-DMA channel. The device issues only one interrupt per command to indicate that data transfer has terminated and status is available.

If an uncorrectable error occurs, the write will be terminated at the failing sector

Output Parameters To The Device

Sector Count Current

The number of continuous sectors to be transferred low order, bits (7:0).

Sector Count Previous
Sector Number Current Sector Number Previous Cylinder Low Current Cylinder Low Previous Cylinder High Current Cylinder High Previous

The number of continuous sectors to be transferred high order bits (15:8). If zero is specified in the Sector Count register, then 65,536 sectors will be transferred. LBA (7:0). LBA (31:24). LBA (15:8). LBA (39:32). LBA (23:16). LBA (47:40).

301 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Input Parameters From The Device

Sector Number (HOB=0)

LBA (7:0) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Sector Number (HOB=1)

LBA (31:24) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder Low (HOB=0)

LBA (15:8) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder Low (HOB=1)

LBA (39:32) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder High (HOB=0)

LBA (23:16) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder High (HOB=1)

LBA (47:40) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

302 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Write FPDMA Queued (61h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Feature

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Sector Count

Current V V V V V - - -
Previous - - - - - - - -

Current V V V V V V V V Sector Number
Previous V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Device/Head

V1 - 0 - - - -

Command

0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count

HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V Sector Number
HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

Device/Head

- - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

7 CRC
V

6 UNC
0

Error Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

0

V

0

V

0

0

Table 255 Write FPDMA Queued Command (61h)

7 BSY
0

6 RDY
V

Status Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0

V

-

0

-

V

The Write FPDMA Queued command transfers one or more sectors of data from the host to the device, and then the data is written to the disk media.

If an unrecoverable error occurs, the write will be terminated at the failing sector

Output Parameters To The Device

Feature Current

The number of sectors to be transferred low order, bits (7:0).

Feature Previous

The number of sectors to be transferred high order, bits (15:8).

Sector Count Current

.

TAG (bits 7-3)

The TAG value shall be assigned to be different from all other queued commands. The value shall not exceed the maximum queue depth specified by the Word 75 of the Identify Device information.

Sector Count Previous

PRIO (bits 7-6)

The Priority (PRIO) value shall be assigned by the host based on the priority of the command issued. The device makes a best effort to complete High priority requests in a more timely fashion than Normal and isochronous priority requests. The device tries to complete isochronous requests prior to its associated deadline. The Priority values are defined as follows:

Sector Number Current

00b Normal priority 01b Isochronous ­ deadline dependent priority 10b High priority LBA (7:0)

Sector Number Previous LBA (31:24)

Cylinder Low Current

LBA (15:8)

303 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Cylinder Low Previous Cylinder High Current Cylinder High Previous ICC
Device/Head FUA (bit 7)

LBA (39:32)

LBA (23:16)

LBA (47:40)

The Isochronous Command Completion (ICC) field is valid when PRIO is set to a value of 01b. It is assigned by the host based on the intended deadline associated with the command issued. When a deadline has expired, the device continues to complete the command as soon as possible. The host can modify this behavior if the device supports the NCQ NON-DATA command (see 11.15 NCQ NON-DATA (63h)) and supports the Deadline Handling subcommand (see 11.15.2 Deadline handling Subcommand (1h)). This subcommand allows the host to set whether the device aborts commands that have exceeded the time set in ICC.

There are several parameters encoded in the ICC field: Fine or Coarse timing, Interval and the Max Time. The Interval indicates the time units of the Time Limit parameter.

If ICC Bit 7 cleared to zero, then the time interval is fine-grained.

Interval

= 10msec

Time Limit

= (ICC[6:0] + 1) * 10 msec

If ICC Bit 7 is set to one (coarse encoding), then the time interval is coarse grained.

Interval

= 0.5 sec

Time Limit

= (ICC[6:0] + 1) * 0.5 sec

When the FUA bit is set to 1, the completion status is indicated after the transferred data are written to the media also when Write Cache is enabled.
When the FUA bit is set to 0, the completion status may be indicated before the transferred data are written to the media successfully when Write Cache is enabled.

Input Parameters From The Device

Sector Number (HOB=0) LBA (7:0) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Sector Number (HOB=1) LBA (31:24) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder Low (HOB=0)

LBA (15:8) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder Low (HOB=1)

LBA (39:32) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder High (HOB=0)

LBA (23:16) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder High (HOB=1)

LBA (47:40) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

304 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Write Log Ext (3Fh)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Feature

Current Previous

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Sector Count

Current Previous

V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V

Sector Number

Current Previous

V V V V V V V V - - - - - - - -

Cylinder Low

Current Previous

V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High

Current Previous

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Device/Head

1 - 1 D- - - -

Command

0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count
Sector Number
Cylinder Low
Cylinder High Device/Head Status

HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - ...See Below...

7 CRC
0

6 UNC
V

Error Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

0

V

0

V

0

0

Table 256 Write Log Ext Command (3Fh)

7 BSY
0

6 RDY
V

Status Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0

V

-

0

-

V

This command writes a specified number of 512 byte data sectors to the specific log. The device shall interrupt for each DRQ block transferred.

Output Parameters To The Device

Sector Count Current

The number of sectors to be written to the specified log low order, bits (7:0).

Sector Count Previous

The number of sectors to be written to the specified log high orders, bits (15:8). If the number of sectors is greater than the number indicated in the Log directory, which is available in Log number zero, the device shall return command aborted. The log transferred to the device shall be stored by the device starting at the first sector in the specified log.

Sector Number Current

The log to be written as described in Table 141 Log address definition. If the host attempts to write to a read only log address, the device shall return command aborted.

Cylinder Low Current

The first sector of the log to be written low order, bits (7:0).

Cylinder Low Previous

The first sector of the log to be written high order, bits (15:8).

If the feature set associated with the log specified in the Sector Number register is not supported or enabled, or if the values in the Sector Count, Sector Number or Cylinder Low registers are invalid, the device shall return command aborted. If the host attempts to write to a read only log address, the device shall return command aborted.

305 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Write Log DMA Ext (57h)

Command Block Output Registers

Command Block Input Registers

Register Data Low Data High Feature
Sector Count
LBA Low
LBA Mid
LBA High Device Command

Current Previous Current Previous Current Previous Current Previous Current Previous

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V - - - - - - - V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1

Register Data Low Data High Error
Sector Count
LBA Low
LBA Mid
LBA High Device Status

HOB=0 HOB=1 HOB=0 HOB=1 HOB=0 HOB=1 HOB=0 HOB=1

7654321 0 ------- ------- -
...See Below...
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -
...See Below...

Error Register

7

6 5 4 3 2

1

0

CRC UNC 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

V

V 0 V 0 V

0

0

Table 257 Write Log DMA Ext Command (57h)

Status Register

7

6 5 4

3

2

1

BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX

0

V 0 V

-

0

0

0 ERR
V

The content of this command is the same as Write Log Ext. See 11.64 Write Log Ext (3Fh)

306 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Write Multiple (C5h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Feature

- - - - - - - -

Sector Count

V V V V V V V V

Sector Number

V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High

V V V V V V V V

Device/Head

1 L 1DHHHH

Command

1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count V V V V V V V V

Sector Number V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High V V V V V V V V

Device/Head - - - - H H H H

Status

...See Below...

7 6 CRC UNC
0 0

Error Register 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN 0 V 0 V 0 0

Table 258 Write Multiple Command (C5h)

7 6 BSY RDY
0 V

Status Register 5 4 3 2 1 0 DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR 0V - 0 -V

The Write Multiple command transfers one or more sectors from the host to the device, and then the data is written to the disk media.

Command execution is identical to the Write Sector(s) command except that an interrupt is generated for each block (as defined by the Set Multiple command) instead of for each sector. The sectors are transferred through the Data Register 16 bits at a time.

Output Parameters To The Device

Sector Count

The number of continuous sectors to be transferred. If zero is specified, then 256 sectors will be transferred.

Sector Number

The sector number of the first sector to be transferred. (L=0) In LBA mode, this register contains LBA bits 0 - 7. (L=1)

Cylinder High/Low

The cylinder number of the first sector to be transferred. (L=0) In LBA mode, this register contains LBA bits 8 - 15 (Low), 16 - 23 (High). (L=1)

H

The head number of the first sector to be transferred. (L=0)

In LBA mode, this register contains LBA bits 24 - 27. (L=1)

Input Parameters From The Device

Sector Count Sector Number Cylinder High/Low H

The number of requested sectors not transferred. This will be zero, unless an unrecoverable error occurs.
The sector number of the last transferred sector. (L=0) In LBA mode, this register contains current LBA bits 0 - 7. (L=1)
The cylinder number of the last transferred sector. (L=0) In LBA mode, this register contains current LBA bits 8 - 15 (Low), 16 - 23 (High). (L=1)
The head number of the last transferred sector. (L=0) In LBA mode, this register contains current LBA bits 24 - 27. (L=1)

307 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Write Multiple Ext (39h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6

Data Low

- -

Data High

- -

Feature

Current - Previous - -

Sector Count

Current V V Previous V V

Current V V Sector Number
Previous V V

Cylinder Low

Current V V Previous V V

Cylinder High

Current V V Previous V V

Device/Head

- 1

Command

0 0

5 4 3 2 - - - - - - - - - - - - V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V -D- 1 1 1 0

1 0 - - - - V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V - 0 1

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count Sector Number Cylinder Low
Cylinder High Device/Head Status

HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - HOB=0 V V V V V V V V HOB=1 V V V V V V V V HOB=0 V V V V V V V V HOB=1 V V V V V V V V HOB=0 V V V V V V V V HOB=1 V V V V V V V V
- - - - - - - ...See Below...

7 CRC
0

6 UNC
0

Error Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

0

V

0

V

0

0

Table 259 Write Multiple Ext Command (39h)

Status Register

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0

V

0

V

-

0

-

V

The Write Multiple Ext command transfers one or more sectors from the host to the device, and then the data is written to the disk media.

Command execution is identical to the Write Sector(s) Ext command except that an interrupt is generated for each block (as defined by the Set Multiple command) instead of for each sector. The sectors are transferred through the Data Register 16 bits at a time.

Output Parameters To The Device

Sector Count Current

The number of continuous sectors to be transferred low order, bits (7:0)

Sector Count Previous

The number of continuous sectors to be transferred high order, bits (15:8). If zero is specified in the Sector Count register, then 65,536 sectors shall be transferred.

Sector Number Current

LBA (7:0).

Sector Number Previous

LBA (31:24).

Cylinder Low Current

LBA (15:8).

Cylinder Low Previous

LBA (39:32).

Cylinder High Current

LBA (23:16).

Cylinder High Previous

LBA (47:40).

Input Parameters From The Device

Sector Number (HOB=0)

LBA (7:0) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Sector Number (HOB=1)

LBA (31:24) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder Low (HOB=0)

LBA (15:8) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder Low (HOB=1)

LBA (39:32) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder High (HOB=0)

LBA (23:16) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder High (HOB=1)

LBA (47:40) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

308 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Write Multiple FUA Ext (CEh)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Feature

Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - -

Sector Count

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Current V V V V V V V V Sector Number
Previous V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Device/Head

-1-D- - - -

Command

1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count

HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V Sector Number
HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V Cylinder High
HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

Device/Head

- - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

7 CRC
0

6 UNC
0

Error Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

0

V

0

V

0

0

Table 260 Write Multiple FUA Ext Command (CEh)

7 BSY
0

6 RDY
V

Status Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0

V

-

0

-

V

The Write Multiple Ext command transfers one or more sectors from the host to the device, and then the data is written to the disk media. This command provides the same function as the Write Multiple Ext command except that the transferred data shall be written to the media before the ending status for this command is reported also when write caching is enabled.

Command execution is identical to the Write Sector(s) Ext command except that an interrupt is generated for each block (as defined by the Set Multiple command) instead of for each sector. The sectors are transferred through the Data Register 16 bits at a time.

Output Parameters To The Device

Sector Count Current

The number of continuous sectors to be transferred low order, bits (7:0)

Sector Count Previous

The number of continuous sectors to be transferred high order, bits (15:8). If zero is specified in the Sector Count register, then 65,536 sectors shall be transferred.

Sector Number Current

LBA (7:0).

Sector Number Previous

LBA (31:24).

Cylinder Low Current

LBA (15:8).

Cylinder Low Previous

LBA (39:32).

Cylinder High Current

LBA (23:16).

Cylinder High Previous

LBA (47:40).

Input Parameters From The Device

Sector Number (HOB=0)

LBA (7:0) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Sector Number (HOB=1)

LBA (31:24) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder Low (HOB=0)

LBA (15:8) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder Low (HOB=1)

LBA (39:32) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

309 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Cylinder High (HOB=0) Cylinder High (HOB=1)

LBA (23:16) of the address of the first unrecoverable error. LBA (47:40) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

310 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Write Sector(s) (30h/31h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Feature

- - - - - - - -

Sector Count

V V V V V V V V

Sector Number

V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High

V V V V V V V V

Device/Head

1 L 1DHHHH

Command

001 1 0 0 0R

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count V V V V V V V V

Sector Number V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High V V V V V V V V

Device/Head - - - - H H H H

Status

...See Below...

7 6 CRC UNC
0 0

Error Register 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN 0V0V0 0

Table 261 Write Sector(s) Command (30h/31h)

Status Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 BSY RDY DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR 0V0V - 0 - V

The Write Sector(s) command transfers one or more sectors from the host to the device, and then the data is written to the disk media.

The sectors are transferred through the Data Register 16 bits at a time.

If an uncorrectable error occurs, the write will be terminated at the failing sector.

Output Parameters To The Device

Sector Count

The number of continuous sectors to be transferred. If zero is specified, then 256 sectors will be transferred.

Sector Number

The sector number of the first sector to be transferred. (L=0) In LBA mode, this register contains LBA bits 0 - 7. (L=1)

Cylinder High/Low

The cylinder number of the first sector to be transferred. (L=0) In LBA mode, this register contains LBA bits 8 - 15 (Low), 16 - 23 (High). (L=1)

H

The head number of the first sector to be transferred. (L=0)

In LBA mode, this register contains LBA bits 24 - 27. (L=1)

R

The retry bit, but this bit is ignored.

Input Parameters From The Device

Sector Count

The number of requested sectors not transferred. This will be zero, unless an unrecoverable error occurs.

Sector Number

The sector number of the last transferred sector. (L=0) In LBA mode, this register contains current LBA bits 0 - 7. (L=1)

Cylinder High/Low

The cylinder number of the last transferred sector. (L=0) In LBA mode, this register contains current LBA bits 8 - 15 (Low), 16 - 23 (High). (L=1)

H

The head number of the last transferred sector. (L=0)

In LBA mode, this register contains current LBA bits 24 - 27. (L=1)

311 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Write Sector(s) Ext (34h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Feature

Current - - - - - - - Previous - - - - - - - -

Sector Count

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Current V V V V V V V V Sector Number
Previous V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Device/Head

-1-D- - - -

Command

0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count

HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V Sector Number
HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V Cylinder High
HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

Device/Head

- - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

7

6

CRC UNC

0

0

Error Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

0

V

0

V

0

0

Table 262 Write Sector(s) Ext Command (34h)

7

6

BSY RDY

0

V

Status Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

DF DSC DRQ COR IDX ERR

0

V

-

0

-

V

The Write Sector(s) Ext command transfers one or more sectors from the host to the device, and then the data is written to the disk media.

The sectors are transferred through the Data Register 16 bits at a time.

If an uncorrectable error occurs, the write will be terminated at the failing sector.

Output Parameters To The Device

Sector Count Current

The number of continuous sectors to be transferred low order, bits (7:0).

Sector Count Previous

The number of continuous sectors to be transferred high order bits (15:8). If zero is specified, then 65,536 sectors will be transferred.

Sector Number Current

LBA (7:0).

Sector Number Previous LBA (31:24).

Cylinder Low Current

LBA (15:8).

Cylinder Low Previous

LBA (39:32).

Cylinder High Current

LBA (23:16).

Cylinder High Previous

LBA (47:40).

Input Parameters From The Device

Sector Number (HOB=0) LBA (7:0) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Sector Number (HOB=1) LBA (31:24) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder Low (HOB=0)

LBA (15:8) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder Low (HOB=1)

LBA (39:32) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder High (HOB=0)

LBA (23:16) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder High (HOB=1)

LBA (47:40) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

312 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Write Stream DMA Ext (3Ah)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Feature

Current V V V V - V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Sector Count

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Sector Number

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Device/Head

111D - - - -

Command

0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count

HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V Sector Number
HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V Cylinder High
HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

Device/Head

- - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

7 CRC
V

6 UNC
0

Error Register

5

4

3

2

0 IDN 0 ABT

0

V

0

V

1

0

T0N CCTO

0

V

Table 263 Write Stream DMA Ext Command (3Ah)

Status Register

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

BSY RDY SE DWE DRQ COR IDX ERR

0

V

V

0

-

0

-

V

The Write Stream DMA Ext command allows the host to write data using the DMA data transfer protocol. This command allows for the host to specify to the device that additional actions need to be performed prior to the completion of the command if the required bits are set.
If the Write Continuous bit is set to one, the device shall not stop execution of the command due to errors. If the WC bit is set to one and errors occur in the transfer or writing of the data, the device shall continue to transfer the amount of data requested and then provide ending status with the BSY bit cleared to zero, the SE bit set to one, the ERR bit cleared to zero, and the type of error, ICRC, IDNF, or ABRT, reported in the error log. If the WC bit is set to one and the Command Completion Time Limit expires, the device shall stop execution of the command and provide ending status with BSY bit cleared to zero, the SE bit set to one, the ERR bit cleared to zero, and report the fact that the Command Completion Time Limit expired by setting the CCTO bit in the error log to one, In all cases, the device shall attempt to transfer the amount of data requested within the Command Completion Time Limit event if some data transferred is in error.

313 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Output Parameters To The Device

Feature Current

URG (bit7)

URG specifies an urgent transfer request. The Urgent bit specifies that the command should be completed in the minimum possible time by the device and shall be completed within the specified Command Completion Time Limit.

WC (bit6)

WC specifies Write Continuous mode enabled. If the Write Continuous bit is set to one, the device shall not stop execution of the command due to errors.

If the WC bit is set to one and errors occur in transfer or writing of the data, the device shall continue to transfer the amount of data requested and then provide ending status with BSY bit cleared to zero, the SE bit set to one, the ERR bit cleared to zero, and the type of error, ICRC, IDNF or ABRT reported in the error log.

If the WC bit is set to one and the Command Completion Time Limit expires, the device shall stop execution of the command and provide ending status with the BSY bit cleared to zero, the SE bit set to one, the ERR bit cleared to zero, and report the fact that the Command Completion Time Limit expired by setting the CCTO bit in the error log to one.

In all cases, the device shall attempt to transfer the amount of data requested within the Command Completion Time Limit even if some data transferred is in error.

F (bit5)

F specifies that all data for the specified stream shall be flushed to the media before command complete is reported when set to one.

HSE (bit4)

HSE (Handle Stream Error) specifies that this command starts at the LBA of the last reported error for this stream, so the device may attempt to continue its corresponding error recovery sequence where it left off earlier.

Stream ID (bit 0..2)

Stream ID specifies the stream being written. The device shall operate according to the Stream ID set by the Write Stream command.

Feature Previous

The time allowed for the current command's completion is calculated as follows:

CCTL (7:0)

Command Completion Time Limit = (content of the Feature register Previous) * (Identify Device words (99:98)) u seconds

If the value is zero, the device shall use the Default CCTL supplied with a previous Configure Stream command for this Stream ID. If the Default CCTL is zero, or no previous Configure Stream command was defined for this Stream ID, the device will ignore the CCTL. The time is measured from the write of the command register to the final INTRQ for command completion. The device has minimum CCTL value. When the specified value is shorter than the minimum value, CCTL is set to the minimum value. Actual minimum CCTL value is described in the "Deviations from Standard" section.

Sector Count Current

The number of continuous sectors to be transferred low order, bits (7:0)

Sector Count Previous

The number of continuous sectors to be transferred high order, bits (15:8). If zero is specified in the Sector Count register, then 65,536 sectors will be transferred.

Sector Number Current LBA (7:0).

Sector Number Previous LBA (31:24).

Cylinder Low Current

LBA (15:8).

Cylinder Low Previous Cylinder High Current

LBA (39:32). LBA (23:16).

Cylinder High Previous LBA (47:40).

314 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Input Parameters From The Device

Sector Number (HOB=0) LBA (7:0) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Sector Number (HOB=1) LBA (31:24) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder Low (HOB=0) LBA (15:8) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder Low (HOB=1) LBA (39:32) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder High (HOB=0) LBA (23:16) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder High (HOB=1) LBA (47:40) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

CCTO (Error, bit 0)

CCTO bit shall be set to one if a Command Completion Time Limit Out error has occurred.

315 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Write Stream Ext (3Bh)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Feature

Current V V V V - V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Sector Count

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Sector Number

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Device/Head

111D - - - -

Command

0 0 1 1 1 0 1 1

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count

HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V Sector Number
HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V Cylinder High
HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

Device/Head

- - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

7 CRC
V

6 UNC
0

Error Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

0 IDN 0 ABT T0N CCTO

0

V

0

V

0

V

Table 264 Write Stream Ext Command (3Bh)

Status Register

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

BSY RDY SE DWE DRQ COR IDX ERR

0

V

V

0

-

0

-

V

This command writes from 1 to 65536 sectors as specified in the Sector Count register. A sector count of 0 requests 65536 sectors.
If the Write Continuous bit is set to one, the device shall not stop execution of the command due to errors. If the WC bit is set to one and errors occur in the transfer or writing of the data, the device shall continue to transfer the amount of data requested and then provide ending status with the BSY bit cleared to zero, the SE bit set to one, the ERR bit cleared to zero, and the type of error, IDNF, or ABRT, reported in the error log. If the WC bit is set to one and the Command Completion Time Limit expires, the device shall stop execution of the command and provide ending status with BSY bit cleared to zero, the SE bit set to one, the ERR bit cleared to zero, and report the fact that the Command Completion Time Limit expired by setting the CCTO bit in the error log to one, In all cases, the device shall attempt to transfer the amount of data requested within the Command Completion Time Limit event if some data transferred is in error.

316 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Output Parameters To The Device Feature Current

URG (bit7) WC (bit6)

URG specifies an urgent transfer request. The Urgent bit specifies that the command should be completed in the minimum possible time by the device and shall be completed within the specified Command Completion Time Limit.
WC specifies Write Continuous mode enabled. If the Write Continuous bit is set to one, the device shall not stop execution of the command due to errors.

If the WC bit is set to one and errors occur in transfer or writing of the data, the device shall continue to transfer the amount of data requested and then provide ending status with BSY bit cleared to zero, the SE bit set to one, the ERR bit cleared to zero, and the type of error, IDNF or ABRT reported in the error log.
If the WC bit is set to one and the Command Completion Time Limit expires, the device shall stop execution of the command and provide ending status with the BSY bit cleared to zero, the SE bit set to one, the ERR bit cleared to zero, and report the fact that the Command Completion Time Limit expired by setting the CCTO bit in the error log to one.

F (bit5) HSE (bit4)
Stream ID (bit 0..2) Feature Previous
Sector Count Current Sector Count Previous Sector Number Current Sector Number Previous Cylinder Low Current Cylinder Low Previous Cylinder High Current Cylinder High Previous

In all cases, the device shall attempt to transfer the amount of data requested within the Command Completion Time Limit even if some data transferred is in error.
F specifies that all data for the specified stream shall be flushed to the media before command complete is reported when set to one.
HSE (Handle Stream Error) specifies that this command starts at the LBA of the last reported error for this stream, so the device may attempt to continue its corresponding error recovery sequence where it left off earlier.
Stream ID specifies the stream being written. The device shall operate according to the Stream ID set by the Write Stream command.
The time allowed for the current command's completion is calculated as follows:
Command Completion Time Limit = (content of the Feature register Previous) * (Identify Device words (99:98)) u seconds
If the value is zero, the device shall use the Default CCTL supplied with a previous Configure Stream command for this Stream ID. If the Default CCTL is zero, or no previous Configure Stream command was defined for this Stream ID, the device will ignore the CCTL. The time is measured from the write of the command register to the final INTRQ for command completion. The device has minimum CCTL value. When the specified value is shorter than the minimum value, CCTL is set to the minimum value. Actual minimum CCTL value is described in the "Deviations from Standard" section.
The number of continuous sectors to be transferred low order, bits (7:0)
The number of continuous sectors to be transferred high order, bits (15:8). If zero is specified in the Sector Count register, then 65,536 sectors will be transferred.
LBA (7:0).
LBA (31:24).
LBA (15:8).
LBA (39:32).
LBA (23:16).
LBA (47:40).

317 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Input Parameters From The Device

Sector Number (HOB=0) LBA (7:0) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Sector Number (HOB=1) LBA (31:24) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder Low (HOB=0) LBA (15:8) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder Low (HOB=1) LBA (39:32) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder High (HOB=0) LBA (23:16) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder High (HOB=1) LBA (47:40) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

CCTO (Error, bit 0)

CCTO bit shall be set to one if a Command Completion Time Limit Out error has occurred.

318 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Write Uncorrectable Ext (45h)

Command Block Output Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Feature

Current V V V V V V V V
Previous - - - - - - - -

Sector Count

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Sector Number

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Cylinder High

Current V V V V V V V V Previous V V V V V V V V

Device/Head

-1 -D- - - -

Command

0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1

Command Block Input Registers

Register

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Data Low

- - - - - - - -

Data High

- - - - - - - -

Error

...See Below...

Sector Count

HOB=0 - - - - - - - HOB=1 - - - - - - - -

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V Sector Number
HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

Cylinder Low

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

HOB=0 V V V V V V V V Cylinder High
HOB=1 V V V V V V V V

Device/Head

- - - - - - - -

Status

...See Below...

7 CRC
0

6 UNC
0

Error Register

5

4

3

2

1

0

0 IDN 0 ABT T0N AMN

0

V

0

V

0

0

Table 265 Write Uncorrectable Ext Command (45h)

7

6

BSY RDY

0

V

Status Register

5

4

3

2

1

DF DSC DRQ COR IDX

0

V

-

0

-

0 ERR
V

The Write Uncorrectable Ext command is used to cause the device to report an uncorrectable error when the target sector is subsequently read.
When the Feature field contains a value of 55h the Write Uncorrectable Ext command shall cause the device to indicate a failure when reads to any of the sectors that are contained in physical block of specified sector are performed. These sectors are referred to as `pseudo uncorrectable' sectors. In this case whenever a pseudo uncorrectable sector is accessed via a read command the drive shall perform normal error recovery to the fullest extent and then set the UNC and ERR bits to indicate the sector is bad.
When the Feature field(7:0) contains a value of AAh the Write uncorrectable ext command shall cause the device to flag the specified sector as `flagged uncorrectable'. Flagging a logical sector as uncorrectable shall cause the device to indicate a failure when reads to the specified sector are performed. These sectors are referred to as `flagged uncorrectable' sectors. In this case whenever a `flagged uncorrectable' sector is accessed via a read command the device shall set the UNC and ERR bits to indicate the sector is bad.
If this command is sent to the device with the content of the Features field(7:0) set to anything other than what is defined above the device shall abort the command.
Commands that return UNC and ERR when a pseudo uncorrectable or flagged uncorrectable sector is read include: READ DMA, READ DMA EXT, READ MULTIPLE, READ MULTIPLE EXT, READ SECTOR(S), READ SECTOR(S) EXT, READ VERIFY SECTOR(S), READ, VERIFY SECTOR(S) EXT, READ STREAM EXT, READ STREAM DMA EXT. if the host writes to a `pseudo uncorrectable' or `flagged uncorrectable' sector, the drive shall attempt to write the data to the sector. The write shall clear the uncorrectable status of the sector and make the sector good if possible and the device shall verify that the sector may now be read without error. It is possible that an `uncorrectable' sector location has actual physical errors. In this case read commands and/or write commands shall return ERR status information that is consistent with the error. The pseudo uncorrectable or flagged uncorrectable status of a sector shall remain through a power cycle. If the drive is unable to process a Write Uncorrectable EXT command for any reason the device shall abort the command.

319 Hard Disk Drive Specification

Output Parameters To The Device

Feature Current

Uncorrectable options

55h :Create a pseudo-uncorrectable error with logging

AAh :Created a flagged error without logging

Other value : Reserved

Sector Count Current

The number of continuous sectors to be transferred low order, bits (7:0).

Sector Count Previous

The number of continuous sectors to be transferred high order bits (15:8). If zero is specified, then 65,536 sectors will be transferred.

Sector Number Current

LBA (7:0).

Sector Number Previous LBA (31:24).

Cylinder Low Current

LBA (15:8).

Cylinder Low Previous

LBA (39:32).

Cylinder High Current

LBA (23:16).

Cylinder High Previous

LBA (47:40).

Input Parameters From The Device

Sector Number (HOB=0) LBA (7:0) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Sector Number (HOB=1) LBA (31:24) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder Low (HOB=0)

LBA (15:8) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder Low (HOB=1)

LBA (39:32) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder High (HOB=0)

LBA (23:16) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

Cylinder High (HOB=1)

LBA (47:40) of the address of the first unrecoverable error.

320 Hard Disk Drive Specification


Microsoft Word 2013